Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2002-072
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON BY-LAW 2002-072 Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Nu-Wood Construction, Ajax, Ontario, to enter into an agreement for the construction of Memorial Arena Expansion, Newcastle, Ontario. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS AS FOLLOWS: 1. THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington with the Corporation Seal, a contract between, Nu-Wood Construction, Ajax, Ontario and said Corporation; and 2. THAT the contract attached hereto as Schedule "A" form part of this By-law. B fi d d . . 13th May, y-Iaw read a Irst an secon time this aay of , 2002. 13th May By-law read a third time and finally passed this day of , 2002. CONTRACT DRAWINGS Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion 103 Caroline Street W., Newcastle Ontario Tender No.CL-2002-14 for the Municipality of Clarington OWNER CONTRACTOR a�r�- fr` ✓r,r:,-rte �,�r�,5 >�,a!%:r'iyji��` name of own name of owne WITNESS WITNESS signature I signature John Eton, Mayor -_ L2 a, AsA L�3' name and titl of pe sv; ' name and title of person signing signature signature signature signature id CIO* -� name and title of person signing name and title of person signing name and title of person signing ^name and title of person signing s � f' I CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ATTHE SrrE. ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE 1 6 7 COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANTAND MUSTBE RETURNED � O 8 UPON o REQUEST. REPRODUCTION O O O �� F DRAWINGS IN PART OR O O WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF WHOA O THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. EXISTING RAISED AND SEALED BY THE TO BE USED OR CONSTRUCTION UN ILSIGNED PLATFORM ro REMAIM A I VCT TO REMAIN I I I ON CAROLINE STREET UP H 15 15 15 15 W X � EXISTING W 33'-5• 9'-11' 16'-9' 32'-8' i 00 EXISTING r WOMEN'S r \ m �l `Y r��\;/ Z - - - - - ,�� ,i • 7 a o a .\ — — 3 ELECT /// ® ® 0 O � EXISTING ANTEEN _J NEWCASTLE ARENA Eu_cr Q U.537 SUT. (z�1 EXISM Mtal'S wR I ` / r /\�/ r I I r i t >< t/' n C — — — — — — ,%/ , / /, EXISTING LISTING REFRIGERATION ROOM - /%� / r { REMOVE EXISTING \�` j\ PARTITION 13 V EXISTING 8 I I I I PRO SHOP 2 ' / 13 EXISTING — — r / 7- NO. ISSUES DATE BY RESURFACER ROOM " '' /`f' MM- CAREFULLY EXCAVATE FOR O MARCH / 25 ( • \i 1 FOR CLIENT REVIEW BBA FOOTINGS ADJACENT TO / .' , ;r/' 26 \ � \/'\/'\i '\ ;.27/02 I I I I REFRIGERATED SLAB PROVIDE rf i ;' ; __ 13 /// '`./ /\ 2 FOR TENDER APRIL BEIA SHORING AS NECESSARY. r \ / APPROVAL OF GEOTECHNICAL �;f/``f�% ; \ >� `�\<r�" 'K �✓ 02/D2 a EXISTING J I /`\% f .✓�'�/ ENGINEER AFTER Fl L AND SUBGRADE I \/ j q ARE EXPOSED. �- `r//�;/ I \ .\ > \ ,- 13 1 I I SITE I I I I!/.' \y ' X I -/i r EXISTING ' `C" / }� 18 , /V I / ; / FURNACE �,/`�r• VERIFY ,•^ SMUT .... EXISTING ' •/ FLOOR SLAB I 71' 0 a 1 EXISTING —J I / , REMOVE EXIST. WALLS. SOUND ROOM ti G - _ I f : FRAMES LAI - ', ;`; ji, /;f (SHOWN DOTTED) = % ! wi /i'/ ,` r / NO i j ,� $. r/ / / / /: r / r� / r/r//; — — `/ l\` — . REVISIONS ' ���/� DATE BY L) EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING I — I EXISTING EXISTING (�'1 '�f ;r UP REFEREE DRESSING = I I DRESSING MEETING '/ '/ /r/ EXIST. STAIR WALL Roots 4 I ROOM ROOM 2G I -,c= I ROOM 1 f / / 'if.' TO REMAIN EXISTING E EXISTING STORAGE =s EXISTING S<ORAGE Leading the Way - ANNUNCIATOR SEE ENLARGED PAS TO REM of PROJECT: PLAN BELOW EXIST. DOOR & FIM( �D R°�"'" NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL GROUND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN ARENA EXPANSION SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN SION 3/3 NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO 3/327'=1'-9' 23 s DEMOLITION NOTES MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON 0 _ LIST OF DRAWINGS 1 REMOVE EXISTING AND MIME E 15 O REMOVE EXISTING RUBBER MAT IN PLAYERS BENCHES, PENALTY BENCHES, AND DRAWING: 23 11 3 REMOVE PART Exisnw LOAD BEARING MASONRY WALL, WIDTH AS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLAN. TIMEKEEPERS BENCH. CLEAN AND PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB FOR NEW RUBBER S' DESIGN, SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL SHORING OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AS NECEXSARY. FLOOR TILE ��nON A201 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLANS DEMOLITION A202 FLOOR PLANS AND WALL ELEVATION FLOOR PLAN N \_/ 14 4 MASONRY WAIL 1C�pNNp EXISTING PRIME SURFACE FRAME /� ro PAD' A203 REFLECTED CEILING ANO FLOOR FINISHES PLANS S 24 EXISTING RUBBER TILE THROUGHOUT Roots (SHOWN r/ ) CLEAN AND PREPARE 17 EXISTING DASHER BOARDS TO REMAIN. REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING ARENA GLASS A204 ENLARGED PLANS AND DETAILS AT VIEWING AREA A501 WALL SECTIONS F � — SHIELD AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE NEW CONSTRUCTION. A801 ROOM FINISH AND DOOR SCHEDULES w 21 GRILLES, SPRINIKLERS AND ACOUSTIC FFUSERS TO REMAIN. �HTOUT ROOM INNCLUDING LlGlif FIXTURES. 18 CLEAN, PREPARE AND ETCH EXISTING SEALED CONCRETE SLAB FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW D _ 4 RUBBER TILES. STRUCTUML INS A�S© 8 CUT OPENING IN EXISTING WALL FOR NEW DOOR AND FRAME. TTAILL LINTEL MAKE GOOD. 0.\O 19 CUT OPENING IN EXISTING WALL FOR 10'-0' WIDE AND 4'-8' HIGH VIEWING WINDOW, �Q 22 I 12 9 CUT OPENING IN EXISTING WALL FOR NEW WINDOW AND FRAME. INSSTALL LINTEL. MAKE REFER TO STRUCTURE DWGS FOR SHORING REQUIREMENTS AND LINTEL DETAIL MAKE GOOD 5201 FOUNDATION PLAN AND SECOND OF � — — — — GOOD. ALL FINISHES. FLOOR FRAMING PLAN - RCHC , ❑ 8 20 REMOVE VCT TILE AND BASE THROUGHOUT ROOM (SHOWN X, )CLEAN AND PREPARE S501 STRUCTURAL DETAILS 10 REMOVE SPECIFIED AREA OF BLFAt21ER. SAWCUi AND REMOVE E7(ISTING CONCRETE SLABS, w ( I METAL FASCWB, BLEACHER SEATING AND MASONRY SUPPORT WALL FOR EXTENT SHOWN. EXISTING SLAB FOR NEW FLOORING J I 4 SHORE EXISTING SLABS AS REQUIRED DURING DEMOLITION. BREAK OL IT/ EXCAVATE EXISTING EIECHANICAL aI Y CONCRETE 21 REMOVE PART EXISTING COAT HOOKS . tiCENCE X372 BLEACHERS C B FOOTING. DPOU�RNEW LAB T80 MATCHEXELSTiNG, MINIUIUM 5' THICKNESS M101 1st AND 2nd FLOOR PLAN w I I �- — REINFORCED WITH W M WIRE MESH. PATCH AND MAKE GOOD EXISITING MASONRY WHERE 22 CUT BACK AND MODIFY EXISTING BENCH (�� ,,,, }�L EXPOSED. MAKE GOOD WOOD SEATING. 23 REMOVE EXISTING TOILET PARTITION DOOR AND FRAME. HAND OVER To OWNER, IWRL MECHANICAL DEMOLITION LAYOUT BARRY•BRYAN DESIGN BY: vT'T�c CONTROL - 11 WITH ro MATS M2D1 1st AND 2nd FLOOR PLAN ASSOC FL DATE. W 11 REMOVE TOILET AND LAVATORY. REMOVE ALL WASHROOM a�ocess�oRrEx MECHANICAL LAYOUT ASSOCIATES V I REMOVE 12 REMOVE EXISTING TWO SHOWERS INCLUDING SHOWER HEADS. RENVE WALL PANELLING 24 CUT AND PATCH EXISTING WALL AS REWD FOR NEW PLUMBING INSTALLATION M202 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: z ca►mLl,e 24 M203 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONT. Architects FL z I I j (LAST F.D. 13 REMOVE EXISTING WINDOWS 25 REMOVE EXISTING DRYWALL CEILING INCLUDING FRAMING AND FURR9IG (TYPICAL) Engineers CHECKED BY: UNIAL 26 REMOVE EXISTING STUD WALL F 0RI Landscape AT chitect CME 14 BREAK OUT AND REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR SLAB 1HROUGHOUT WASHROOM SHOWER AREA 11 r^\ 6 23 TO COMPLETE PLUMBING WORK. AND POUR NEW 5• CONCRETE SLAB QDMPLETE WITH SHOWER Project Managers 27 CLEAN EXISi1NIG CONCRETE FLOOR OF ALL PAINT ETCH AND PREPARE FOR NEW PAINT DATE: BASE, TRENCH DRAIN AND CURB AS DErAJU D (SEE DETAIL 4/A501) FINISH E101 1 st AND 2nd FLOOR PLAN 11 Stanley Cam,Unit 1 MARCH 2M ELECTRICAL DEMOUTION LAYOUT Whfty Ontario L1 N BN SCALE: E201 1 St AND 2nd FLOOR PLAN Tel: (905)SM62M SCALE: '-0„ p� ELECTRICAL LAYOUT Fax: (905)sss-5 E202 ELECTRICAL SPECIFlCATONS ea*.bba0N*emhw'°-= FILE: ASHROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 01189-A201.dwg PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: _ 01189 A201 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ATTHE SITE. ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANTAND MUST BE RETURNED a UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PARTOR WHOLE 1 V 9 10 1 1 O 10 11 WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. a o 0 0 DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTiLSIGNED k _7' AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. A I Ili _ _ " I ON Hill I UP N 0 EXISTING STO i 33'-5" 9'-11' 16'-9" 32'-8" EXISTING Ch WOMEN'S Ni i 21 B PAINT EXISTING WALLS, EXISTING In In DOORS AND FRAMES. o CANTEEN EXISTING m INSTALL NEW VCT AND CEILING MEN'S WR c N C — — — — — _ EXISTING SPRINKLER 2A EXISTING REFRIGERATION ROOM r 1 18•-8• XISTING 1 IT3A ICE PAD A2o2 1/2" GYPSUM o 3 0 I2 BOARD BOTH SIDES 1 0 I PRO SHOP OF 3 5/8" METAL N STUDS AT Ili ® C/C. VI�G NO. ISSUES DATE BY EXISTING o RESURFACER ROOM SEE ENLARGED PLAN ON A204 v Ur?i� 1 FOR CLIENT REVIEW 27/02 BBA En . I / — — — — — — \ n 2 FOR TENDER 02/02 BRA _ 8 CONCRETE BLOCK WALL SUPPORT / c N o FOR`^ HERS PAINT TO WATCH \ MA[N�AGER `i c 3 0 ADJACENT WALL SURF / \ Off ICE N N F-02-1 1k r I 4% - 1 � I Y 2 I Ixlsn"c A5o1 12'-6- AREA FURNACE 2 • NEW X01 0 EXISTING 1 OlA COLUMN EXISTING BLEACHERS utA SSiRUCTUTAL ExLSrRrG N CORRIDOR ( SOUND Roots G I - ' 11B _ 6-6 cc _ — NO. REVISIONS DATE BY 11A LOBBY I u1 LZ ro ( I EX EXISTING EXISTING ( ; ' EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING UP LANDING Go ct REFEREE DRESSING 1 1-0 DRESSING DRESSING I I DRESSING MEETING EXISTING • ROOM 4 1 i� ROOM 3 ROOM 2 I 1 ROOM 1 FUI:�cE SMRAGE ' ' 1D 1 ® I i ® ® 1 1 07 Ex 00 1 00 � � 1 1 ® I p Leading the Way WASHROOM WASHROOM PROJECT: 2 w DOORS/FRAMES WALLS Argo FEES.` INSTALL DOORS VC1` 63'-101/2• A2D2 A2o2 N501 VESTIBULE AREA, ,� FLING NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL 142'-61/2- ARENA EXPANSION GROUND FLOOR PLAN SECOND FLOOR PLAN NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO a H DRAIN MIN. 4' DEEP. rn SLOPE AT 2% TO DRAIN MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON IV O 8 Zc.T: DRAWING: FLOOR 7 A B C D F G SLOPE m FLOOR PLANS Cm ENTIRE NORTH WALL OF IC RINK TO BE PAINTED AND ° I TRENCH DRAIN (INCLUDING STEEL COLUMN ). PAINT NEW AND cli NEW °"�"G NAND01N FRAMES WALL ELEVATION a I I 4 DOUBLE FAUCET 0) PAINT SHOWER EXIST I CURB z WALL BE REMOVED ui - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - FILL AWN- -BLOCK_ I MATCH EXISTING. WAKE GOOD. EXIST RI EXIST' HOOK (2) �r — CD c FL ) s v — I o r EXISTING w 7'-2 5/8" NEW BULKHEAD NEW WALLS CONC BLOCK °O I I I I I I I I a HIGH ABOVE Acnx < LOCATION POLYETHYLENE RINK I EXISTING SECOND Of I EXISTING PIPING — N BOLD �"CIN — FLOOR BARRY-BRYAN DESIGN BY: DOC CONTROL 2 AND DUCTS. F- - - - - - - - -- - — — — — — — — — — — — - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - ASSOCIATES Fl- uJ ui r I I I I l I s (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: z cawP : �, Architects �- < FLOOR o I I FlLL DOORWAY — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — EX — — D( — [EX — — — I I o� Engineers CHECKED BY w PUT ;�, WITH CONC. I Landscape Architect CME FUTURES I BLOCK TO MATCH r EXLSTING GROUND Project Managers DATE: AGAINST' I I EXIST. MAKE GOOD Fl 11 Stanley Court,Unit 1 MARCH 2002 b —6" ALL SURFACES EXISTING WINDOW Whitby Ontario Li N 8P9 SCALE- 0 9 TO BE REMOVED Tel: 3/32"=1-0' DI PAINT EXIST WALL DASHER BOARDS TO MAIN (PAIN1) Fax (tom 666-5256 IJ emai:bba@bbagmhw g cam FILE: 01189 A201.dwg 2 ENLARGED WASHROOM PLAN WALL ELEVATION PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: A2U2 1/4"=1'-0" A2U2 1/8"=1'-0" 01189 A202 I CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ATTHE SITE. ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANTAND MUST BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. O DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTILSIGNED AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. _ _ rm 4 IN O � aO O f GROUND FLOOR FINISHES AT PLAYERS BENCHES ® ° °O O° 3/32"=1'-9' --- HHH 0 a im PAINTED CONCRETE PRO SHOP RM NO. ISSUES DATE BY 1 FOR CLIENT REVIEW MARCH BBA 27 02 2 FOR TENDER APRIL BRA 02/02 N t/ e tt 1 NO. REVISIONS DATE BY Tj C.T. C.T. EXIST TO EXTENDES NEW ONTO REMAIN STAIR LANDING F-1 EXISEnN EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING TF DRESSING DRESSING DRESSING DRESSING ROO ROOM 3 ROOM 2 ROOM 1 1 1 � 07 00 Leading the Way 9w WASHROOM WASHROOM PROJECT: NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL GROUND FLOOR SECOND FLOOR ARENA EXPANSION FINISHES FINISHES NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO 9 8 __A —A MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON C FLOOR TILE LEGEND a DRAWING: 27°X27•RUBBER(ACCENT COLOUR) NI REFLECTIVE CEILING N �I X27RUBBER FLOOR FINISHES PLANS 27 0 Q 12°X12°VCT o o z W �p ASSp Of U of C/�� rn 3 AR IT TS Z 0 a DRYWALL DEN1�i1S L. B YA z BULKHEAD w LICCIdCE . . ``a,, 3 72 �° Ir 0 s a NIUM REMME AND REINSTALL ALL BARRY-BRYAN DESIGN BY: Doc CONTROL W EXISTING MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ASSOCIATES �"'E DEVICES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: x COMPLETE: FIL w ® Architects z Engineers CHECKED BY: ILL Landscape Architect CME o Project Managers DATE: 11 Stanley Court,Unit t MARCH 2002 Whitby Ontario L1 N 8129 IV SCALE: Tel: (905)668-5252 3/32°=1 I-M Dt GROUND FLOOR SECOND FLOOR F= (9) em*bW @bb*9Mhwg.=n FILE: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 011WA01•dwg PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: 01189 A203 8 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ATTHE SITE. 71-60 —B■ 9'-6• 7'-6• —$• COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANTANDDOCUMENTS USTB ETURNED UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PARTOR WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. EXISTING DER EXISTING MASONRY WALL DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UN ILSIGNED O PROVIDE TWO LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING PROTECTION ON I E SLAB SURFACE, AND BOARDS 4 AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. 3 ' OBTAIN OWNER'S PERMISSION AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO WORKING ION ICE SLAB. A204 I A204 A204 r-- -- PART EXISTING WALL MD MAKE GOOD TOMATCH EXISTING. I ' — I 1 EXISTING DASHEF BOARDS I • I i i I NO. ISSUES DATE BY FOR CUENT REVIEW MARCH BRA LINE OF NEW COLUMN FOOTING 2 FOR TENDER APR02 L BRA MAKE GOOD EXISTING WOOD SEATING PLINKS WHERE DISTURBED. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING MAKE GOOD EXISTING METAL FASCIAS AND TRIM I ,� I I ------, r------, WHERE DISTURBED. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING r , I , I I I I O II I I I 5 I I I I I I I A204 I I m I L------i EXTENT OF NEV RUBBER EXISTING BLEACHERS FLOORING LINE OF BULKH AD ABOVE 1 I LINE OF EXISTING WALL I _—_--- --------------- i ° .204 TO BE REMOVED. ----- ------ '' ' 7 1/2' 22'-0 1/2' I ' .. ---- PAINT EXISTING COLUMNS WHERE EXPOSED r--- i L------ I i FILL EXISTING FLOOR JOINT WITH LEVEWNG ,i i i I I ' COMPOUND BELOW NEW FLOOR TILE IN NEW VIEWING AREA LINT EXISTING MASONRY WALL BETWEfJ�I I I I I I I I I I , I GRIDS 9 AND 8 (TO 10'-0'AST) , EXISTING WALL I j tO i i i WHERE DISTURBED NG MASONRY I I I ------------------------- Z.7---: I 1 ______________________________________________ J ' ___ CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE. ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANT AND MUST BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PARTOR WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTIL SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. 3/4' MDO PLYWOOD (PAINT) FILL TOP OF WALL WITH W Fl ON METAL FURRING. LOCATE 1/2" WATER PROOF EXISTING METAL DECK AND FIT AROUND EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD ON METAL INTERFERENCES. FRAMING. CUT AND FIT TO RUBBER SUIT INTERFERENCES (TYPICAL) FLOORING AT TWO WALLS (SEE PLAN) TOP OF EXIST WALL. CERAMIC WALL TILE e o a SEALANT 1 74 LINE OF WALL BEHIND CT FLOORING 7'-2 5/8' HIGH 3 1/2' CONCRETE CURB EXISTING CONC BL. i 4 SHOWER CURB SECTION FILL DOOR OPENING WITH W� MATCH EXISTING TO = I 1 n , r Ir yr EXIST FLOOR SLAB CERAMIC FLOOR TILE ON REINFORCED MIN BED s � 10 H G r t:•m -,+.'._','S , �' k rr -,: ,'_ j 1� .e - o o i iS,F f r -'g"' TRENCH DRAIN ; EXIST. STRAP INSUL MIN 4" DEEP, SLOPE 4 ROOF SYSTEM 2% TO DRAIN �t REMOVE AND REPLACE TO REMAIN 8' EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB I 3 SHOWER SECTION EXIST. METAL CLADDING No. ISSUES DATE BY 1 FOR CLIENT REVIEW 27MARCH BRA /02 2 FOR TENDER APRIL BBA EXIST. STRUCTURE FRAMING BEYOND PROVIDE SHORING M WALL Dl1RINO x= k; N�T1ON110N OF NEW UNiELS AND LE 1 M1 :y ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING t EXISTING MASONRY WALL TO BE PAINTED (WITH GRAPHICS LINES ' 1 TO MATCH EXISTING) FOR EXTENT SHOWN ON DRAWING A202 PROVIDE ALL SHORING NECESSARY FOR WALL. NET BY OWNER (NIC) STACK BOND CONCRETE BLOCKS TO REMOVAL AND COLUMN MATCH EXISTING LINTELS. WAIN EXISTING INSULATED METAL ` t WALL SYSTEM EXISTING t VIEWING REA 1 NO. REVISIONS DATE BY REMOVE EXISTING WINDOWS ON SECOND FLOOR AND REPLACE 3 1 I WITH NEW WINDOWS. CUT OUT MASONRY WALL AT SILL 2 * t BLOCK COURSES. r 800 1 CUT AND TRIM METAL 1 DEC EXISTING I 1 I BUILDING COLUMNS. ' t BUL LNOSE 1 •�' 1 1 Leading the Way METAL DECK EXISi1NG ROOF N METAL DECK 2 x 8 PLATE WOOD BLOCKING >pi.: �H 1 /EXIST. 8' CONC. I WOOD BLOCKING PROJECT: r UGHiWIXINT STL CHANNELS MAKE GOOD CONC - t BLOCK BOND BLOCK I 1/2' GYPSUM BOARD--\ S6 r t Ss NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL EXIST. TOP OF 3/8' ARENA BOARD ?= CONC. BU(. ARENA EXPANSION 3/8' ARENA BOARD SURFACING ON 3/4" MDO PLYWOOD is' C/C LING AT 3 MSG NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO PLYWOOD CONCRETE BLOCK W16 I W12 UM BOARD ON FRAME UND EOSTiNG AC. PAIL POLYETHYLENE TRIM BULKHEAD I EXIST. 5TEEL t ` :'. EXIST. STIEEL 1 METAL RRING COLUMN (TYPICAL) CEILING POLYETHYLENE TRIM ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING k JOIST 1 I I 2 x 8 PLATE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON NEW DUCE 1 EXIST ARENA SHIELD SEE MECH. BEYOND 1 I I DRAWING: WING. w HSS 5x5 COLUMN (PANT ) / I I WINDOW ACOUSTIC E EXIST TO BE REM WALL SECTIONS EXIS CEILING I NEW VIEWING AREA LOBBY 1 EXIST. STORAGE 1 NEW VI G AREA 1 EXIST. s., COW.MOVE 1 3 HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME C RE EXIST WINDOW BOCK WALL PROVIDE ALL SHORING EXIST. 4' BLOCK, ,,N DE ALL SHORING I I NECESSARY FOUR WALL . N: >;t., :::= FOR WALL $ 2 RIGID INSUL do EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED I INSTAUAl10N COLUMN 8' CONC. BL:K. l `{ a" AND COLUtr1N I I ^ EXIST DASHER P I I I I BOARDS 00 ASg. I- �� I- I I 1 1 EIULLNOSE Z I I , W t' • � 1 m OF � REMOVE SAWCUT AND REMOVE EXISTING I I t 'F' r OOR RIND RUBBER 1 \ I I M CONCRETE BLOCK Al I EC �Z ,�-� CONCRETE SLAB I I 1 REPLACE WITH NEW 1 I M c E ISr. CONC. SLAB (SEE A201 FOR AREA) I I 1 EXIST. CONC. STAB 1 B A TO REMAIN REPLACE TO MATCH EXISTING 1 TO RIWAIINJ 1 I I 3y LICENCE Q I I 1 EXIST. FIN. FLOOR u 1 •• , 4:312 ,.. °• Z GUM _r EXIST FIN :.. . ,.:.. ...... .: .:.:.. a - yy J �I--I� �wr fii,,t z ks _ ". dry >✓ ,� ; _ •DOM ICE PAD BARRY BRYAN DESIGN BY: DOC MMOL ASSOCIATES t2 o y SAWCUT AND BREAK OUT EXISTING FLOOR SLAB. I 1 I EXIST. CONC BLOCK 1991 LIMITED DRAWN BY: a COMPLETE: L4 REMOVE EXIST FOUNDATION WALL I I I I FOUNDATION REMOVE EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL TO 8 BELOW GRADE -----1--I--I--I ----- MAKE GOOD CONCRETE SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING. Architects CME/FL co a I I I I I Engineers CHECKED BY: 1► EXISTING COLUMN FOOTING BEYOND Landscape rchect CME r-/-r-/- T Managers z I - I -7 -1 I DATE EXISTING WALL FOOTING TO REMAIN I ;' // / // / I 11 Starday Court,Unit 1 MARCH 2002 Whitby Ontario Li N 8139 _ L---�-1- --G-�---� (� °o ` ` EXIST. CONC. FOOTING EXIST. CONC. FOOTING Tel: (905)666 6252 1/2•=1'y■ Di r: Fax: (805)666-5256 Tom: FILE: 0118lI`A501.dwg 2 WALL SECTION WALL SECTION PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: A2o2 1/2"=1'-0" A2O2 1/2"=1'-0" 01189 A501 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ATTHE SITE. ALL DRAW DOCUMENTS ARE SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMEN ARE THE LEGEND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANTAND MUST BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PARTOR WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANTIS FORBIDDEN. AC PNL ACOUSTIC PANEL Roots WALLS CT CERAMIC TILE NO. NAME FLOOR BASE CEILING DRAWINGS ARE NOTTO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTIL SIGNED CONC CONCRETE NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST DOOR FRAME CEILING HEIGHT REV. REMARKS AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. CB CONCRETE BLOCK MAT. CONC EX CB EX CB EX CB EX CB EX CB HM PS C PNL 7'-g" PAINT ALL NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES INCLUDING WALLS. DOORS AND FRAMES. EX EXISTING 01 LOBBY FlN. RT R P P P P P P - PAINT EXISTING ENTRANCE DOOR (INFERIOR AND EXTERIOR SIDES) EXP EXPOSED GB GYPSUM BOARD COL. I PAINT BULKHEADS. GWG GEORGIAN WIRED GIASS MAT. CONC EX CB EX CB CB CB HM HM HOLLOW METAL PS C PNL 8'-6" PAINT NEW AND EXISTING COLUMNS. PAINT WINDOW FRAMES BOTH SIDES. 01A VIEWING AREA FlN. RT R P P P P P P PAINT BULKHEADS. MET METAL _ p PAINT COL. NEW CEILING AND FLOOR TILES IN EXISTING CORRIDOR AREAS AS INDICATED. PU1M PLASTIC LAMINATE MAT. CONC. EX CB EX CB EX CB EX CB GB HM PS EXP R PRA M 02 MANAGER OFFICE FIN. VCT R PAINT NEW AND EXISTING WALLS. LEAVE EXISTING EXPOSED STRUCTURE R RUBBER P P P P P p _ AND EQUIPMENT UNPAINTED. RT RUBBER TILE STL S COL. TEEL UL TEMPERED GLASS MAT. CONC EX CB EX CB GB EX CB EX CB HM PS EXP CLEAN AND PAINT EXISTING FLOOR. NO. ISSUES DATE BY ULC UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY OF CANADA 03 PROSHOP FIN. P P P P P P P VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE - PAINT ALL NEW AND EXISTING WALLS. LEAVE EXISTING EXPOSED STRUCTURE 1 FOR CLIENT REVIEW MARCH WD WOOD COL. AND EQUIPMENT UNPAINTED. 27/02 BBA MAT. CONC CB CB CB CB CB HM PS EXP 2 FOR TENDER APRIL 04 WASHROOM FlN. RT/CT R/CT p p p p p p _ PAINT ALL NEW AND EXISTING WALLS, DOORS AND FRAMES 02/02 COL. MAT. CONC CB CB CB CB CB HM PS EXP 05 WASHROOM FN. RT/CT R/CT p p p p P P - PAINT ALL NEW AND EXISTING WALLS, DOORS AND FRAMES COL. MAT. 06 FlN. COL. MAT. CONC CB EX CB EX CB CPB EX CB P PPS EXP PAINT NEW SURFACES. PAINT AND MAKE GOOD EXISTING SURFACES WHERE 07 DRESSING ROOM 1 FIN. - - COL. PAINT MOO PLYWOOD BULKHEADS. MAT. CONC CB CB PEXCB EX CB EX CB HM PS EXP PAINT ALL NEW SURFACES. PANT AND MAKE GOOD EXISTING SURFACES WHERE 08 DRESSING ROOM 2 FIN. - - p _ _ P P _ DISTURBED. COL. PAINT MOO PLYWOOD BULKHEADS. MAT. CONC CB EX CB CB EX CB HM PS EXP PAINT ALL NEW SURFACES. 09 DRESSING ROOM 3 FN. PA AND MAKE GOOD EXISTING SURFACES WHERE - - _ _ p _ p p _ DISTURBED. INT COL. PAINT MOO PLYWOOD BULKHEADS. MAT. CONC CB CB EX CB EX CB EX CB HM PS EXP PAINT ALL NEW SURFACES. PAINT AND MAKE GOOD EXISTING SURFACES WHERE 10 DRESSING ROOM 4 RN. - - p _ _ _ P p _ DISTURBED. COL. PAINT MOO PLYWOOD BULKHEADS. MAT. CONC EX CB EX CB EX CB EX CB EX CB I HM PS AC PNL 7'-9" 11 EXISTING CORRIDOR FIN. RT R P P PAINT ALL NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES INCLUDING ALL WALLS, DOORS AND FRAM - - - - - COL. MAT. CONC EX CB CB I EX CB EX CB EX CB HM PS EXP 12 ICE PAD FIN. RT R p p INSTALL NEW RUBBER TILE FLOORING WHERE INDICATED. - - P P I - INSTALL RUBBER FLOORING IN PLAYERS AND TIMEKEEPERS BENCHES. COL. PAINT ALL EXISTING SURFACES INCLUDING DOORS AND FRAMES. PAINT BULKHEADS. PAINT EXISTING SURFACES WHERE INDICATED AND WHERE DISTURBED. PAINT GRAPHIC LINES ON NORTH WALL TO MATCH EXISTING. MAT. CONC EX CB EX CB EX CB CB EX CB EX EX AC PNL 9'-11° EXTEND NEW VCT FLOORING ONTO STAIR LANDING AND THROUGH CORRIDORS AS 13 VIEWING AREA FlN. VCT R P P p p p p _ INDICATED. PAINT ALL EXISTING SURFACES INCLUDING DOORS AND FRAMES. COL. EXTEND NEW CEILING THROUGH EXISTING CORRIDOR AREAS AS INDICATED. PREPARE, CLEAN AND ETCH EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHED FLOORING. ALLOW NEW CONCRETE TO CURE MINIMUM 28 DAYS BEFORE INSTALLING NEW FINISHES. REMOVE AND REINSTALL ALL EXISTING FITTINGS AND FIXTURES AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE PAINTING AND FINISHING OF EXISTING SPACES. DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME FIRE HDWRE NO. REVISIONS DATE BY NO. SIZE AND THICKNESS TYPE ATER FINISH GLASS TYPE DEAL TER FINISH RATING GROUP REMARKS NO. OIA 2-3'-0 z7'-o z1 3/4- G HM PAINT TG F2 H2 J2 PS PANT OIA 02A 3'-0 z7'-0 z1 3/4" * G HM PAINT TG SCI PS PAINT INSTALL NEW FRAMING IN EXIST FRAME SCt SITE VERIFY HEIGHT OF NEW DOOR. 02A 03p 3-0 x7-0 x1 3/4- DD ppl� _ Fl H3 J3 PS PAINT DUTCH DOOR 03A 04A 2'-10 x7'-0 z1 3/4" M HM PAINT Fl H3 J3 - PS PAINT 04A , 04B 2-10 z7'-0 z1 3/4" M HM PAINT Fl H3 J3 - PS PAINT 04B 05A 2'-10 z7'-0 zt 3/4" M HM PANT - FI H3 J3 PS PAIN 05B 2'-10 z7'-0 z1 3/4' M HM PAINT - FI H3 J3 PS PAW 05A 11A 3-0 x7-0 x1 3 4 G HM PAINT TG Fl H2 J2 P5 PAINT 11A Leading the Way I IB 3-0 x7-0 x1 3 4 G HM PANT TG Fl H2 J2 PS PAINT 11B ALL DOORS TO BE HEAVY DUTY 16 GAUGE, INSULATED CORE DOORS. PROJECT: NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL 7 1/2" 6'-4't 7 1/2" 5 1/2• 16 GAUGE METAL FILLER PANEL SITE VOW ARENA EXPANSION H 1 BOTH SIDES OF FRAME. NEW FRAME INSERTS 10 NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO MATCH EXISTING H2 EXISTING FRAME - CONCRETE BLOCK J a MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON 8 11; MASONRY ANCHOR It �I It It TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. MP DRAWING: �I It it ROOM FINISH AND DOOR � 1 ► i o i+ �i ;i ii r it 1/6' . +I it +�i %1 '1+ ail ALL GLASS TO BE 1/4' TEMPERED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. tO $ MP SCHEDULES ;+ 1� l� m +/ 1 1+ 11 +► 11 + 1 W1 W2 SC1r LLB F Ir• �1 r"�-f -i ►n IL \ w 11 I 1 BULLNOSE A- Imo.. . 11., :I l I I N I L', 11 • A s so MODIFY EXISTING DOUBLE DOOR FRAME TO FR NEW N WINDOW AND SCREEN TYPES SCREEN AND SINGLE DOOR. �,� to SEALANT do BACKUP 6" 6• OF 3 AC TCTs O 4 WIDE SHELF ON INSIDE FACE OF DOOR, o BY HOLLOW METAL DOOR FABRICATOR. z FILL FRAME WITH GROUT w AN a LICLIA a . 387 •° O 5 3 4' GLAZING STOP ' ' J� w / 5 314' 53/4' BARRY-BRYAN DESIGN BY: ooc CONTROL w ASSOCIATES FL DATE 0 (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: x CONPLUL- Z Architects CE/FL BY- C4 M Engineers CHECKED BY: � Landscape Architect CME s H 1/J 1 H2/J2 H3/J3 Project Managers DATE: N M �'' DD F 1 F2H'I,I orrtario Li N ePS MARCH,2002 SCALE Tel: (ws)6 -5M N/A OI FRAME DETAILS DOOR TYPES Fax: (�W"25s FRAME TYPES � eqcm FILE: o»s9-A80T.dwg PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: 01189 A801 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE. ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANT AND MUST BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTIL SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. 1 2 0 0 0 6 9 10 11 0 0 0 10 0 0 11 0 NO. ISSUES DATE BY 1 FOR CLIENT REVIEW MARCH BBA A — 27/02 2 FOR TENDER APRIL 02 02 BRA STOR I I I I I � WOMENS STOR WR B - - - I - - - I _ - _ I - _ _ B - ELECT CANTEEN 0 MENS WR =' 6 Ll JAN H C REFRIGERATION ROOM — — — — — — — SPRINKI F 0 - - 1CF PAD CAREFULLY EXCAVATE FOR F NGS ADJACENT TO REFRIGERATED SLAB. PROVIDE J S*RING AS NECESSARY. O APPROVAL OF GEOTECHNICAL BTAIN ENGGINEER AFTER FILL AND SUBGRADE EXPOSED. RESURFACER ROOM I EXIST FOOTINGS I I SAWCUT EXISTING ILL SLAB 1' DEEP AND BREAK OUT I I FRAME F>6 COLUMNS POUR NEN FLOOR SI TO MATCH EXISTING REINFORCED (TYPICAL) 3'x1/4' CONT PLATE WITH WELDED WIRE WITH 1/2-0 ANCHORS /C�. ® 12' C/C X I N NEW O 20' FOOTIN I I I � NO. REVISIONS DATE BY ti O 0� o CFC 60.5 0 24' I/C 3 ' 5 I �, S501 ❑ 1i Z — — — _ _ — J W12x40 = to / .4 Leading the Wa y 8 8 — 3 REFERE ' I I 3 PROJECT: DRESSING M 14 ROOM DRESSING 3 DRESSING NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL ROOM 2 � � ti ARENA EXPANSION NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO BREAK OUT ENTIRELY EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR IN SAWCUT EXISTING FLOOR SLAB 1' DEEP AND BREAK OUT NOTE UNIELS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING WASHROOM/SHOWIR AREAS. INSTALL NE1N 5' THICK POUR NEW FLOOR SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING REINFORCED ARE IN SECOND FLOOR WALLS SLAB REINFORCED WITH WWM 6 X6 6/6. PROVIDE WITH WELDED WIRE MESH. SHORE EXISTING WALLS NEW CURB AND TRENCH DRAIN AS DETAILED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS NOTE: LINTELS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ARE IN GROUND 1100R WALLS FOUNDATION PLAN SECOND FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" DRAWING: 3/32"=1'-0" COID FORMED NEL FRAMING (CFC) CEIUNG IS NOT DESIGNED FOR FOUNDATION PLAN AND S7ORAGE OR LM DESIGN LOAD= 20 PSF TOTAL SECOND FLOOR - SUBMIT CONSTRUCTION WORK PLANS AND SHORING PROCEDURES PRIOR TO FRAMING P LAN COMMENCEMENT OFF THE WORK. F1 = 5'-4'x5'-4'x24" L1 = S80114 WITH 7x3/8' PLATE I - HEAVY EQUIPMEINT AND SHORING IS NOT ALLOWED ON ICE PAD SURFACE. F2 = 3'-0'x4'-0'x16' EX = 6' BLOCK LINTEL WITH 2-10M (� �o QaoFESSroti t 4 - MOST EXISTING IMASONRY WALLS TO BE REMOVED ARE LOAD BEARING F3 = 5'-4'x4'-0'x24' L3 = 8' BLOCK LINTEL WITH 2-10M �,� F C1 = 5x5xO.25 HSS WITH y Z - PRIOR TO REMOMNG MASONRY, UPPER MASONRY WALL, SECOND FLOOR AND 12'02 70/4' BASEPLATE DRESSING ROOM ROOF MUSE BE SHORED. FILL BLOCK LINTELS WITH 20 MPa CONCRETE.w m C2 = 3x3xO.18 HSS WITH FOR BLOCK LINTELS IN EXISTING WALLS: REMOVE WALL MULLEN - CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING CERTIFIED SHORING DESIGN STAMPED 410-0/2- BASEPLATE ABOVE LINTEL AND REPLACE AFTER LINTEL INSTALLED BY AN ENGINEER BEFORE STARTING PROJECT. SHORING DESIGN TO BE PROVIDED TO ALL LINTELS TO EXTEND 8 INTO WALL EACH SIDE OF CONSULTANT FOR F"Ek BPL 1 = 6x8x1/2' WITH A40 EXISTING SOIL BFAIRING PRESSURE = 1500 psf 2-8"x1/2' ANCHORS OPENING. . ��McE o>r 04% BPL 2 = 8x7x1/2' WITH FILL BLOCK BELOW EACH LINTEL SOLID FOR MINIMUM 8' • • - SAWCUT OUT EXISSTING FLOOR FOR NEW FOOTING INSTALLATION 2-8'x1/2' ANCHORS DEPTH - REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE BLOCK FOUNDATION WALLS FOR EXTENT REQUIRED TO BARRY-BRYAN DESIGN BY: D ACCOMMODATE NEW FOOTINGS BUT NOT LESS THAN 8' BELOW FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL CFC 6x3.5 BY CANAM ASSOCIATES KVIIM OR EQUIVALENT - AFTER FOOTINGS ARE INSTALLED, BACKFILL WITH COMPACTED GRANULAR 'A' TO 98% (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: s Da POE: STANDARD PROCTOR Architects MER - REPLACE EXISTING FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. REINFORCE WITH 6x6 Engineers CHECKED BY: pa 6/6 WWM landscape Architect KVVM Project Managers DATE: 11 Stanley Court,Unit 1 MARCH 2002 Whitby Ontario L1 N 81`9 SCALE: Tel: (905)666-5252 3/32"=1'-0" DI Fax: (905)666-5256 end: bba @bba imheng.com FILE 01189S201.dwg PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: 01189 S201 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE. ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANT AND MUST BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PART OR WHOLE REFERENCE STANDARDS GENERAL CONCRETE STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL DECK WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. 1. CSA STANDARD A23.1-94, CONCRETE MATERIALS AND METHODS OF 1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SWILL CONFORM TO CSA A23-M SERIES DRAWINGS BY THE T CONSULTANT.B USED OR CONSTRUCTION UNTIL SIGNED . CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION` 1. ALL MATERIAL SHALL CONFORM TO CSA G40.21 GRADE 35OW WIDE AND 2. REFER TO TENDER DOCUMENTS, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 2. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE TO BE 25 MPA FOR FLANGE AND HOLLOW STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS (CLASS H) 1. WELDING: TO CSA W59-M1989; WELDING INSPECTION TO CSA W178.1 FOR 2. CSA STANDARD A23.2-94, METHODS OF TEST FOR CONCRETE AND SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS. FOOTINGS, FLOOR SLABS AND WALLS AT 28 DAYS UNLESS NOTED. WELDING INSPECTION ORGANIZATIONS, AND CSA W178.2 FOR WELDING 3. CSA STANDARD G30.3-M, COLD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR 3. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE S16.1 FABRICATION, ERECTION AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO CSA INSPECTORS REQUIREMENTS OF THE ONTARIO BUILDING CODE, LATEST EDITION AND 3. MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE 3/4' (20 mm), MAXIMUM SLUMP 3" CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAM ACT/REGULATIONS FOR (75mm) 2. PERFORM WORK IN CONFORMANCE WITH CSA S136-94, AND CSSBI CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS. 3. ALL WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO CSA W59 AND SHALL BE ARTICLES CONTAINED IN "STANDARD FOR ST1Il. ROOF DECK'. 4. CSA STANDARD G30.5-M, WELDED STEEL WIRE FABRIC FOR 4. THE CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN REINFORCING STEEL AND SURFACE PERFORMED BY A WELDER QUALIFIED UNDER CSA W47 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT. 3. THIS WORK MUST BE PERFORMED ADJACENT TO AND AROUND OF CONCRETE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL EXPOSED STEEL MEMBERS SHALL BE PAINTED WiTH ONE SHOP 3. DESIGN CRITERIA: EXISTING STRUCTURES. EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION AND PROVIDE ALL EXPOSED NOT EXPOSED APPLIED COAT OF PRIMER TO CAN/CGSB-1.140-M89. SPOT PRIME ALL DESIGN TO SUPPORT DEAD LOAD AiND LIVE LOAD SHOWN ON DRAWINGS; 5. CSA STANDARD G30.18-M92, BILLET STEEL BARS FOR CONCRETE NECESSARY PROTECTION AS REQUIRED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER SLABS 40 1 1/2 25 11 TO TOP AND BOTTOM BAR WELDED AREAS. REINFORCEMENT. BEAMS do COLUMNS 40 1 1/2 30 1 1/4� TO SFIRRUPS/TiES 4. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING BUILDING AND BSS & COLUMNS 50 2� 40 1 1/2 TO MAIN STEEL 5. REMOVE PAINT FILM FROM ALL SiLL SURFACES TO BE WELDED. 4. LAY AND POSITION DECK TO WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF 6 mm IN 6. CSA STANDARD G40.20/G40.21-M92, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT AND REPAIR SAME TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AND WAS 40 1 1/2� 25 111 TO BAR SPOT PRIME AS REQUIRED. 12.0 m [1/4' IN 40'-0' FOR UNIT ALIGNMENT. - ISSUES DATE- BY ROLLED OR WELDED STRUCTURAL QUALITY STEEL/STRUCTURAL CONSULTANT./STRUCTURAL CONC PIERS 50 2� TO MAIN STEEL QUALITY STEELS. FOOTINGS 75 3 TO MAIN STEEL 6. ALL CONNECTIONS SWUl BE WELDED, USING E48OXX ELECTRODES 1 FOR CLIENT REVIEW MARCH BBA 5. KEEP THE SiTE THROUGHOUT THE WORK AREA IN A CLEAN AND OR BOLTED USING ASTM A325 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS. 27/02 7. CSA STANDARD S16.1-94, LIMIT STATES DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES. ORDERLY CONDITION AT ALL TIMES TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. 5. REINFORCING BAR LAPS SHALL BE 24X DIAMETER FOR DEFORMED 5 MATERIAL VLVM RD938 2 FOR TENDER APRIL BBA 02/02 B. CSA STANDARD S136-94, COLD FORMED siEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. DEMOLITION/REM OVALS BARS. COLD FORMED CHANNELS 6. TO ASiM A653/A653M. GRADE 230 (33 KSI), NOT LESS THAN 0.762 mm [.0307 6. ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED HARD GRADE BILLET NOMINAL CORE THICKNESS, 9. CSA STANDARD W47.1-92, CERTIFICATION OF COMPANIES FOR FUSION STEEL CONFORMING TO CSA G30.18 GRADE 400 ZINC COATING: ZF75 WELDING OF STEEL STRUCTURES. 1. SAWCUT, REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF THE EXIST MATERIALS OFF SiTE 1. LIGHTWEIGHT STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO CAN/CSA-S136, 7. WELDED STEEL WIRE FABRIC, PLAIN TYPE CONFORMING TO CSA COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. MATERIAL SHALL BE TO 7. ZINC-RICH PAINT: TO CGSB SPECIFICATION 1- GP-181A, COATING, ZINC TO THE LIMITS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED TO G30.5 ASTM A607, GRADE 50. 10. CSA STANDARD W59-M, WELDED STEEL CONSTRUCTION (METAL ARC COMPLETE THE NEW WORK. RICH, ORGANIC READY MIX. WELDING). B. STRUCTURAL. GROUT SHALL BE NON-SHRINK, NON METALLIC M-BED 2. KEEP THE SPREAD OF DUST TO OTHER AREAS AND ADJACENT 2. WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO CSA W59. 11. CSA STANDARD W178.1-96. CERTIFICATION OF WELDING INSPECTION EQUIPMENT TO A MINIMUM BY USE OF WATER SAWS AND MAINTAINING STANDARD PREMIX BY SIKA OR APPROVED EQUAL. 8. INCLUDE SHEET STEEL ANGLES, CURBS, COVER PLATES, CELL CLOSURES, 3. COLD FORMED CHANNELS SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED TO FASTENERS, STIFFENERS AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED. ORGANIZATIONS. AND INSTALLING DUST TARPS AS DIRECTED AND APPROVED BY OWNER. 9. PREPARE AND SUBMIT TO THE CONSULTANT FOR REVIEW SIX (6) ASTM A525. TOUCH UP MATERIAL. FOR WELDS AND DAMAGED METALLIC COPIES OF REINFORCEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING CONNECTION, COATINGS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF CGSB 1-GP-181M 9. MINIMUM BEARING ON STEEL.. SUPPORTS: 45 mm [1351. 12. CSA STANDARD W 178.2-96. CERTIFICATION OF WELDING INSPECTORS. ANCHORS, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS STANDARD FOR COATING, ZINC RICH, ORGANIC, READY MIX. 13. CSSM `STANDARD FOR STEEL ROOF DECK'. PUBLISHED BY CANADIAN FOUNDATIONS 10. ALL CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT MUST BE PROPERLY CHAIRED WiTH 4. DESIGN BRIDGING TO PREVENT MEMBER ROTATION AND MEMBER 10. LAP ENDS OF PANELS NOT LESS THAN 45 mm [1.751. SHEET STEEL BUILDING INSTITUTE. APPROVED BAR SUPPORTS. TRANSLATION PERPENDICULAR TO THE MINOR AXIS. PROVIDE BRIDGING AT 11. WELD FLUTES TO STEEL SUPPORTS WITH 20 mm [3/41 DIAMETER WELDS 1. DESIGN BEARING PRESSURE 1500 PSF MAXIMUM 6'-8' CENTRES. AT 300 mm [127 CENTRES. 14. ASTM STANDARD A325M-93, SPECIFICATION FOR HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS 11. BAR SUPPORTS SHALL BE MADE OF PRECAST CONCRETE DOCK, FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL JOINTS. 2. ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON COMPACTED SOILS. REPORT ANY PLASTIC OR WIRE BAR SUPPORTS OVER 8' (200mm) IN HEIGHT SHALL 5. LIGHTWEIGHT STEEL FRAMING SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY CANAM DOUBTFUL BEARING CONDITIONS TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BEFORE BE MADE OF BENT OR WELDED STEEL BAR. STEEL WORKS t2. PROVIDE WELDS AT END LAPS AT 400 mm [16� CENTRES MAXIMUM. 15. ASTM A653/A653M-96, SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL. SHEET, ZINC-COATED PLACING FOOTINGS 12. BAR SUPPORTS SWUl BE SUFFICIENT IN NUMBER AND IN STRENGTH 13. SECURE PANELS TO EACH OTHER BY BUTTON PUNCHING AT 600 mm [241 (GALVANIZED) OR ZINC-IRON ALLOY-COATED (GALVANIZED) BY THE , . , . 6. MAXIMUM DEFLECTION UNDER SPECIFIED LOADS SHALL BE X/360. HOT-DIP PROCESS. 3. MATERIALS FOR BACKFlLL SFWl BE GRAN A AND GRAN B TO PREVENT DISPLACEMENT BY WORKERS OR EQUIPMENT BEFORE AND CENTRES. CONFORMING TO OPSS STANDARDS COMPACTED TO 98% STANDARD DURING PLACEMENT. 7. DESIGN COMPONENT'S OR ASSEMBLIES TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED INSPECTION AND TESTING PROCTOR MAX. DRY DENSITY ERECTION TOLERANCES. 14. INSTALL SHEET STEEL COVER PLATER AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT CANTS, INSULATION AND OTHER ROOFING COMPONENTS. 4. ALL PIERS AND FOOTINGS UNDER COLUMNS TO BE CENTRED UNDER 8. CONNECTION BETWEEN MEMBERS SHALL BE BY BOLTS, WELDING SECURE WiTH WELDS OR SHEET METAL SCREWS. 1. PERFORM FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS DESCRIBED BELOW BY AN COLUMNS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLAN. (E480XX ELECTRODES) OR SHEET METAL SCREWS. INSPECTION AND TESTING COMPANY, APPOINTED AND PAD FOR BY THE 15. CLEAN AND WIRE BRUSH WELDS, SCRATCHES AND OTHER DAMAGED OWNER. AREAS, AND APPLY TWO COATS OF ZINC-RICH PAINT. 2. FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING OR VERIFICATION OF SLAB ON GRADE BEARING MATERIAL BACKF LL MATERIAI.., GRADING AND COMPACTION CONCRETE: 7 AND 28 DAY STRENGTHS, AIR CONTENT. SLUMP. STRUCTURAL STEEL- ALIGNMENT, FIT-UP, WELDED AND BOLTED CONNECTIONS I 5x5xO.25 HSS COLUMN NOT' 5x5xO.25 HSS COLUMN EXISTING WALL i COL CI ADJACENT TO MASONRY WALL RS AT SIMILAR TO DETAIL 7/S501. REFER TO 4-3/4`x12" ANCHOR BOLTS ARCHITECTURAL DWGS FOR LOCATION l 3 x 3 x0.188 HSS COLUMN 4-3/4'x12" ANCHOR BOLTS I _ FINISHED FLOOR lo 8' FINISHED FLOOR eo 12'x12'x3/4' BASEPUIIE " 12'x12 z3/4' BASEPLATE }=; 1 ao CUT SLAT AND FOOTING 1 1/2' GROUT 2' GROUT ° 4rl, 6x6-6/6 WWM a 20'x20' PIER REINF NEW SLAB I 1 1/2' x 1/8" X 12` LONG HOOKED 20 x20 PIER REINF ° a. ° WiTH 4-15M AND NO. REVISIONS DATE BY ADJUSTABLE MASONRY ANCHOR CUPPED WITH 4-15M AND 1-110M TiE 1'-0' TO COLUMNS AT 16' C/C 1-10M TiE (TYPICAL AT ALL COLUMNS ADJACENT TO MASONRY WAILS) ° ' 20M O 8' C/C Ew. a ° 20M ® 12' C/C EW. x I l a. a I S 60 .p d �_ d 44 /4 d ° d 2-5/8' ANCHOR BOLTS ° ° , ° a a 3' INTO EXIST SLAB © v, °__ _ ° d ° d : a . ° �. Leading the Way 4' 4 z10 z1/2" BASEPLATE d ° a °a l N i OM DOWELS 0 12" INTO 10 EXISTING CUT FOOTING EXIST 36'x12" STRIP FOOTING ° q PROJECT: LINE OF ORIGINAL. SLAB : °= <'° a ° ° a ° ° 4 NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL d EXIST 10M a° d ° ° EXIST 367x12' STRIP FOOTING °d d ,._0. ADHESIVE ANCHOR DOWELS INTO EXISTING GROUT 1'-2' 3'-0' 1'-2' ARENA EXPANSION o CUT OUT EXISTING THICKENED SLAB FLUSH WiTH EXISTING WALL NEW OR EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO REPLACE WiTH NEW SLAB AND TRENCH WiTH DOWELS INTO EXISTING 3'-0` 5'-4' MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON 8 TRENCH DRAIN K7'� COLUMN C2 BASE DETAIL �01 s F2FOOTING DETAIL 5�01 F1 FOOTING DETAIL (F3 SIMILAR)201 DRAWING: / ' 11 1 1 2 DECK STRUCTURAL DETAILS T.O.S. = 9'-1 A.F.F.0 1/8" F.F. 4, EXISTING PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING FRAME CFC 60.5 0 24' C/C CFC 60.5 0 24' C/C EXISTING METAL ROOF DECK EXISTING PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING FRAME II 1 1/2' DECK CFC 6x3.5 CONT LAGGED TO WALL DOSE OWSJ i i W12x40 WiTH 1/2'x8' HR W20 BY HILTi II 4 16' C/C Ili TOP OF MASONRY WALL 55011 ---------------- 4�pFESS1 I I fro C II ---------------- 'L lop EXIST x Mm IX E-EN i i TO REMAIN BEAM ' ►tU!!FN B FRAME 2' DRY P GROUT i i EXIST 8' --- -- ------------------------------ ---- --------rT-------- ---TJ l ' ------------T1-------------7-i-- °- , P`O Ep�O L i i i i l l a-i W12x4o __ _____________________________________ ____ --------------- - ---- L-------------------------------- U� I I BARRY-BRYAN DESIGN BY: DoccorrTROt S6x12.5 m is is I I ° 16* ° ASSOCIATES KVUM �� SHORE EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE I I I I I m I " I 2' DRY PACK GROUT 1 (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: %COMPLETE: PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF I I DRILL S6 FLANGE TO SUPPORT WOOD FRAMING. ii CME W10x33 AND W16x36 � Architects REFER TO DETAILS ON ARCH DWGS. o Imo_JL_�I ■ EXISTING LEAD BEARING WALLS. I I Engineers CHECKED BY- 300.1188 nan1AL: 3 B HSS I I Landscape Architect KWM En SHORE EXISTING SECOND FLOOR, ROOF AND WALL W12x40 SEAT FULL I W12x50 SEAT FULL ED TO I I STRUCTURES PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF Project Managers DATE: WELDED TO EXIST EXIST BUILDING E I 11 Stanley Court,Unit 1 MARCH 2002 DUSTING LOAD BEARING WALLS. BUILDING FRAME I ( I I I I Whitby Ontario L1 N 8109 SCALE: REMOVE EXIST MASONRY AS I I Tel: (905)666-5252 AS NOTED D12 I I REQUIRED TO ADD SEAT AND BEAM. I I Fax: (905)666-5256 FILE: ems:bba@bba Tcheng.cDm II ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 01189-&%I.dwg I1 4 BEAM DETAIL 3 BEAM DETAIL 2 DETAIL 1 BEAM DETAIL PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: S201 1"-1'-0" S201 1"-1'-0" S201 1"-1'-0" 1011891 S501 LEGEND SPRINKLER ALARM LEGEND CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ATTHE SITE. ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANT AND MUST BE RETURNED • DUCTWORK &AIR OUTLETS r��� EXISTING PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD TO BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. EXISTING DUCTWORK r EXISTING UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD TO BE REMOVED DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTIL SIGNED � DEMOLITION DUCTWORK AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. :x SUPPLY DUCTS (UP / DOWN) RETURN DUCTS (UP / DOWN) EXHAUST DUCTS (UP / DOWN) ROUND DUCTS (UP / DOWN) BALANCE DAMPER FIRE DAMPER AIR OUTLET SCHEDULE NO. ISSUES DATE BY 1 ISSUED FOR OWNER REVIEW 2227 DES ® SUPPLY DIFFUSER TAG E1 E2 2 ISSUED FOR TENDER "� 2 DES TYPE EXISTING EXISTING El RETURN/EXHAUST CEILING GRILLE TO BE REMOVED TO REMAIN 2002 -.r•-vr� SUPPLY WALL GRILLE MANUFACTURER -- -- 9 10 11 10 11 -w-►� RETURN/EXHAUST WALL GRILLE MODEL SIZE SEE DRAWINGS SEE DRAWINGS OT THERMOSTAT COLOUR PE TYPE TYPE NOTES - - - - - - - - - - SIZE OR SIZE GRILLE — SIZE (in) I DN AIR AIR SYMBOLS AIR FLOW (cfm) PIPING I Up —O ELBOW RISING O ELBOW DROPPING EXISTING I STORA -�FD FLOOR DRAIN I WOMEN'S WR B - - EM °'1_0 E I O EXISTING CANTEEN I EXISTING MEN'S WR r`,� 00 WALL GRILLES TO 00 BE REPLACED. EXISTING TYPICAL OF 3. SPRINKLER REFER TO M201. ROOM r J� EXISTING ...-�i ;� r�✓� SPRINKLER I ------ STATION II ICE PAD E1 0J PRO SHOP 30x12" 12 N r✓\ 03 NO. REVISIONS DATE BY VIEWING AREA DURHAM ENERGY REMOVE EXISTING SUPPLY 13 $ DES SPECIALIST LIMITED DUCT AND GRILLE AND I U_ I 'V _ - PATCH DUCT - - - - - - CONSULTING ENGINEERS , r3 ---/--I— c E2 PH:(905)430-7151 FAX:(905)430-7154 N 8x8�� 5 CARLOW COURT WHITBY, ONTARIO cTxo i.— --- info®durhomenergy.com / www.durhomenergy.com E1 �� DES JOB 111: 02-434 36x24" _�`z-� RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT ALL EXISTING SPRINKLER PROJECT: -- I MANAGER HEADS TO REPLACED -- OFFICE S 6 7 8 E1 CA Oz NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL 36x24" „ r`1, N � ARENA EXPANSION o EXISTING HINT TO REMAIN NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO - --EXISTfiNG- - r - - - - ----I - - - - - - - T___m - CORRIDOR MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON 11 I E1 I I 30x12EXISTING CONFIRM INSTALLATION OF FURNACE FIRE DAMPERS F DRAWING: 2------------- 7-j J 1st AND 2nd FLOOR PLAN EXISTING BLEACHERS - � � EXISTING SOUND ROOM ---� LOBBY MECHANICAL DEMOLITION LAYOUT i REMOVE EXISTING FIXTURES IN WASHROOMS. TYPICAL OF 4 WASHROOMS. EXISTING CORRIDOR SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE REPLACED / < ' o F EXISTING D F \x/ -- �-- SUPPLY AIR I L. N. SKRI E EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING �= EXISTING - _ - H FROM ABOVE Up I DN DRESSING DRESSING DRESSING DRESSING r`�l REFEREE �I EXISTING I EXISTING A�o�/ ROOM 4 �� 13x3" ROOM 3 ROOM 2 �= 13x3" ROOM 1 FURNACE STORAGE E OF N REMOVE EXISTING 10 -E 1- 09 08 _E 1_ 13x6" 07 6"0 DUCT AND ___ / 13x6" GRILLES. r�� BARRY-BRYAN DESIGN BY: �� / 1 1 I ASSOCIATES LNS H - - x IN (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: s 00111 EIE WASHROOM WASHROOM EXISTING EXISTING - - - - - - Ardiitects DFO REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS, MEETING STORAGE Engineers CHECKED BY: SM. PLUG AND COVER WITH CONCRETE. 05 EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN 04 EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN LandscapeArchjtect LNS TYPICAL OF 2 PER WASHROOM. Project Managers DATE: 11 Stanley Court,Unit 1 MARCH 21, 2002 EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS Whitby Ontario LiN 8P9 TO REMAIN SCALE: Tel: (905)666-6252 '= 11-M Fepc (906)666.5256 om& -archeng.wn FILE: 02.4"101 PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: 01189 M101 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ATTHE SITE. LEGEND PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AIR OUTLET SCHEDULE SPRINKLER ALARM LEGEND ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANT AND MUST BE RETURNED DUCTWORK & AIR OUTLETS WC-1 TAG E1 E2 A C D NEW SEMI-RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD C/W UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PART OR WHOLE AMERICAN STANDARD MADERA ELONGATED MODEL 2234.015 LOW CONSUMPTION TYPE EXISTING EXISTING SQUARE CONE LOUVERED FACE LOUVERED FACE ESCUTCHEON, COLOUR WHITE / WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THECONSULTANTISFORBIDDEN. • NEW DUCTWORK FLOOR MOUNTED TOILET, 6L FLUSH C/W SLOAN REGAL 11-YO-XL FLUSH VALVE EQUAL TO GLOBE MODEL JN AND SEALED B NOT TO S USED FOR CONSTRUCTIONUNTiLSiGNED TO BE REMOVED TO REMAIN DIFFUSER SUPPLY RETURN (TYPE q AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. AND CENTOCO 50OCCSS ELONGATED HEAVY DUTY OPEN FRONT LESS COVER SEAT. ( ) K=5.60, 1/2" ORIFICE, 1/2" NPT, 155-F EXISTING DUCTWORK SK-1 MANUFACTURER -- -- PRICE PRICE PRICE NEW UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD -- DEMOLITION DUCTWORK AMERICAN STANDARD LUCERNE MODEL 0355.012 VITREOUS CHINA WALL HUNG MODEL --- --- SCD-31-3C 520D-F-S-A 535-F-L-A O EQUAL TO GLOBE MODEL JN T------------------�� BASIN C/W CHICAGO FAUCETS 895-369-FC-XK FAUCET McGUIRE 155A DRAIN, " » / � SIZE SEE DRAWINGS SEE DRAWINGS SEE DRAWINGS SEE DRAWINGS SEE DRAWINGS (TYPE B) K=5.60, 1/2 ORIFICE, 1/2 NPT, 155'F SUPPLY DUCTS (UP / DOWN) McGUIRE 8872C PTRAP AND SMITH SERIES 0700 CARRIER WITH STEEL PIPE LEGS, -- -- BLOCK BASE FEET SUPPORT AND CONCEALED ARMS COLOUR B12 B12 B12 RETURN DUCTS (UP / DOWN) SH-1 NOTES -24x24 CEILING -SURFACE MOUNT -SURFACE MOUNT �---� SYMMONS SAFETYMIX 1-1000-X SHOWER VALVE HEAVY DUTY PRESSURE BALANCING MODULE FOR -DOUBLE -DOUBLE L EXHAUST DUCTS (UP / DOWN) CONTROLLER, MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE LIMIT STOP, SERVICE STOPS C/W 4-150 T-BAR MOUNTING DEFLECTION DEFLECTION, INSTITUTIONAL HEAD WITH 9.51L FLOW RESTRICTOR -C/W STEEL -C/W STEEL - I - ROUND DUCTS (UP / DOWN) DAMPER DAMPER NO. ISSUES DATE BY FD-1 (FLOOR DRAINS) BALANCE DAMPER ZURN ZX-21 1-A-VP FLOOR AND SHOWER DRAIN, DURA-COATED CAST IRON BODY 1 ISSUED FOR OWNER REVIEW MAR 27 DES WITH BOTTOM OUTLET, ADJUSTABLE "TYPE A" HEAVY DUTY CAST IRON ROUND FIRE DAMPER STRAINER AND VANDAL-PROOF SECURED TOP 2 ISSUED FOR TENDER APR 2 DES ® SUPPLY DIFFUSER CO (CLEANOUTS) Q ❑l RETURN/EXHAUST CEILING GRILLE FLOOR: ZURN ZN-1400 "LEVEL-TROL" ADJUSTABLE FLOOR CLEANOUT, J 1 O 11 1 O 11 DURA-COATED CAST IRON BODY, GAS AND WATERTIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD -• SUPPLY WALL GRILLE PLUG, AND ROUND, SCORIATED, POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE SECURED TOP ADJUSTABLE TO FINISHED FLOOR -,+<-► RETURN/EXHAUST WALL GRILLE WALL (EXCEPT URINALS): ZURN ZN-1443 WALL CLEANOUT, DURA-COATED CAST T THERMOSTAT IRON BODY, GAS AND WATERTIGHT ABS TAPERED PLUG, AND NICKEL BRONZE SECURED SQUARE, SMOOTH WALL ACCESS COVER AND FRAME DN P PE GRILLE TYPE SIZE OR SIZE SYMBOLS — SIZE (in) NOTE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR APPROVED EQUALS. I UP AIR AIR AIR FLOW (cfm) ALTERNATES MUST BE APPROVED BY OWNER OR ENGINEER. PIPING ( �T_) 0 EXISTING —O ELBOW RISING STORA EXISTING O ELBOW DROPPING ( EXISTING SP R LER HEADS WOMEN ' T BE REPLACED H TYPE A 'S WR FD FLOOR DRAIN I IN SAME LOCATIO TYPICAL. • j SPRINKLER NOTES: p I I EXISTING AIR HANDLING UNIT 1. ADD NEW HEADS AS REQUIRED CONFORMING TO NFPA AND LOCAL D —r -- --- - ----------------- ------ ------- ------ I� TAG F-2 AUTHORITIES. I � � EXISTING SERVICE MAIN CORRIDOR 2. TIE NEW HEADS INTO EXISTING MAIN SERVING MAIN FLOOR. i j O CANTEEN LOCATION FURNACE ROOM 3. PROVIDE AS-BUILT DRAWING AT COMPLETION OF WORK. MANUFACTURER LENNOX I I MODEL G26Q4/5-100-2 I EXISTING HEATING CAPACITY btuh 100,000 i MEN'S WR I HVAC NOTES: j AIR FLOW cfm TBC NEW GRILLES TO REPLACE EXTERNAL STATIC in.w.c. TBC 1. THOROUGHLY REVIEW AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL, I EXISTING. TYPICAL OF 3. EXISTING FAN MOTOR hp TBC STRUCTURAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PRICING AND I j SPRINKLER INSTALLATION. —i ROOM — — MINIMUM FRESH AIR cfm TBC - ------------- - ----- - - -—-— ----------------- —_—_—_-----_—----- ELECTRICAL volt/ph 120/1 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. i O C NEW TAKE-OFF POWER amps TBC 3. BRANCH DUCTWORK TO DIFFUSERS TO BE SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER ' 10x8" CONTROLS PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT NECK. I 30x12" 170 160 4. PROVIDE BALANCE DAMPERS ON ALL BRANCH DUCTS CLOSE TO MAIN ICE PAD PRO SHOP NOTES TBC - TO BE CONFIRMED BY BALANCE TAKE-OFF. REVIEW WITH BALANCING CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ' CONTRACTOR LOCATIONS OF ALL BALANCE DAMPERS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. i2 03 NO. REVISIONS DATE BY 5. PROVIDE TURNING VANES IN ALL SQUARE ELBOWS FOR SUPPLY AIR N VIEWING BALANCING: DUCTS. x AREA I � H .ter.IDESSPECIALIST DURHAM ENERGY 1. CONFIRM CAPACITY OF EXISTING UNIT F-2 PRIOR TO BALANCING AND 66. CORNFIRM EXACT LOCATIONS OF THERMOSTATS WITH ENGINEER AND (RELOCATED THERMOSTAT FOR F-2 TYPICAL.SPRINKLER EAD. LIMITED REPORT TO ENGINEER. ENSURE THAT THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS WILL NOT BE AFFECTED BY j� 4I' CONSULT 1 N G E N G i N E E R S 2. CONFIRM QUANTITY OF FRESH AIR FOR F-2. DIRECT SUNLIGHT OR COLD WALLS. L —r D OP' TO ALLOW FOR THE T --- PH:(905)430-7151 FAX:(905)430-7154 3. BALANCE SYSTEM TO MEET NEW AIR FLOWS AS PER DRAWINGS. 7. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. IIN TALILATION OF NEW WALL F 5 CARLOW COURT WHITBY, ONTARIO GRILLE BELOW CIELING N infoOdurhamenergy.com / www.durhomenergy.com 4. CONFIRM CAPACITY OF EXHAUST FANS FOR RENOVATED WASHROOMS I TILES ® 8' AFF. D cfl E2,. DES JOB 111!: 02-434 (x2). � C 36x24" 1 xo PROJECT: 5. SUBMIT BALANCE REPORT TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. I 18x10" MANAGER 600 20;<E" OFF TOP_ OFFICE OF EX TING DUCT 02 NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL S 6 NEW TYPE SPRINKLER HEAD. �' - ARENA EXPANSION i•I EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS { TYPICAL. ' 30x12" X O o EXISTING HWT TO REMAIN TO BE REPLACED WITH TYPE A NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO Ij 160 co N IN SAME LOCATION I ---�--------------------T----- T------------------ - - - 10x8" OFF TOP OF EXISTING --- -------------- ------ --_ ----- � � --EXISTING ---_-----_---_—_-- � �—_—_-- -- — — MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON CORRIDOR DROP DOWN-/ DUCT AND RUN THRU JOISTS 11 I I I i®I ��X� EXISTING SUPPLY AND INSTALL NEW 171 RE ' ! ' FURNACE DAMPERS IF NONE ARE PRESENT i E7 ffi DRAWING: ; 0 1st AND 2nd FLOOR PLAN EXISTING BLEACHERS o o j EXISTING SOUND MECHANICAL LAYOUT I® 10x8 IN DRYWALL ROOM BULKHEAD UNDER JOISTS LOBBY I p 01 ==-__, ------ ---- ----------------- ----- ------ 2® D 2® D - - - I q Q`OF£SSIO/V 13x6" RELACE ALL CORRIDOR SPRINKLER HEADS WITH TYPE Al 13x6' - - - 8 0 p --- --- I - --- 140 =s UPPLY AIR EXISTINGSH-1 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING to j FROM ABOVE UP ICI. SI(RIB EXISTING O• DN REFEREE DRESSING DRESSING DRESSING DRESSING �® EXISTING EXISTING 01 ROOM 4 13x6" ROOM 3 ROOM 2 13x6" ROOM 1 FURNACE I STORAGE //./CC OF ° 10 SK-1 - 09 08 SK-1 07 • BARRY-BRYAN DESIGN BY: DOC aaDAa: On WC-1 WC-1 i ASSOCIATES LNS o ° (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY- s OIAVLEIE EXISTING EXISTING WASHROOM WASHROOM 20 A MEETING STORAGE Landscape ngears Architect CHECKED BY: : TIE ALL NEW FIXTURES INTO 05 04 6 A Project S EXISTING HOT AND COLD WATER TIE NEW FLOOR DRAINS INTO DATE: SUPPLY LINES IN JOIST SPACE. EXISTING UNDERGROUND MAIN. 8"� 11StanleyCourt,N8t MARCH 21, 2002 TYPICAL OF BOTH WASHROOMS. TYPICAL OF 4. INSTALL NEW TOILET AND SINK. RECONNECT TOILET AND 200 Whitby OntarioLiN8P9 SCALE: SINK DRAINS AND VENTS BELOW FLOOR AS REQUIRED. Tel: (���'2 10= 1'-0' CUTTING AND PATCHING BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. FEED NEW DIFFUSERS OFF Fax: (50 M-5258 TYPICAL OF 2 WASHROOMS. EXISTING TAKE-OFFS. TYPICAL OF 9a*bba@bbe4whom.oam FILE_ o2-43tM2o1 2. PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: 01189 M201 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS GENERAL 15. Commissioning 10. Duct Insulation ALL DRAWINGS S ECIFICATIONSANDRELATEDDOCUMENTSARETHE 1. COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANT AND MUST BE RETURNED General Requirements a) Perform complete commissioning of system. a) Supply and install 25mm (1 ) fiberglass external insulation with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil vapour barrier UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PART OR WHOLE b Commissioning shall include g g, g, verifying y P WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. a It is the intent of these drawings and specifications to provide for a mechanical installation complete and in operating ) g putting into service, adjusting, calibrating, and verif in news stem. where specified. 9 P P P P 9 c Submit completed commissioning reports for all equipment. Use standard forms as provided b the Engineer. b Insulate all new supply air duct concealed in ceiling space. AND SEALED BY THE O SULTAN FORCONSTRUCiIONUNi1LSIGNED condition. The responsibility for supplying and installing all material necessary to accomplish this, except where specifically ) P g P P y g ) PPY 9 P AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. noted that such work or materials is not included, shall be part of this section. d) Verify that all equipment is labeled with lamecoid nameplates as specified. c) Insulate exhaust duct 1.5m (5') back from outside wall. b) The drawings and specifications are not a detailed set of installation instructions. Drawings and specifications are e) Provide a final set of as-built drawings, marked "AS-BUILT", showing the final location of all balance dampers, access complementary to one another and that which is shown on one is as binding as that which is shown on both. to dampers and equipment, and any changes to system installation. 11. Access Doors in Ductwork c) The Engineer shall be immediately informed of any discrepancies between drawings and specifications leaving in doubt f) Verify system operation in the presence of the Engineer. Items not satisfactory to the Engineer shall be changed to suit the true intent of the work. specifications, code, and good workmanship without expense to the Owner. a) Access doors shall be installed in ductwork to gain access to fire dampers, control dampers, and all other equipment d) Assess and be familiar with existing conditions where possible and allow for same in the tendered price. g) Provide three (3) complete sets of maintenance manuals at completion of the project complete with all items as requiring access for adjustments and/or maintenance. e All work must be done b specified. b Access doors shall be complete y qualified and/or certified persons in such fine of work. Trade certificates must be available ) with two (2) locking latches and a safety chain securely fastened to door and another on demand. permanent feature - do not penetrate ductwork. 16. Reports f) All material used shall be new and installed in accordance with manufacturers instructions. c) Provide fire rated doors where necessary to maintain fire rating of all areas as required. g) It is the responsibility of the Contractor to store and protect materials supplied by this scope. Materials must be stored a) Provide the following reports upon completion of work by certified contractors for review and approval by the Engineer: 12. Fire Dampers / Separations in original containers. ? Duct Cleaning Report NO. ISSUES DATE BY h) The mechanical system shall comply with the requirements of the current edition of the Ontario Building Code, revisions ? Balance Report a) Provide fire dampers in new ductwork in all locations where they pass through fire separations. thereto, the Ontario Plumbing Code, local ordinances, NFPA, and the Fire Protection Act. '? Startup Report and test sheet certified by the manufacturer or a qualified technician MAR 27 i) The electrical system shall comply with Ontario Electrical Safety Authority, Ontario Hydro, local PUC, and other local ? Commissioning Reports using standard forms as provided by the Engineer b) Linkage for all fire dampers shall be out of the air stream unless otherwise noted or approved. Make openings larger ISSUED FOR OWNER REVIEW 2002 DES ordinances. to accommodate linkage as required. c Provide sheet metal sleeve and breakaway flange at all fire dampers to meet code. 2 ISSUED FOR TENDER 20022 DES j) Provide work in accordance with the requirements of all applicable government codes, local by-laws, underwriter's 17. Instruction and Training ) Y 9 P regulations base building standards, contract documents, and all authorities having jurisdiction. Carry out any changes d) Caulk around all piping and ductwork with approved fire retardant material to maintain fire rating. q Y 9 j P ) proper operation of the system. e) Provide written verification that all duct penetrations of fire rated assemblies have been installed to maintain the integrity required b the authorities having jurisdiction without extra expense to the Owner. a Instruct and train the Owner on Q Submit to the Engineer and Owner, current MSDS Sheets for any products being used on the job site where they exist. b) Submit a letter to the Consultant stating that adequate Instruction and Training has been completed to the satisfaction of the fire separation in accordance with the Ontario Building Code. 2. Permits and Fees of the Owner, signed by both the Owner's and Contractor's representatives. 13. Balance Dampers 18. Warranty a) Apply for, obtain, post, and pay for all permits, fees, connections, inspections, licenses, certificates or charges necessary a) Install in accordance with recommendations of SMACNA and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. including ll provincial tax and G.S.T. b) For supply, return and exhaust systems, balancing dampers are to be installed and located in each branch duct close 9 P a) Provide a one (1) year full parts and labour warranty for the new system from date of substantial completion. b) Apply for, obtain, and post, and pay for Notice of Project as where applicable and as required. b) Submit warranty letter on Company letterhead signed by Company representative stating warranty terms including warranty to the take-off. c) Upon completion of project, provide inspection certificates confirming acceptance by all authorities having jurisdiction for period from date of substantial completion. c) Each duct feeding a grille, register, or diffuser to have balancing damper located as close as possible to main ducts. the following disciplines - ductwork, plumbing, gas, electrical, and fire systems and as required. c) Provide warranty certificates for all equipment with extended warranty. d) Install splitter damper blade, pivot and control rod in rigid manner to prevent vibration. 3. Drawings and Specifications 19. Maintenance Manuals 14. Balancing a) Supply all labour, equipment, and materials necessary to install a complete and operational mechanical system described a) Provide the Owner with three (3) indexed, hard cover maintenance manuals to local air balance industry standards a) Obtain the services of a third party accredited independent balancing company acceptable to the Engineer, to test, herein and shown on the drawings. containing: balance, and adjust the air to provide a slight positive pressure. 0 Table of Contents b) The air balance shall be in accordance with the requirements of the drawings and AABC standards. 4. Shop Drawings 0 Brief description of systems c) The balancing contractor shall come to site during the installation of ductwork to verify and provide written confirmation 0 Warranty Letter that all balance dampers are installed properly and where necessary. a) Prior to ordering of products or delivery of any products to job site, submit at least eight (8) sets of shop drawings to 0 Certificates of acceptance and approval by reviewing authorities d) Confirm performance of existing furnace prior to balancing the system and report to engineer. the Engineer for review and comments. Submit sufficiently in advance of construction to allow ample time for review. 0 Copy of permits e) Allow for a sheave change where required to provide final performance to meet specifications. b) Shop drawings shall contain but not be limited to: construction information, performance data, and dimensional data. 0 Stamped approved shop drawings f) Confirm air quantity and control of existing fresh air intake to existing furnace and report to engineer. c Review comments from Engineer. If shop drawings are modified confirm changes before proceeding. If shop drawings 0 Installation Instruction Manuals 9 P 9 � 9 P 9• P 9 g) Balance system off existing furnace based on air flows indicated on drawings. are not approved, revise and resubmit changes for approval. 0 Maintenance instructions and requirements h Mark the final balance 0 Complete parts list of all systems and components ) position on all balancing dampers. d) Shop drawing submittals shalt include but not be limited to plumbing fixtures, valves, and fire protection equipment and i) Confirm performance of existing washroom exhaust fans. components including heads, pipe and fittings. 0 Reports as specified (i.e. Duct Cleaning, Balancing, Startup, Commissioning) j) Submit balance report to the Engineer for review and approval.ilt drawings rawin s e) Submittals shall contain but not be limited to product data, performance data, and dimensional layout. 0 As- g k) Make final balance adjustments as required and requested by the Engineer and/or Owner at no extra cost to the Owner. f) Where applicable include wiring, single line and schematic diagrams. b) Submit to the Engineer for review and approval. I) Revise report and submit four (4) copies to the Engineer for final review and approval. 5. Record Drawings 20. Job Completion m) Approved Balancing Contractors: Envirotech Systems Balancing - (905) 372-4552 a) Maintain accurate as-built drawings on an on-going basis during construction. Upon completion of the work, submit to a) All work including startup, balancing, commissioning, as-builts, and maintenance manuals shall be completed prior to Air Test - 1-800-632-8241 the Engineer for review, one (1) complete set of clear, legible, certified as-built drawings. issuance of "Final Review Certificate" from the Engineer. Quality Air Distribution - (905) 683-7168 b) Mark final location of all fire dampers and access doors on same for future service requirements. n) Alternates must be pre-approved by the Consultant. c) Arrange and pay to have as-built markings transferred to AutoCAD computer disk and submit to Engineer at completion. 15. Wiring and Controls d) Insert one (1) final set in each of three (3) maintenance manuals. SCOPE OF WORK a) All power and control wiring including 120V and over shall be installed by the Electrical Contractor. 6. Working Hours HVAC b) All control and low voltage wiring under 120V shall be installed by the Mechanical Contractor. Coordinate all low voltage a) Confirm working hours with Owner. wiring with the Electrical Contractor.b) Where work interferes with normal business operations within the building where work is being done, work shall be done 1. Demolition c) Control devices for mechanical equipment less than 120V shall be supplied and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. after hours unless approved by the Owner. d) Control devices for mechanical equipment 120V and over shall be supplied by the Mechanical Contractor and turned over a) Remove all redundant ductwork, components, and wiring and remove from site. to the Electrical Contractor for installation.e) Refer to schedules and drawings for control devices. 7. Workplace Safety b) Patch all openings through walls which are not being reused. f) Supply and install control wiring from existing furnace to relocated programmable thermostats. a) The workplace must be kept safe at all times. 2. Existing Furnace g) Supply and install wiring in a neat and workmanlike manner. b) Conform to all ministry of labour, and health and safety regulations at all times. h) All outdoor control wiring to be run in liquid tight. NO. REVISIONS DATE BY c) Provide proof of WHMIS training where applicable. a) Reuse existing furnace complete with fresh air intake as indicated on drawings. f) All indoor control wiring in concealed areas to be run in conduit or FT6. d Use ladders and proper techniques as approved b the ministry of labour to perform all work. b Relocate existing programmable thermostat as indicated on drawings and provide new control wiring. Refer to wiring j) All control wiring exposed in unfinished areas to be run in conduit. D P P q PP Y ry P ) g P g g P g g IDES URHAM ENERGY e) Cover all holes/openings and provide barriers around hazards, etc. to ensure occupants and workers are not at risk. specification. k) All indoor wiring exposed in finished areas to be run in EMT or wire mold if and only if accepted and approved by the �+ f) Where work does not conform to such regulations, stop work immediately and report the situation to the Owner's c) Reuse and provide new ductwork and grilles as indicated on drawings and re-bailance system. Refer to specifications Consultant or the Owner. Confirm acceptance and approval prior to installation. SPECIALIST LIMITED representative or Consultant or rectify the situation immediately. below. 1) Last 1.5m (5 ) at final connection to equipment can be run in BX only. CONSULT 1 N G ENGINEERS g) Report any hazards or concerns to the Owner's representative immediately. m) All wiring to be approved for use in ceiling spaces used as return air plenums where such occurs. h) Obtain a copy of the Owner's safety requirements and conform to same. 3. Wall Mounted Exhaust Fans n) Replace all existing control wiring to meet specifications 24 h) to m) where it does not currently match such PH:(905)430-7151 FAX:(905)430-7154 specifications. 5 CARLOW COURT WHITBY, ONTARIO 8. Temporary Requirements a) Reuse wall mounted exhaust fans in existing washrooms. o) Remove any existing control wiring redundant to the new system. info®durhamenergy.com / www.durhomenergy.com b) Modify ductwork and provide new grilles as indicated on drawings. Refer to specifications below. p) All wiring to meet Ontario Hydro Codes and local authorities. DES JOB #: 02-434 a) All temporary heat and general lighting required during construction shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. b) Any specific task lighting required shall be the responsibility of the individual Contractor requiring same. 4. Sequence of Operation c) New or existing mechanical equipment and systems shall not be used for temporary use. Note: Refer to Startup and Commissioning Sections under "General" PROJECT: a) Furnace to run continuously during occupied hours and maintain setpoints. 9. Removals b) Furnace to run as required during unoccupied hours to maintain setpoints. NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL c) Washroom exhaust fans to operate as is. a) Remove all redundant materials from site. d) All setpoints and occupied hours to be verified with owner. ARENA EXPANSION Dispose of same in an environmentally friendly way - provide letter when required to dispose of contaminants as required. e) Verify programming of relocated thermostat and modify if required. 10. Cutting, Coring, and Patching 5. Air Outlets NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO a) All cutting, coring, and patching shall be by this Contractor unless otherwise noted or specified. a) Reuse or provide new air outlets as per schedule and drawings. b) Take care not to damage existing areas. Any patching required due to unnecessary damage and not directly related to b) Air outlets mounted on gyprock shall be complete with border for mounting. MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON new installation is the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor. c) Supply diffusers shall not contain integral balance dampers. Balance dampers must be installed in branch duct runs to diffusers. 11. Access to Equipment d) Supply and return grilles shall contain integral balance dampers where it is not g p possible to install dampers in branch ducts. DRAWNG: a) Maintain adequate access to all equipment as per manufacturer's recommendations. b) Provide coloured sticker dots on ceiling grid to indicate location of best access to equipment in ceiling space. 6. Ductwork c) Include legend of dots in the maintenance manual. MECHANICAL a) Provide new ductwork as indicated on drawings. All new ductwork in finished areas shall be concealed in ceiling space 12. Access Panels (Doors) in Building Structure or in new bulkheads as per drawings. SPECIFICATIONS b) Provide ductwork as recommended and specified in the latest revision of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning a) Access panels in building structure shall be supplied by the Mechanical Contractor and installed by the General Contractors National Association incorporated (SMACNA). Contractor. c) Sheet metal shall be best quality lockforming galvanized sheet metal. Galvanizing shall be to ASTM A525 (G90), having b) Access panels shall be installed where access to equipment and components is required for adjustments, servicing, a thickness of 0.054 mm and weighing not less than 0.31 kg/m2 on each surface_ and/or maintenance. d) Provide instrument test ports in ducts for Pito tube insertion with cam-action handle, c) Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate exact location with General Contractor. moulded neoprene gasket and expansion plug, zinc coated steel construction, etc. �Gy ESsto y d) Access panels shall be Ecuador or equivalent with concealed hinges and screwdriver locking device. e) Provide flexible connections at fans and units with UL approved fabric of 150mm minimum width and weighing not less e) Provide fire rated panels where necessary to maintain fire rating of all areas as required. than 0.8136 kg/m2. f) Provide turning vanes in ductwork rectangular elbows of steel construction complete with supports, fastenings, etc., and , m 13. Identification prime coat finish. a L. N. sKitl a) Identify all new equipment with lamacoid nameplates. i3 g) Exposed ductwork is unacceptable in finished areas. b) Nameplates for outdoor equipment shall be manufactured to withstand seasonal outdoor weather conditions. 7. Duct Cleaning � .�, �° oil c) Wording on nameplates to be approved by the Engineer prior to manufacture. % E ov D a) Obtain the services of a qualified duct cleaner to clean the existing furnace and ductwork being reused to NADCA 14. Startup standards. BARRY- BRYAN DESIGN BY: 000 011111111111014. b) Contact the Engineer to inspect and approve the final results on, site prior to staring equipment. ASSOCIATES LNS we a) All systems shall not be started up until construction is complete to avoid dust and debris entering the system. c) Provide a report to the Consultant for review and approval. b) Where new equipment and systems including filters are not clean upon job completion to the satisfaction of the (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: oow Engineer, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to clean the systems to the satisfaction of the Engineer and provide new 8. Duct Sealing Architects DFC filters at the Contractor's expense. Engineers CHECKED BY: E: a Seal all NEW ducts, and EXISTING to be reused, with Durod ne duct sealer to provide maximum 5% air leakage Landscape Architect LNS c) Start up of new equipment shall be by the manufacturer's representative to ensure proper operation. y p d) Provide a start-up report to the Engineer for review and approval. throughout. Project Managers DATE: e) Make final adjustments as required and requested by the Engineer and/or Owner at no extra cost to the Owner. 9. Flexible Duct Installation 1t Stanley Court,Unit MARCH 21, 2002 f) Revise report and submit four (4) copies to the Engineer for final review and approval. Whitby Ontario LINSPs SCALE: N.T.S.6663252 a Tel: (905) Install in accordance with CAN/ULC-S110. Fay (���� b) Maximum length of flexible duct is 3m (10 feet). FILE: c) Provide spin-on collar on rigid ductwork at tie-in locations for flexible duct. 02-4MM2= d) All flexible duct connections complete with three (3) mechanical fasteners and duct tape. PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: 01189 M202 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE. PLUMBING 1) Fire retardant type insulation materials, coverings and adhesives shall have flame spread/smoke developed ratings not ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANT AND MUST BE RETURNED exceeding 25/50 when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC—S102. UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PART OR WHOLE 1. Demolition m) Properly identify insulation materials, coverings and adhesives when required by Federal and/or Provincial Health and WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT ISFORBIDDEN. Safety WHMIS legislation. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTIL SIGNED a) Remove existing plumbing fixtures from existing dressing room washrooms and cap sanitary and water connections. n) Retain insulation materials in original cartons or containers until immediately prior to application and keep dry during AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. b) Remove existing floor drains from existing dressing room washrooms and cap sanitary connections. shipping and storage. o) Keep adhesives in their original containers with manufacturer's name and catalogue number clearly stated. Protect 2. Domestic Hot Water Tank contents against freezing. p) The mechanical trade shall supply and install bearing plates and temporary spacers at each hanger and support on a) Reuse existing domestic hot water tank. insulated cold piping or tubing as specified. q) Remove temporary spacers and install a section of asbestos—free calcium silicate insulation extending at least 150 mm 3. Plumbing Fixtures (6") beyond each end of the bearing plate. a) Supply and install new plumbing fixtures complete with faucets and trim as indicated on drawings and schedules. r) Bond insulation to the bearing plate with Foster 85-20 or Bakor 230-39 waterproof adhesive, and finish and seal the complete assembly with Foster 60-38 or Bakor 130-11 to form an unbroken vapour barrier. b) Water closets shall be flush valve of the elongated type with open front seat as per schedule. s) Reinstall or readjust any hanger or support which has been moved in any way to carry out the above work. c) Basins shall be vitreous china wall hung type complete with trim and carrier as per schedule. t) Apply 75 mm (3") wide butt strips of the same material as the factory applied jacket. Seal both longitudinal and butt NO. ISSUES DATE BY d) Showers heads and trim shall be heavy duty pressure balancing type as per schedule. joint strips with Foster 85-20 or Bakor 239-39 vapour barrier fire resistive lap sealer, or secure with self seal lap joints e) Fixtures shall be installed neat and level to the satisfaction of the engineer. where provided. ISSUED FOR OWNER REVIEW 2227 DES f) Provide a seal with floors, walls, or countertops by caulking around base or mounting face of all fixtures with clear or u) Insulate fittings, flanges and valves with fibrous glass insulation of same thickness as adjoining pipe insulation and finish white silicone. with a pre—moulded PVC cover, securely fastened and sealed to adjoining pipe covering with Foster 85-75 or Bakor 2 ISSUED FOR TENDER 20022 DES g) Revise and reconnect or provide new domestic cold and hot water, sanitary, and vent piping for all fixtures as required 230-39, to form a vapour proof joint. Do not insulate screwed unions and final connections to fixture. by code. v) Terminate insulation at each end of unions with Partek Hilcote insulating and finishing cement, trowelled on level. h) Provide isolation valves at all fixtures. i) Provide chrome escutcheons at wall penetrations and mount snuggly to wall. j) Acceptable Manufacturers: Fixtures: American Standard, Crane, Symmons Trim: Cambridge Brass, American Standard, Waltec, Moen, Emco, Symmons k) Alternates must be pre—approved by the Consultant. FIRE PROTECTION 4. Plumbing Accessories 1. General a) Supply and install new heavy duty cast iron adjustable floor drains as per drawings and schedule. Floor drains in washroom areas shall suit rubber floor finish. Floor drains in shower area shall be installed in low point of trench and a) All work shall be installed in accordance with the current edition of NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler suit ceramic the floor finish. Systems and other NFPA codes as they relate. b) Supply and install adjustable cleanouts as per drawing, schedule, and as required by code. Covers to suit floor or wall b) All fire protection work must be done by qualified persons in this line of work. Trade certificates must be submitted finish. prior to commencing work. c) Provide shop drawings as noted under General Specifications. 5. Domestic Piping and Fittings d) All equipment must be listed and/or approved by the following: I. Factory Mutual Engineering Association a) Reuse existing water piping where possible. 11. Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada b) Pipe shall be Type "L" hard drawn copper tubing, conforming to ASTM B88. III. Underwriters' Laboratories Incorporated c) Fittings shall be wrought copper, solder joint, pressure type. Provide solder to threaded adapters at screwed valves or IV. National Fire Protection Association equipment. V. Local Fire Department d) Unions shall be all bronze construction with ground joint and either solder joint or screwed ends as required. Provide e) Provide adequate notice to the Owner's representative and Fire Department prior to disruption of existing sprinkler dielectric unions or couplings at all connections between copper tubing and ferrous piping. system. e) Grade all domestic water piping for fixtures. Provide drain valves at low points of piping. f) Sprinkler system for others parts of building must be completely operational during modifications to new area except for f) Provide commercial type water hammer arrestors on all plumbing lines serving fixtures and equipment with quick closing short periods of time as required. or solenoid valves. g) Pipe hangers shall be heavy duty, clevis type in all exposed areas including mechanical rooms. 2. Scope h) Exposed plumbing brass and metal work shall be heavy chromium plated (including under countertops without cabinets). i} Hot and cold water piping to fixtures shall be flexible copper tube complete with angle type screwdriver stop, reducer, a) Provide new semi—recessed type sprinkler heads complete with escutcheon as per drawings and schedule. b) Provide new upright sprinkler heads as per drawings and schedule and escutcheon plate. j) Provide sleeves for piping passing through floor slab. Caulk around piping and fill entire space between piping and floor c) Replace all existing pendent sprinkler heads in all areas as noted where new ceiling the is to be installed with new slab with approved fire retardant material to maintain required fire rating where necessary. semi—recessed type complete with escutcheon and same K—factor and orifice size as existing. k) Provide isolation valves on domestic water piping to each group of fixtures. d) Remove and replace heads as required during removal of old tile and installation of new. Coordinate with General Contractor. 6. Sanitary and Vent Piping and Fittings e) Run new piping to new sprinkler heads off existing sprinkler mains only. Size pipe using schedule system as per NFPA 13. a) Reuse existing sanitary and vent piping where possible. f) Retest sprinkler zone valves and alarms to confirm proper operation. b) Underground piping: g) Provide report stating that all zones and alarms have been left in operation. 1) Pipe up to and including 50mm shall be: i) Copper type L pipe complete with cast brass or wrought copper drainage fittings with solder joints or 3. Pipe and Fittings ii) ABS DWV pipe complete with ABS drainage fittings with solvent weld joints. a) For pipe sizes 50mm (2") and smaller Schedule 40 pipe or Dynathread shall be used. 2) Pipe 75mm and up shall be SDR 35 drainage pipe and fittings. b) For pipe sizes 63mm (2-1/2") and larger Schedule 10 pipe or Dynaflow shall be used. c) Above ground piping (not under pressure): c) For pipe sizes 50mm (2") and smaller threaded or grooved fittings shall be used. 1) Pipe up to and including 50mm shall be: d) For pipe sizes mm ( i) Copper DWV pipe complete with cast brass or wrought copper drainage fittings with solder joints or ii PVC DWV pipe to CAN/CSA-6181.2 complete with PVC drainage fittings with solvent weld joints. e) Alternate pipe and fittinggs s ) and larger grooved fittings shall be used. must be approved by the Engineer. NO. REVISIONS DATE BY 2) Pipe 75mm and up shall be: 4. Hangers i PP Cast iron MJ pipe with MJ fittings and stainless steel clomps. JIDES DURHAM ENERGY LIMITED ii) PVC DWV pipe to CAN/CSA—B181.2 complete with PVC drainage fittings with solvent weld joints (equal to IPEX System a) Provide hangers as per NFPA requirements. SPECIALIST 15). d) Above ground combustible piping shall only be used where approved by code and local authorities (not acceptable in 5. Sprinkler Heads C O S U L T 1 G E N I N E E ceiling spaces used as return air plenum). PH:(905)430-715 1 FAX:(905)430-7154 e) DWV piping shall not be used for any piping under pressure. Steel or PVC piping shall be used for piping under a) New pendent type sprinkler heads shall be white, semi—recessed complete with escutcheon as per schedule. 5 CARLOW COURT WHITBY, ONTARIO pressure as approved by the Engineer. b) New upright sprinkler heads shall be chrome in finished areas and brass in unfinished areas. info®durhomenergy.com / www.durhomenergy.com f) All sanitary lines shall be sloped 1:100 unless otherwise specified. c) Provide shop drawings for new sprinkler heads for engineer's review and approval prior to ordering or installation. DES JOB J: 02-434 g) Pipe hangers shall be heavy duty, clevis type in all areas. h) Provide cleanouts as indicated on drawings and as required by code. 6. Spare Heads PROJECT: 7. Flashing a) Provide new spare head sprinkler box complete with spare heads and wrench in Sprinkler Room as per NFPA 13. t stacks or piping asses through the roof they shalt be equipped with aluminum flashing jacket. 7. Material and Test Certificate NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL a) Where vent p p g p 9 ARENA EXPANSION b) Caulk watertight or install flashing caps. a) Provide a complete Material and Test Certificate signed by the Contractor's representative to the Consultant for review c) Where possible use existing roof penetrations. and approval. NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO 8. Cutting, Coring, and Patching a) All floor cutting, coring, and patching required to suit new floor drains in renovated washrooms by Plumbing Contractor. MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON b) Trench drains in shower stalls by General Contractor. c) All wall cutting, coring, and patching to suit new plumbing fixtures in renovated washrooms by Plumbing Contractor. 9. Valves a) Valves shall be installed on all water lines serving a group of fixtures, or where shown on the drawings. Stems shall be DRAINING: upright or horizontal. b) Valves shall be bronze conforming to ASTM 1362. MECHANICAL c) Use gate and globe valves of a design which permits the valve to be re—packed under pressure, when fully open. d) Provide valves with the manufacturer's name or trade mark, figure number, and pressure rating, cast or stamped on the SPECIFICATIONS valve body. e) Furnish globe and check valves with composition discs with the manufacturer's recommended disc for the type of service CONTINUED on which they are to be used, unless otherwise specified. 10. Insulation a) Insulate all new domestic hot and cold water piping. QFtss�a�, �{ b Pipe insulation shall be fibrous glass split sectional pipe insulation of 24 mm (1") thickness with factory applied vapour barrier jacket and self—seal lap joint. L c' Acceptable products: Fiberglas Canada 850 with ASJ—SSL jacket 2 P P Manson Alley with all purpose APT jacket —� L. t�. SIfF� E Y Partek Paroc 1200 with ASJ—SSL jacket. c) Fire retardant elastomeric closed cell foam or neoprene tubing of 10 mm (3/8") nom. thickness may be used instead �\ of fibrous glass insulation on cold water run—outs to plumbing fixtures, not exceeding 1.5 m (5 ft.) in length, applied in ' �E OF •� accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions using the recommended adhesive. Acceptable products: Armstrong AP / Armaflex BARRY- BRYAN DESIGN BY: ow 09111M. Nomaco Therma—Cel am d) Perform insulation work using qualified insulation applicators, in accordance with latest trade application methods, and to ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED DRAWN DRAWN BY: x�� Engineer's approval. e) Clean all surfaces to be insulated to remove grime, grease, oil, moisture or other matter, to ensure that insulation is applied to clean dry surfaces. Engineers CHECKED BY: NM. anag' f) Apply insulation under ambient temperature conditions, in accordance with insulation or adhesive manufacturers Landscape Project MManag Architect WS ers DATE: recommendations. g) Do not apply insulation until piping has been tested, inspected, verified, and accepted by the Engineer. 11 h Apply insulation neatly and tightly in unbroken lengths and with ends of sections firmly and squarely butted or engaged W StanleyCourt,uniti MAR 21, 200 PP Y Whitby Ontario LT N 8P9 together. Lap canvas or other specified wrapping over all joints and thoroughly cement down with adhesive. Extend SCALE: insulation through sleeves in walls (except fire walls) or other openings in building to make insulation and vapour barrier I (�X252 N.T.S. F= (905)X256 "i*bba@b %mn FILE: continuous and of uniform diameter. o2-a3aM i) Terminate insulation at each side of fire separations and pack the space between wall sleeve and duct or pipe. j) Replace insulation removed from existing piping to make tie—in connections with new insulation. Cut back existing PROJECT NO: DRAWING insulation as sufficient distance to make a neat and firm butt joint between old and new insulation. k) Insulating materials shall be new, undamaged and of the respective types specified for each specific application. 01189 M203 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ATTHE SITE. ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANT AND MUST BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. POWER LEGEND DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTILSIGNED AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. j EXISTING 4' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED EXISTING 8' FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REPLACED 3 EXISTING INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED $ EXISTING KEYED LIGHT SWITCH TO REMAIN NO. ISSUES DATE BY EXISTING LIGHT SWITCH TO BE REMOVED 1 ISSUED FOR OWNER REVIEW 2227 DES ® EXISTING FIRE ALARM PULL STATION 2 ISSUED FOR TENDER 220022 DES Q� EXISTING FIRE ALARM BELL ( EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER 9 10 11 10 11 EXISTING POWER PANEL EXISTING DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT I, 1 EXISTING SINGLE HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT t GN ' I EXIT EXISTING EXIT LIGHT U r ��\\ Exir d / 0 (0 ALL LIGHTS IN THIS AREA EXISTING TO STAY AS IS STORA �� ALL LIGHTS IN THIS AREA NOTES: x' E-� I� EXISTING TO STAY AS IS HT AS SHOWN TO BE REPLACED IN NEW CIELING I \� ,��, WOMEN'S WR 1. ALL EXISTING LIG S �\ TILE. REFER TO E201. I \ I EXISTING O O CANTEEN I EXISTING I MEN'S WR Q I EXISTING SPRINKLER C11 ROOM C --� ------------- - ----- - ---- ----------------- - - - - - ------ I I ICE PAD PRO SHOP I 12 03 NO. FIEVISIONS DATE BY � vIEwING DURHAM ENERGY 1 AREA �� DES 13 SPECIALIST LIMITED 3 CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1 �fl D -_-----_---_ _ _ —_ _—_T= ----------------- - - - - - ------ PH:(905)430-7151 FAX:(905)430-7154 --� - `- _ 5 CARLOW COURT WHITBY, ONTARIO info®durhomenergy.com / www.durhomenergy.com ' � X31 DES JOB �: 02-434 '^� I PROJECT: ----�, MANAGER OFFICE NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL c g C° °� ARENA EXPANSION 5 6 `� E VILLA E ONTARIO NEWCASTL G , II I I I kl' �' --- -------i-------------------T----- ORRIDOR -------I----------------- --,------------------- ------ -------- I R-I------- ------ ----------------- - - -- ------ MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ' I I I 11 ®1 EXISTING FURNACE DRAWING: EXISTING POWER PANELS 1 st AND 2nd FLOOR PLAN - �_------ ____ ----� T i EXISTING BLEACHERS EXISTING SOUND ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 1 LOBBY LAY i ��� I I I 1 iiiiiiii/ \\ �_-_-_ -_ _---------------_ - _- --_-_- �l.4C L.Cl+CSj G � - lT --- LL � �� �y �'r -- ---- � i U L. 1 JIefF EXISTING -____ EXISTING f EXISTING EXISTING �i EXISTING - - -- -- /`r-== SSING DRESSING r DRESSING �; � EXISTING � EXISTING DN 'aL�'1'�� n� '��� �� REFEREE DRESSING DRE ROOM 4 =______= ROOM 3 ROOM 2 ------- ROOM 1 �� 11X3 FURNACE i STORAGE 10 == x`` 09 08 =_-?- 07 BARRY-BRYAN DESIGN BY: �'==T--- ' ASSOCIATES LNS On (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: x oorE u _ DFC H wASHR00M EXISTING EXISTING Engineers CHECKED BY: �= WASHROOM MEETING STORAGE LandscapeArchiteat LNS Project Managers DATE: 05 04 11 Stanley Court,Unit i MARCH 21, 2002 EXISTING ANNUNCIATOR PANEL Whitby Ontario LIN 6P9 SCALE: Tel: (905)666-5252 1/8'= 1'-0" Fax: (905)666-5256 e,meir bbafbbaiffd illmom FILE: 02-4.Wi0I PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: 01189 E101 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONSATTHESITE. ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE TAG DESCRIPTION MAKE / MODEL COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANTAND MUST BE RETURNED UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PART OR WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT IS FORBIDDEN. ® LAY–IN T–BAR 1x4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, STANDARD LENS, CFI FLUORESCENT DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTIL SIGNED ELECTRONIC BALLAST, 2–T8 TUBE, 120V/1PH AA248120SOVA AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. FREE HANGING 4' FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT, WRAP AROUND CAGE, CFI FLUORESCENT ® CHAIN SET, ELECTRONIC BALLAST, 2–T8 TUBE, 120V/1 PH SB248120SO–SB8G2-48–EE9HC ® SURFACE MOUNTED 8' FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT, WRAP AROUND SB2 8T1020S0ESB8G2 CAGE, ELECTRONIC BALLAST, 4–T8 TUBE, 120V/1 PH FREE HANGING 3' FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT, WRAP AROUND CAGE, CFI FLUORESCENT ® CHAIN SET, ELECTRONIC BALLAST, 1–T8 TUBE, 120V/1 PH SB 1 36120SO–SB8G 1–36 VAPOURPROOF SURFACE MOUNTED 2' FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT, CFI FLUORESCENT ® ELECTRONIC BALLAST, 1–T8 TUBE, 120V/1 PH (MOUNT ON UNISTRUT VTS1 U4120SO–WHP-9 No. ISSUES DATE BY CHANNEL SUPPORTED FROM JOISTS) 1 ISSUED FOR OWNER REVIEW 2227 DES 2 ISSUED FOR TENDER 20022 DES POWER LEGEND 9 10 11 10 11 0 EXISTNG FIRE ALARM PULL STATION i i 1�10 EXISTING FIRE ALARM BELL ® EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER r FE ! DN ® NEW FIRE EXTINGUISHER -Q- EXISTING POWER PANEL UP EXISTING DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT i 0 EXISTING STORA EXISTING SINGLE HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT ' EXISTING g– NEW SINGLE HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHT WOMEN'S WR EXIT EXISTING EXIT LIGHT DaT NEW EXIT LIGHT i IZ3 10= EXISTING $ KEYED LIGHT SWITCH TO MATCH EXISTING I O O CANTEEN ! EXISTING ELECTRICAL NOTES: i MEN'S WR 1 . REPLACE EXISTING OR ADD NEW LIGHTS IN NEW CIELING TILE ON MAIN FLOOR AND SECOND FLOOR AS PER DRAWINGS AND SCEDULES. I c) c) EXISTING 2. ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO REMAIN. VERIFY OPERATION. I SPRINKLER 3. REVISE OR ADD NEW LIGHT SWITCHES WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. _ I _— ------------ -_ —— ROOM — --- — — — -- - - - ---- — ALL OTHER SWITCHING TO BE RECONNECTED AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF —r NEW FIXTURES. FE 4. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ICE PAD PRO SHOP 12 03 NO. REVISIONS DATE BY VAREAG DURHAM ENERGY ! JPDESSPECIALIST LIMITED CONSULT 1 N G ENGINEERS ------------- - - - ------ ----------------- - - - - - ------ PH:(905)430-7151 FAX:(905)430-7154 5 CARLOW COURT WHITBY, ONTARIO info®durhomenergy.com / www.durhomenergy.com DES JOB #: 02-434 i PROJECT: � OFFICER NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL 5 6 7 8 ! I all 02 ARENA EXPANSION E NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON --------r-------------------- ----- i T------------------ ------ - - ------ ----------------- - - - -- ------ —EXfiNG --------------------------- SW 1 ! � CORRIDOR ! � � I 11 ! ! ®u EXISTING SECOND LIGHT SWITCHES TO REMAIN FURNACE DRAWING: SW__1 lsw i SW 1 EXISTING POWER PANELS i 0 1 st AND 2nd FLOOR PLAN EXISTING BLEACHERS ® ELECTRICAL LAYOUT ®1 ROOMING SOUND I 1; LOBBY I j F-� 1; SSI �� Ol W 1 cZ EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING UP L. N. KR16 EXISTING REFEREE DRESSING DRESSING DRESSING I DRESSING EXISTING TO REMAIN i DN A ,® EXISTING EXISTING ROOM 4 ROOM 3 ROOM 2 ROOM 1 sw_1 i Fill FURNACE i STORAGE p�%� o� 10 JEEI El r r BARRY• BRYAN DESIGN BY: ooc aottmat: i ASSOCIATES wS (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: 00 x H EXISTING EXISTING ------ Architects DFC Engineers CHECKED BY: mw* A 0 WASHROOM MEETING STORAGE Landscape Architect wS 05 04 Pro)ect Managers DATE: 11 Stanley Court,UnIt 1 MARCH 21, EXISTING ANNUNCIATOR PANEL 2t>02 Whitby Ontario Li N 8P9 SCALE: Tel: (905)666-5252 i�8e_ 11-T Fax. (905)666-5256 eta b wdmV.cm FILE: 02-434E20i PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: 01189 E201 CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE. GENERAL ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS ARE THE COPYRIGHT PROPERTY OF THE CONSULTANTAND MUST BE RETURNED GENERAL CONTINUED..... SCOPE OF WORK UPON REQUEST. REPRODUCTION OF DRAWINGS IN PARTOR WHOLE 1. WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE CONSULTANT 1S FORBIDDEN. General Requirements 16. Maintenance Manuals 1. General DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNTIL SIGNED a) The drawings and specifications are not a detailed set of installation instructions. Drawings and specifications a) Provide the Owner with three (3) indexed, hard cover maintenance manuals to local industry standards a) All power and control wiring including 120V and over shall be installed by the Electrical Contractor. AND SEALED BY THE CONSULTANT. are complementary to one another and that which is shown on one is as binding as that which is shown on containing: b) All control and low voltage wiring under 120V shall be installed by the Mechanical Contractor. Coordinate all both. — Description of systems low voltage wiring with the Electrical Contractor. b) The Engineer shall be immediately informed of any discrepancies between drawings and specifications leaving in — Stamped approved shop drawings c) Control devices for mechanical equipment less than 120V shall be supplied doubt the true intent of the work. — Maintenance instructions and requirements pplied and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. c) Assess and be familiar with existing conditions where possible and allow for some in the tendered price. — Complete parts list of all systems and components d) All work must be done by qualified and/or certified persons in such line of work. Trade certificates must be — Commissioning Reports d) Control devices for mechanical equipment 120V and over shall be supplied by the Mechanical Contractor and available on demand. — Warranty turned over to the Electrical Contractor for installation. e) All material used shall be new and installed in accordance with manufacturers instructions. — Certificates of acceptance and approval by reviewing authorities e) All indoor wiring to be run in conduit. f) It is the responsibility of the Contractor to store and protect materials supplied by this scope. Materials must — Copy of permits where applicable f) All outdoor wiring to be run in liquid tight. be stored in original containers. — As—built drawings g) The electrical system shall comply with Ontario Electrical Safety Authority, Ontario Hydro, local PUC, and other b) Submit to the Engineer for review and approval. 2. Demolition NO. ISSUES DATE BY local ordinances. 17. Job Completion a) Disconnect and remove existing light fixtures for installation of new ceiling tile. MAR 27 h) Provide work in accordance with the requirements of all applicable government codes, local by—laws, b) Remove all redundant components and wiring not being reused and remove from site. D OWNER REVIEW 2002 DES underwriter's regulations base building standards, contract documents, and all authorities having jurisdiction. Carry „ out an changes required b the authorities having a) All work including commissioning and hydro approval shall be completed prior to issuance of Final Review 2 ISSUED FOR 1FNDER 20022 DES y g q y g jurisdiction without extra expense to the Owner. Certificate" from the Engineer. 3. Main Switchgeor and Panels i) Submit to the Engineer and Owner, current MSDS Sheets for any products being used on the job site where they exist. a) Reuse existing panels as indicated on drawings and as required. b) Provide new breakers as required for new installation. 2. Permits and Fees c) All breakers shall be bolt on type. a) Apply for, obtain, and pay for all permits, fees, connections, inspections, licenses, certificates or charges d) Neatly re—label all breakers in panels to suit new installation. necessary including all provincial tax and G.S.T. e) Label all wires tying into panel with wire markers. b) Upon completion of project, provide inspection certificates confirming acceptance by all authorities having f) Provide revised panel layout with as—built drawing submission. jurisdiction for the complete electrical system and as required. 4. Electrical Switches, Outlets, and Components 3. Drawings and Specifications a) Reuse or provide new switches, outlets, and components suitable for application as noted on drawings or as a) Supply all labour, equipment, and materials necessary to install a complete and operational electrical system required. described herein and shown on the drawings. b) Tie all switches, outlets, and components into existing panels. b) It is the intent of these drawings and specifications to provide for an electrical installation complete and in c) Confirm with site conditions and other Contractors prior to rough—in and final installation. operating condition. The responsibility for supplying and installing all material necessary to accomplish this, Emergency and Exit Lighting g except where specifically noted that such work or materials is not included, shall be part of this section. 5. 4. Shop Drawings a) Reuse existing or provide new emergency and exit lighting as noted on drawings and as required by code. b) Mount securely to wall or ceiling. a) Prior to ordering of products or delivery of any products to job site, submit at least eight (8) sets of shop c) Emergency lights shall operate off battery pack or remote battery pack. drawings to the Engineer for review and approval. Submit sufficient) in advance of construction to allow ample ) emergency lighting g panels. g g PP y P e) Confirm erlocation and exit all emergency fixtures with supplier prior to ordering and installation. time for checking. b) Review comments from Engineer. If shop drawings are modified, confirm changes before proceeding. If shop drawings are not approved, revise and resubmit changes for approval. 6. Lighting c) Shop drawing submittals shall include but not be limited to light fixtures, emergency fixtures, and fire alarm components. a) Provide new lights in new ceiling tile as indicated on drawings and schedules. d) Submittals shall contain but not be limited to product data, performance data, and dimensional layout. b) Provide new wiring for new lighting or reuse existing wiring where acceptable. e) Where applicable include wiring, single line and schematic diagrams. c) Tie new lights into existing lighting panel. d) Provide safety chains for each ceiling mounted light fixture. 5. Record Drawings e) Support lights from permanent building structure. f) Maintain lighting locations as indicated on drawings. Notify Engineer of any conflicts with other services. a) Maintain accurate as—built drawings on an on—going basis during construction. Upon completion of the work, g) Reuse existing or provide new wall switches as per drawings and tie into new lights. submit to the Engineer for review, one (1) complete set of certified as—built drawings. b) Revise panel layout to suit new installation and provide new panel layout with as—built submission. h) Tie night lights into separate circuit complete with lockable breaker as noted on drawings. c) Arrange and pay to have as—built markings transferred to AutoCAD computer disk and submit to Engineer at 7. Fire Alarm System completion. d) Insert one (1) final set in each of three (3) maintenance manuals. a) Upgrade existing fire alarm system as per drawings and in conformance with CAN/ULC—S624—M91 and verify in conformance with CAN/ULC—S537-97. 6. Working Hours b) Verification agency shall submit one (1) signed certificate and detailed inspection report outlining location of a) Confirm working hours with Owner. each item, device, and certification of test results to the Engineer and the local fire department.b) Where work interferes with normal business operations within the building where work is being done, work shall c) The report must clearly state that the system has been installed, supervised, and operates in accordance with the standards as noted in a) above. be done after hours unless approved by the Owner. 7. Workplace Safety 8. Installation of Conduit and Electrical Equipment a) The workplace must be kept safe at all times. a) All wiring shall be run in conduit. Last 5' to equipment tie—ins can be BX only. NO. REVISIONS DATE BY b) Conform to all ministry of labour, and health and safety regulations at all times. b) Conduit shall be EMT steel or rigid galvanized steel except where specified otherwise. c) Rigid PVC conduit and fittings shall be used and are only acceptable for connections to outdoor equipment. DURHAM ENERGY c) Use ladders and proper techniques as approved by the ministry of labour to perform all work.d) Cover all holes/openings and provide barriers around hazards, etc. to ensure occupants and workers are not d) All outdoor wiring shall be "Sealtite" flexible conduit with ground wire, PVC jacket, and raintight connectors and shall be used for connection to outdoor equipment, motors, firestats, freezestats, and solenoids. SPECIALIST LIMITED at risk. j1DIES e) Where work does not conform to such regulations, stop work immediately and report the situation to the e) All new wiring to be concealed and to run in straight lines, parallel or perpendicular to building grid or CO N S U L T I N G ENGINEERS column lines. Install wiring continuously within raceways. Owners representative or Consultant or rectify the situation immediately. f) Do not support electrical equipment or wiring from ductwork, piping, etc. Support independently with approved PH:(905)430-7151 FAX:(905)430-7154 f) Report any hazards or concerns the Owner's representative immediately. corrosion resistant hangers and fasteners to building structural members. Perforated flat metal straps are not 5 CARLOW COURT WHITBY, ONTARIO g Obtain a copy of the owner's safety requirements and conform to same. P acceptable. infoOdufiamenergy.com / www.dufiamenergy.com g) Lead anchors, toggle bolts, or expansion bolts shall be used to attach clamps, clips, etc. to masonry walls. DES JOB #: 02-434 8. Temporary Requirements The use of powder activated fasteners will not be permitted. a) All temporary heat and general lighting required during construction shall be the responsibility of the General h) Maintain isolation between electrical wiring and ductwork, etc. to prevent galvanic corrosion. Conduits shall be Contractor. installed with minimum 75mm clearance of all hot pipes, flues, etc. PROJECT: b) Any specific task lighting required shall be the responsibility of the individual Contractor requiring same. i) EMT connectors and couplings in dry areas, partitions, and walls shall be steel setscrew type. Those used outdoors or in damp areas shall be raintight. NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL c) New mechanical equipment and systems shall not be used for temporary use. j) Each sensor, pressure switch, control device, and /or other outlet shall be provided with a suitable outlet box, 9. Removals each approved for the particular area in which it is to be installed. ARENA EXPANSION a) Remove all redundant materials from site. 9. Mounting Heights NEWCASTLE VILLAGE, ONTARIO b) Dispose of same in an environmentally friendly way — provide letter when required to dispose of contaminants a) Mounting heights shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated or instructed: as required. Lighting Switches 1200 mm Wall Receptacles 400 mm MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON 10. Cutting, Coring, and Patching Fire Alarm Pull Stations 1200 mm Fire Alarm Signal Devices 1800 mm a) All cutting, coring and patching by Electrical Contractor. Thermostats 1500 mm b) Take care not to damage existing areas. Any patching required due to unnecessary damage and not directly Exit Lights 2100 mm related to new installation is the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor. b) Contact Engineer if heights conflict with structural. DRAWING: 11. Identification a) Identify all new components with lamacoid nameplates for each new feed. ELECTRICAL b) Re—label existing panel to suit new installation. Include copy of panel layout with as—built drawing SPECIFICATIONS submission. c) Wording on nameplates to be approved by the Engineer prior to manufacture. d) Identify all wiring at termination points with wire markers. 12. Commissioning, Startup, and Reports 4,Q C SSIOA.,, a) Check operation of all motors and revise as required for proper operation of equipment. F b) Verify proper connection of power wiring to terminals and equipment. c) Verify all wiring has attached labels and confirm wiring information on as—built drawings. d) Verify fire alarm and heat detector systems. Pd. SKRIBE e) Verify that all equipment is labeled with lamacoid nameplates as specified. �> f) Verify system operation in the presence of the Engineer. Items not satisfactory to the Engineer shall be changed to suit specifications, code, and good workmanship without expense to the Owner. NCE OF �01- 13. Hydro Certificate BARRY-BRYAN DESIGN BY: a) Upon completion, obtain a Hydro Certificate indicating that installation is acceptable to such authorities. ASSOCIATES LNS 14. Instruction and Training (1991) LIMITED DRAWN BY: 0MRM Architects DFC a) Instruct and train the Owner on proper operation of the system. Engineers CHECKED BY: = b) Submit a letter to the Consultant stating that adequate Instruction and Training has been completed to the landscape Architect LNS satisfaction of the Owner, signed by both the Owner's and Contractor's representatives. Project Managers DATE: 11 Stanley Court,unit t MARCH 21, 2002 15. Warranty Whdby OnWo L1N SP9 SCALE: Tel: (905)6883252 N.T.S. a) Provide a one (1) year full parts and labour warranty for the new system from date of substantial Fax: (9W)666-5258 completion. ea*bba@bba4rdwV.=n FILE: b) Submit warranty letter on Company letterhead signed by Company representative stating warranty terms 02-43+E= including warranty period from date of substantial completion. PROJECT NO: DRAWING NO: 01189 E202 BARRYeBRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED Architects, Engineers, Landscape Architect, Project Managers Tele:905-666-5252 11 Stanley Court, Toronto:905-427-4495 �� is p Unit 1 Fax:905-666-5256 N 9001 ti Whitby,Ontario E-mail:bba@bba-archeng.com Canada L1N 8P9 www.bba-archeng.com SGS 1 1 i ' Contract Documents Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion i103 Caroline Street W., Newcastle. Ontario Tender No.CL-2002-14 for the Municipality of Clarington i i 1 1 BARRY • BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED Architects, Engineers, Landscape Architect, Project Managers 11 Stanley Court Telephone: (905) 666-5252 Unit 1 Toronto: (905) 427-4495 Fax: (905) 666-5256 Whitby, Ontario E-mail: bba@bba-archeng.com L1 N 8P9 Web Site: www.bba-archeno coy, r iMay 30, 2002 Project No. 01189 qq i .e ' Standard construction document CCDC A. r � � v T , 9 y , X 1 Stipulated price contractW, 4, P� "A ' f "Q " i w _71 A "I", ....s ray, ... .. J� X S This agreement is protected by Project: Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion copyright and is intended by the parties to be an unaltered version of 103 Caroline Street W.,Newcastle Ontario CCDC 2- 1994 except to the extent x Tender No.CL-2002-14 that any alterations,additions or for the Municipality of Clarington modifications are set forth in supplementary conditions. ' Canadian construction documents committee Standard Construction Document-CCDC 2-1994 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR For use when a stipulated price is the basis of payment. ' This Agreement made on the Thirtieth day of May in the year Two Thousand and Two ' by and between The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington hereinafter called the "Owner" and Nu-Wood Construction—Division Ter-Bea Holdings Ltd. ihereinafter called the "Contractor" The Owner and the Contractor agree as follows: ' ARTICLE A-1 THE WORK The Contractor shall: 1.1 perform the Work required by the Contract Documents for Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion located at 103 Caroline Street W.,Newcastle Ontario which have been signed by the parties,and for which Barry - Bryan ' Associates(1991)Limited is acting as and is hereinafter called the "Consultant"and 1.2 do and fulfill everything indicated by this Agreement,and 1.3 commence the Work by the Twenty-seventhday ofMay in the year Two Thousand Two and,subject to adjustment 1 in Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents,attain Substantial Performance of the Work,by the Fifteenth day of August in the year Two Thousand and Two. CCDC 2-1994 File 00502 1 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. ARTICLE A-2 AGREEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS 2.1 The Contract supersedes all prior negotiations,representations,or agreements,either written or oral,relating in any manner to the Work, including the bidding documents that are not expressly listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ' 2.2 The Contract may be amended only as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 The following are the Contract Documents referred to in Article A-1 of the Agreement-THE WORK: • Agreement Between Owner and Contractor • Definitions • The General Conditions of the Stipulated Price Contract 3.2 Addendum No. 1 dated April 12,2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pages 3.3 Tender Form submitted by Nu-Wood Construction-Division Ter-Bea Holdings Ltd. dated April 17,2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 pages 3.4 Agreement to Bond(Surety's Consent)issued by ING Wellington Insurance Company dated April 12,2002(received with Tender) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 page ' 3.5 Municipality of Clarington's Contractor Safety Policy and Procedure dated April 17,2002 . . . . . . . . 6 pages 3.6 WSIB Cost and Frequency Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1page ' 3.7 WSIB Year End Summary at December 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 page 3.8 Bid Bond approved by Surety Association of Canada dated April 12,2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 page 3.9 WSIB Clearance Certificate dated May 23,2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 page 3.10 Certificate of Insurance issued by Firstbrook,Cassie&Anderson Ltd.Dated May 23,2002. . . . . . . . . 1 page 3.11 Performance Bond issued by Surety Association of Canada dated June 3,2002. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 page 3.12 Labour and Material Payment Bond issued by Surety Association of Canada dated June 3,2002 . . . . 2 pages 3.13 Contract Specifications issued April 3,2002. 3.14 List of Contract Drawings attached as page 2A. * (Insert here, attaching additional pages if required, a list identifying all other Contract Documents e.g. Supplementary Conditions;Specifications,giving a list of contents with section numbers and titles, number of pages, and date;Drawings,giving drawing number, title, date, revision date or mark;Addenda, giving title, number, date) CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 2 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. ' LIST OF DRAWINGS Page 2A Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion 103 Caroline Street W., Newcastle Ontario Tender No.CL-2002-14 for the Municipality of Clarington Architectural Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued for Tender A201 Demolition Floor Plans 0 April 2, 2002 ' A202 Floor Plans and Wall Elevation 0 April 2, 2002 A203 Reflective Ceiling and Floor Finishes Plans 0 April 2, 2002 A204 Enlarged Plans and Details at Viewing Area 0 April 2, 2002 A501 Wall Sections :PC April 2, 2002 A801 Room Finish and Door Schedules Aril 2, 2002_ji Structural Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued for Tender S201 Foundation Plan and Second Floor Framing Plan 0 April 2, 2002 ' S501 Structural Details 0 Aril 2, 2002 Mechanical Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued for Tender M101 11 and 2nd Floor Plan Mechanical Demolition Layout 0 April 2, 2002 M201 1St and 2nd Floor Plan Mechanical Layout 0 April 2, 2002 M202 Mechanical Specifications 0 April 2, 2002 ' M203 Mechanical Specifications Continued 0 Aril 2, 2002 Electrical Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued for Tender ' E101 1St and 2nd Floor Plan Electrical Demolition Layout 0 April 2, 2002 E201 11t and 2nd Floor Plan Electrical Layout 0 April 2, 2002 E202 Electrical S ecifications 0 Aril 2, 2002 01189 Drawing List.wpd ARTICLE A-4 CONTRACT PRICE ' 4.1 The Contract Price,which excludes Value Added Taxes,is: One Hundred and Sixty-Seven Thousand,Eight Hundred and Twenty-fivedollars and Zero cents. $167,825.00 ' 4.2 Value Added Taxes(of 7%)payable by the Owner to the Contractor are: Eleven Thousand, Seven Hundred and Fo -sevendollars and Seventy-five cents. $11.747.75 4.3 Total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the construction of the Work is: One Hundred and Seventy-nine Thousand,Five Hundred and Seventy-twodollars and Seventy-five cents. $179,572.75 ' 4.4 All amounts are in Canadian funds. 4.5 These amounts shall be subject to adjustments as provided in the Contract Documents. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 3 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of ' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. ARTICLE A-5 PAYMENT ' 5.1 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents,and in accordance with legislation and statutory regulations respecting holdback percentages and,where such legislation or regulations do not exist or apply, subject to a holdback of ten percent(10%),and a further one percent(1%)for the contract completion security account,the Owner shall in Canadian funds: 1 make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract Price when due in the amount certified by the Consultant together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment, and .2 upon Substantial Performance of the Work,pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the holdback amount when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment,and .3 upon the issuance of the final certificate for payment,pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the Contract Price when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment. 5.2 In the event of loss or damage occurring where payment becomes due under the property and boiler insurance ' policies,payments shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of GC 11.1-INSURANCE. 5.3 Interest ' 1 Should either party fail to make payments as they become due under the terms of the Contract or in an award by arbitration or court,interest at One percent(1%)per annum above the bank rate on such unpaid amounts shall also become due and payable until payment. Such interest shall be compounded on a ' monthlybasis. The bank rate shall be the rate established by the Bank of Canada as the minimum rate at which the Bank of Canada makes short term advances to the chartered banks. .2 Interest shall apply at the rate and in the manner prescribed by paragraph 5.3.1 of this Article on the amount of any claim settled pursuant to Part 8 of the General Conditions-DISPUTE RESOLUTION from the date the amount would have been due and payable under the Contract,had it not been in dispute,until the date it is paid. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 4 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of 1 Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. ARTICLE A-6 RECEIPT OF AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES 6.1 Notices in writing between the parties or between them and the Consultant shall be considered to have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered to the individual,or to a member of the film,or to an officer of the corporation for whom they are intended by hand or by registered post;or if sent by regular post, to have been delivered within 5 Working Days of the date of mailing when addressed as follows: The Owner at 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L 1 C 3E6 The Contractor at 467 Westney Road South,Unit 19 Aiax,Ontario LIS 6V8 The Consultant at 11 Stanley Court,Unit 1 Whitby,Ontario L1N 8P9 ' ARTICLE A-7 LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT 7.1 When the ContractDocuments are prepared in both the English and French languages,it is agreed that in the event of any apparent discrepancybetweenthe English and Frenchversions,the English/FTe=h*language shall prevail. * Complete this statement by striking out inapplicable term. ' 7.2 This Agreement is drawn in English at the request of the parties hereto. La presente convention est redigee en anglais a la demande des parties. ARTICLE A-8 SUCCESSION ' 8.1 The Contract Documents are to be read into and form part of this Agreement and the whole shall constitute the Contract between the parties,and subject to the law and the provisions of the Contract Documents shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto,their respective heirs,legal representatives,successors,and assigns. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 5 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of ' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. In witness whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement and by the hands of their duly authorized representatives. SIGNED AND DELIVERED in the presence of: OWNER The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarinaton name of owner signature WITNESS Joh utton, Mavor name and title of erson in signature signature attl L Barrie, Clerk ' name and title of person signing name and title of person signing CONTRACTOR ' Nu-Wood Construction-Division of Ter-Bea Holdings Ltd. name of contractors signature WITNESS 1 name and title of person signing ' signature signature RLI- name and title of person signing name and title of person signing ' N.B. Where legal jurisdiction, local practice, or Owner or Contractor requirement calls for: (a) proof of authority to execute this document, attach such proof of authority in the form of a certified copy ' of a resolution naming the representative(s)authorized to sign the Agreement for and on behalf of the corporation or partnership;or (b) the affixing of a corporate seal, this Agreement should be properly sealed. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 6 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. Standard Construction Document-CCDC 2-1994 ' DEFINITIONS The following Definitions shall apply to all Contract Documents. ' 1. Contract The Contract is the undertaking by the parties to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and ' obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents and represents the entire agreementbetween the parties. 2. Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of those documents listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement-CONTRACT 1 DOCUMENTS and amendments agreed upon between the parties. 3. Owner ' The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Owner means the Owner or the Owner's authorized agent or representative as designated to the Contractor in writing,but does not include the Consultant. ' 4. Contractor The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Contractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative as designated to the Owner in writing. ' 5. Subcontractor A Subcontractor is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a part or parts ' of the Work,or to supply Products worked to a special design for the Work. 6. Supplier A Supplier is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to supply Products not worked ' to a special design for the Work. 7. Consultant The Consultant is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The Consultant is the Architect, the Engineer,or entity licensed to practice in the province or territory of the Place of the Work. The term Consultant means the Consultant or the Consultant's authorized representative. ' 8. Project The Project means the total construction contemplated of which the Work may be the whole or a part. 1 9. Work The Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. 10. Place of the Work The Place of the Work is the designated site or location of the Work identified in Article A-1 of the Agreement -THE WORK. ' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00602 7 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 11. Product Product or Products means material,machinery,equipment,and fixtures forming the Work,but does not include machinery and equipmentused to prepare,fabricate,convey,or erect the Work,which are referred to as construction machinery and equipment. 12. Provide Provide means to supply and install. ' 13. Contract Price The Contract Price is the amount stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement-CONTRACT PRICE. 14. Contract Time ' The Contract Time is the time stipulated in paragraph 1.3 of Article A-1 of the Agreement-THE WORK from commencement of the Work to Substantial Performance of the Work. ' 15. Working Day Working Day means a day other than a Saturday,Sunday,or a holiday which is observed by the construction industry in the area of the Place of the Work. ' 16. Supplemental Instruction A Supplemental Instruction is an instruction,not involving adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time,in the form of specifications,drawings,schedules,samples,models or written instructions,consistent 1 with the intent of the Contract Documents. It is to be issued by the Consultant to supplement the Contract Documents as required for the performance of the Work. ' 17. Change Order A Change Order is a written amendmentto the Contract prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner and the Contractor stating their agreement upon: - a change in the Work; ' - the method of adjustment or the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Price,if any;and the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time,if any. 18. Change Directive A Change Directive is a written instruction prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner directing a change in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents. ' 19. Substantial Performance of the Work Substantial Per of the Work is as defined in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. If such legislation is not in force or does not contain such definition,Substantial Performance of the Work 1 shall have been reached when the Work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended and is so certified by the Consultant. 20, Value Added Taxes Value Added Taxes means such sum as shall be levied upon the Contract Price by the Federal or any Provincial Government and is computed as a percentage of the Contract Price and includes the Goods and Services Tax, the Quebec Sales Tax and any similar tax, the payment or collection of which is by the ' legislation imposing such tax an obligation of the Contractor. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00602 8 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of ' Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. Standard Construction Document-CCDC 2-1994 ' GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE STIPULATED PRICE CONTRACT PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS GC 1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' 1.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include the labour, Products, and services necessary for the performance of the Workby the Contractor in accordance with these documents. It is not intended,however, that the Contractor shall supply products or perform work not consistent with,not covered by,or not properly inferable from the Contract Documents. 1.1.2 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between: ' 1 the Owner and a Subcontractor,a Supplier,or their agent,employee,or other person performing any of the Work. .2 the Consultant and the Contractor,a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee,or other ' person performing any of the Work. 1.1.3 The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. 1.1.4 Words and abbreviations which have well known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.1.5 References in the Contract Documents to the singular shall be considered to include the plural as the context requires. ' 1.1.6 The specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, consisting of the written requirements and standards for Products, systems,workmanship,and the services necessary for the performance of the Work. 1.1.7 The drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections,details,schedules,and diagrams. 1.1.8 Neither the organization of the specifications into divisions, sections, and parts nor the arrangement of drawings shall control the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors and Suppliers or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by a trade. ' 1.1.9 If there is a conflict within Contract Documents: 1 the order of priority of documents,from highest to lowest,shall be •the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, •the Defmitions, ' •Supplementary Conditions, •the General Conditions, •Division 1 of the specifications, •Divisions 2 through 16 of the specifications, •material and fmishing schedules, •drawings. .2 drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale of the same date. .3 dimensions shown on drawings shall govern over dimensions scaled from drawings. ' .4 later dated documents shall govern over earlier documents of the same type. CCDC 2-1994 File 00712 9 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 1.1.10 The Owner shall provide the Contractor, without charge, sufficient copies of the Contract Documents to perform the Work. 1.1.11 Specifications,drawings,models,and copies thereof furnished by the Consultant are and shall remain the Consultant's property,with the exception of the signed Contract sets,which shall belong to each party to the ' Contract. All specifications,drawings,and models furnished by the Consultant are to be used only with respect to the Work and are not to be used on other work. These specifications,drawings,and models are not to be copied or altered in any manner without the written authorization of the Consultant. i1.1.12 Models furnished by the Contractor at the Owner's expense are the property of the Owner. GC 1.2 LAW OF THE CONTRACT 1.2.1 The law of the Place of the Work shall govern the interpretation of the Contract. ' GC 1.3 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 1.3.1 Except as expressly provided in the Contract Documents,the duties and obligations ixnposedby the Contract ' Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties,obligations,rights,and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 1.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Consultant,or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or ' duty afforded any of themunder the Contract,nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed in writing. ' GC 1.4 ASSIGNMENT 1.4.1 Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or a portion thereof without the written consent of the other,which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. PART 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 2.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT 2.1.1 The Consultant will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents,unless otherwise modified by written agreement as provided in paragraph 2.1.2. 2.1.2 The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Consultant as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be modified or extended only with the written consent of the Owner,the Contractor,and the Consultant. 2.1.3 If the Consultant's employmentis terminated,the Owner shall immediately appoint or reappoint a Consultant ' against whomthe Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the ContractDocuments shall be that of the former Consultant. GC 2.2 ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT 2.2.1 The Consultant will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents during constructionuntil issuance of the final certificate for payment,and subject to GC 2.1-AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT and with the Owner's concurrence,from time to time until the completion of any correction of defects as provided in paragraph 12.3.3 of GC 12.3 -WARRANTY. 2.2.2 The Consultant will visit the Place of the Work at intervals appropriate to the progress of construction to become familiar with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the Work is proceeding in general conformity with the Contract Documents. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 10 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. r 2.23 If the Owner and the Consultant agree,the Consultant will provide at the Place of the Work,one or more ' project representatives to assist in carrying out the Consultant's responsibilities. The duties,responsibilities, and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in writing to the Contractor. 2.2.4 Based on the Consultant's observations and evaluation of the Contractor's applications for payment, the Consultant will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract and will issue certificates for payment as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement-PAYMENT,GC 5.3-PROGRESS PAYMENT, and GC 5.7-FINAL PAYMENT. i2.2.5 The Consultant will not be responsible for and will not have control,charge,or supervision of construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures,or for safety precautions and programs required in connection with the Work in accordance with the applicable construction safety legislation,other regulations, r or general construction practice. The Consultant will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the ContractDocuments. The Consultant will not have control over,charge of,or be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor,Subcontractors,Suppliers,or their agents, employees,or any other persons performing portions of the Work. 2.2.6 The Consultant will be,in the first instance,the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents ' and shall make findings as to the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract,except with respect to GC 5.1-FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER. Interpretations and findings of the Consultant shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. When making such interpretations and findings the Consultant will not show partiality to either the Owner or the Contractor. r2.2.7 Claims,disputes,and other matters in question relating to the performance of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents, except for GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER,shall be referred initially to the Consultant by notice in writing given to the Consultant and to the other party for the Consultant's interpretation and finding which will be given by notice in writing to the parties within a reasonable time. 2.2.8 The Consultant will have authority to reject work which in the Consultant's opinion does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Whenever the Consultant considers it necessary or advisable,the Consultant will have authority to require inspection or testing of work,whether or not such work is fabricated, ' installed,or completed. However,neither the authority of the Consultant to act nor any decision either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Consultant to the Contractor,Subcontractors,Suppliers, or their agents, employees,or other persons performing any of the r Work. 2.2.9 During the progress ofthe Work the Consultant will furnishSupplemental Instructions to the Contractor with reasonable promptness or in accordance with a schedule for such instructions agreed to by the Consultant and ' the Contractor. 2.2.10 The Consultant will review and take appropriate action upon such Contractor's submittals as shop drawings, Product data,and samples,as provided in the Contract Documents. 2.2.11 The Consultant will prepare Change Orders and Change Directives as provided in GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE. r2.2.12 The Consultant will conduct reviews of the Work to determine the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as provided in GC 5.4-SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. ' 2.2.13 All certificates issued by the Consultant shall be to the best of the Consultant's knowledge,information,and belief. By issuing any certificate,the Consultant does not guarantee the Work is correct or complete. ' 2.2.14 The Consultant will receive and review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and provided by the Contractor and will forward such warranties and documents to the Owner for the Owner's acceptance. r CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 11 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. GC 2.3 REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK 2.3.1 The Owner and the Consultant shall have access to the Work at all times. The Contractor shall provide sufficient,safe,and proper facilities at all times for the review of the Work by the Consultant and the inspection of the Work by authorized agencies. If parts of theWork are in preparation at locations other than the Place of the Work,the Owner and the Consultant shall be given access to such work whenever it is in progress. 2.3.2 If work is designated for tests,inspections,or approvals in the Contract Documents,orby the Consultant's instructions,or the laws or ordinances of the Place of the Work,the Contractor shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of when the work will be ready for review and inspection. The Contractor shall arrange for and shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of the date and time of inspections by other authorities. 2.3.3 The Contractor shall furnish promptly to the Consultant two copies of certificates and inspection reports relating to the Work. 2.3.4 If the Contractor covers,or permits to be covered,workthat has been designated for special tests,inspections, or approvals before such special tests,inspections,or approvals are made,given or completed,the Contractor shall,if so directed,uncover such work,have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed,and make good covering work at the Contractor's expense. 2.3.5 The Consultant may order any portion or portions of the Work to be examined to confirm that suchwork is in accordance with the requirements of the ContractDocuments. If the work is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the work and pay the cost of examination and correction. If the work is in accordance with the requirements of thContract Documents, ' the Owner shall pay the cost of examination and restoration. GC 2.4 DEFECTIVE WORK 2.4.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the Place of the Work and replace or re-execute defective work that has been rejected by the Consultant as failing to conform to the Contract Documents whether or not the defective work has been incorporated in the Work and whether or not the defect is the result of poor ' workmanship,use of defective products, or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor. ' 2.4.2 The Contractor shall make good promptly other contractors'work destroyed or damaged by such removals or replacements at the Contractor's expense. 2.4.3 If in the opinion of the Consultant it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not performed as ' provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may deduct from the amount otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that called for by the Contract Documents. If the Owner and the Contractor do not agree on the difference in value,they shall refer the matter to the Consultant for a determination. PART 3 EXECUTION OF THE WORK ' GC 3.1 CONTROL OF THE WORK 3.1.1 The Contractor shall have total control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for co-ordinating the various parts of the Work under the Contract. CCDC 2-1994 File 00712 12 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. GC 3.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS ' 3.2.1 The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other parts of the Project to other contractors and to perform work with own forces. ' 3.2.2 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project,or whenwork is performedby the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall: 1 provide for the co-ordination of the activities and work of other contractors and Owner's own forces with the Work of the Contract; .2 assume overall responsibility for compliance with the applicable health and construction safety legislation at the Place of the Work; .3 enter into separate contracts with other contractors under conditions of contract which are compatible with the conditions of the Contract; .4 ensure that insurance coverage is provided to the same requirements as are called for in GC 11.1 - INSURANCE and co-ordinate such insurance with the insurance coverage of the Contractor as it affects the Work;and .5 take all reasonable precautions to avoid labour disputes or other disputes on the Project arising from the work of other contractors or the Owner's own forces. 3.2.3 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project,or when work is performedby the Owner's ' own forces,the Contractor shall: 1 afford the Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity to introduce and store their products and use their construction machinery and equipment to execute their work; ' .2 co-ordinate and schedule the Work with the work of other contractors and Owner's own forces and connect as specified or shown in the Contract Documents; ' .3 participate with other contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so;and .4 where part of the Work is affected by or depends upon for its proper execution the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces,promptly report to the Consultant in writing and prior to proceeding with that part of the Work, any apparent deficiencies in such work. Failure by the Contractor to so report shall invalidate any claims against the Owner by reason of the deficiencies in the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces except those deficiencies not then reasonably discoverable. 3.2.4 Where a change in the Work is required as a result of the co-ordination and connection of the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces with the Work,the changes shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 -CHANGES, GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER,and GC 6.3-CHANGE DIRECTIVE. ' 3.2.5 Claims,disputes,and other matters in question between the Contractor and other contractors shall be dealt with as provided in Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION provided the other ' contractors have reciprocal obligations. The Contractor shall be deemed to have consented to arbitration of any dispute with any other contractor whose contract with the Owners contains a similar agreement to arbitrate. CCDC 2-1994 File 00712 13 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. GC 3.3 TEMPORARY SUPPORTS,STRUCTURES,AND FACILITIES ' 3.3.1 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and removal oftemporary supports,structures,and facilities and the design and execution of constructionmethods required in their use. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall engage and pay for registered professional engineering personnel skilled in the appropriate disciplines to perform those functions referred to in paragraph 3.3.1 where required by law or by ' the Contract Documents and in all cases where such temporary supports,structures,and facilities and their method of construction are of such a nature that professional engineering skill is required to produce safe and satisfactory results. 3.3.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of GC 3.1 -CONTROL OF THE WORK,paragraph 3.3.1,and paragraph 3.3.2 or provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the Contract Documents where such Contract Documents include designs for temporary supports,structures,and facilities or specify a method of construction in whole ' or in part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part ofthe design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of construction in the same manner as for the execution of the Work. GC 3.4 DOCUMENT REVIEW ' 3.4.1 The Contractor shall review the Contract Documents and shall report promptly to the Consultant any error, inconsistency,or omission the Contractor may discover. Such review by theContractor shall be to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information,and belief and in making such review the Contractor does not i assume any responsibility to the Owner or the Consultant for the accuracy of the review. The Contractor shall not be liable for damage or costs resulting from such errors,inconsistencies,or omissions in the Contract Documents,which the Contractor did not discover. If theContractor does discover any error,inconsistency, or omission in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not proceed with the work affected until the Contractor has received corrected or missing information from the Consultant. GC 3.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3.5.1 The Contractor shall: ' 1 prepare and submit to the Owner and the Consultant prior to the first application for payment, a construction schedule that indicates the timing of the major activities of the Work and provides sufficient detail of the critical events and their inter relationship to demonstrate the Work will be performed in conformity with the Contract Time; .2 monitor the progress of the Work relative to the construction schedule and update theschedule on a monthly basis or as stipulated by the Contract Documents;and ' .3 advise the Consultant of any revisions required to the schedule as the result of extensions of the Contract Time as provided in Part 6 of the General Conditions-CHANGES IN THE WORK. GC 3.6 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY 3.6.1 Subject to paragraph 3.2.2.2 of GC 3.2-CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS, 1 the Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction safety at the Place of the Work and for compliance with the rules,regulations,and practices required by the applicable construction health and safety legislation and shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Work. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 14 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. GC 3.7 SUPERVISOR 3.7.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent supervisor and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Place of the Work while work is being performed. The supervisor shall not be changed except for valid reason. 3.7.2 The supervisor shall represent the Contractor at the Place of the Work and notices and instructions given to the supervisor by the Consultant shall be held to have been received by the Contractor. ' GC 3.8 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS 3.8.1 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to work to be performed under subcontract,and shall: l enter into contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers to require them to perform their work as provided in the Contract Documents; .2 incorporate the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents into all contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers;and .3 be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and of persons directly or indirectly employedby them as for acts and omissions ofpersons directly employed ' by the Contractor. 3.8.2 The Contractor shall indicate in writing,at the request of the Owner,those Subcontractors or Suppliers whose ' bids have been received by the Contractor which the Contractor would be prepared to accept for the performance of a portion of the Work. Should the Owner not object before signing the Contract, the Contractor shall employ those Subcontractors or Suppliers so identified by the Contractor in writing for the performance of that portion of the Work to which their bid applies. 1 3.8.3 The Owner may,for reasonable cause,at any time before the Owner has signed the Contract,objectto the use of a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier and require the Contractor to employ one of the other ' subcontract bidders. 3.8.4 If the Owner requires the Contractor to change a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier,the Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted by the differences occasioned by such required change. 3.8.5 The Contractor shall not be required to employ as a Subcontractor or Supplier,a person or firm to whom the Contractor may reasonably object. 3.8.6 The Owner, through the Consultant, may provide to a Subcontractor or Supplier information as to the percentage of the Subcontractor's or Supplier's work which has been certified for payment. GC 3.9 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS 3.9.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for labour,Products,tools, construction machinery and equipment, water,heat,light,power,transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract. ' 3.9.2 Products provided shall be new. Products which are not specified shall be of a quality consistent with those specified and their use acceptable to the Consultant. 3.9.3 The Contractor shall maintain good order and discipline among the Contractor's employees engaged on the Work and shall not employ on the Work anyone not skilled in the tasks assigned. CCDC 2-1994 File 00712 15 1 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 1 GC 3.10 DOCUMENTS AT THE SITE 3.10.1 The Contractor shall keep one copy of current Contract Documents, submittals,reports, and records of meetings at the Place of the Work,in good order and available to the Owner and the Consultant. GC 3.11 SHOP DRAWINGS 3.11.1 Shop drawings are drawings,diagrams,illustrations,schedules,performance charts,brochures,Product,and other data which the Contractor provides to illustrate details of a portion of the Work. 3.11.2 The Contractor shallprovide shop drawings as described in the ContractDocuments or as the Consultantmay reasonably request. 3.11.3 The Contractor shall review all shop drawings prior to submission to the Consultant. The Contractor represents by this review that:the Contractor has determined and verified all field measurements and field construction conditions,or will do so;Product requirements;catalogue numbers;and similar data and that the Contractor has checked and co-ordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall confirm this review of each shop drawing by stamp,date,and signature of the person responsible. At the time of submission theContractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract Documents.3.11.4The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Consultant to review in orderly sequence and sufficiently in advance so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of other contractors. Upon request of the Contractor or the Consultant,they jointly shall prepare a schedule of the dates for submission and return of shop drawings. Shop drawings which require approval of any legally constituted authority having jurisdiction shall be submitted to such authority by the Contractor for approval. 3.11.5 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in the form specified or as the Consultant may direct. The Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordance with the schedule agreed upon,or otherwise with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Consultant's review is for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only. The Consultant's review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Consultant expressly notes the acceptance of a deviation on the shop drawings. 3.11.6 Upon the Consultant's request,the Contractor shall revise and resubmit shop drawings which the Consultant rejects as inconsistent with the Contract Documents unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. The Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions to the resubmission other than those requested by the Consultant. GC 3.12 USE OF THE WORK ' 3.12.1 The Contractor shall confine construction machinery and equipment,storage of Products,and operations of employees to limits indicated by laws, ordinances, permits, or the Contract Documents and shall not ' unreasonably encumber the Work with Products. 3.12.2 The Contractor shall not load or permit to be loaded any part of the Work with a weight or force that will endanger the safety of the Work. GC 3.13 CUTTING AND REMEDIAL WORK ' 3.13.1 The Contractor shall do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the Work come together properly. 3.13.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 16 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 3.133 Should the Owner,the Consultant,other contractors or anyone employedby thembe responsible for ill-timed work necessitating cutting or remedial work to be performed,the cost of such cutting or remedial work shall be valued as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. ' 3.13.4 Cutting and remedial work shall be performed by specialists familiar with the Products affected and shall be performed in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the Work. ' GC 3.14 CLEANUP 3.14.1 The Contractor shall maintain the Work in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of waste products and debris,other than that caused by the Owner,other contractors or their employees. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall remove waste products and debris,other than that resulting from the work of the Owner, other contractors or their employees,and shall leave the Work clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner before attainment of Substantial Performance of the Work. The Contractor shall remove products,tools, construction machinery,and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining work. ' 3.14.3 Prior to application for the final certificate for payment,the Contractor shall remove products, tools, constructionmachinery and equipment,and waste products and debris,other than that resulting from the work of the Owner,other contractors or their employees. ' PART 4 ALLOWANCES GC 4.1 CASH ALLOWANCES 4.1.1 The Contract Price includes cash allowances stated in the Contract Documents,which allowances shallbe expended as the Owner directs through the Consultant. 4.1.2 Cash allowances cover the net cost to the Contractor of services, Products, construction machinery and equipment, freight, unloading, handling, storage, installation, and other authorized expenses incurred in performing the work stipulated under the cash allowances but do not include any Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor. 4.1.3 The Contract Price,and not the cash allowances,includes the Contractor's overhead and profit in connection twith such cash allowances. 4.1.4 Where costs under a cash allowance exceed the amount ofthe allowance,the Contractor shall be compensated for any excess incurred and substantiated plus an amount for overhead and profit as set out in the Contract Documents. 4.1.5 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the actual cost ' and each cash allowance. 4.1.6 The value of the work performed under a cash allowance is eligible to be included in progress payments. 4.1.7 The Contractor and the Consultant shall jointly prepare a schedule that shows when the Consultant and Owner must authorize ordering of items called for under cash allowances to avoid delaying the progress of the Work. ' GC 4.2 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE ' 4.2.1 The Contract Price includes the contingency allowance,if any, stated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.2 Expenditures under the contingency allowance shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES,GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER,and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 17 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 4.23 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference betweenthe expenditures ' authorized under paragraph 4.2.2 and the contingency allowance. PART 5 PAYMENT GC 5.1 FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 1 5.1.1 The Owner shall,at the request of the Contractor,prior to execution of the Agreement,and/or promptly from time to time thereafter,furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. 1 5.1.2 The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of any material change in the Owner's financial arrangements during the performance of the Contract. ' GC 5.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 5.2.1 Applications forpaymenton account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement-PAYMENT maybe made ' monthly as the Work progresses. 5.2.2 Applications for payment shall be dated the last day of the agreed monthly payment period and the amount claimed shall be for the value,proportionate to the amount of the Contract,of work performed and Products ' delivered to the Place of the Work at that date. 5.2.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant,at least 14 days before the first application for payment, a i schedule of values for the parts of the Work, aggregating the total amount of the Contract Price, so as to facilitate evaluation of applications for payment. 5.2.4 The schedule of values shall be made out in such form and supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably direct and when accepted by the Consultant, shall be used as the basis for applications for payment,unless it is found to be in error. ' 5.2.5 The Contractor shall include a statement based on the schedule of values with each application for payment. 5.2.6 Claims for Products delivered to the Place of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably require to establish the value and delivery of the Products. GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT ' 5.3.1 The Consultant will issue to the Owner,no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application for payment fromthe Contractor submittedin accordance withGC 5.2-APPLICATIONS FORPROGRESS PAYMENT, a certificate for payment in the amountapplied for or in such other amount as the Consultant determines to be properly due. If theConsultant amends the application,the Consultant willpromptly notify the Contractor in writing giving reasons for the amendment. 5.3.2 The Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -PAYMENT no later than 5 days after the date of a certificate for payment issued by the Consultant. ' GC 5.4 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 5.4.1 Whenthe Contractor considers thatthe Workis substantially performed,or ifpermittedby the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work a designated portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately ' is substantially performed,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Consultant a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected and apply for a review by the Consultant to establish Substantial Performance of the Work or substantial performance of the designated portion of the Work. Failure to include an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the Contract. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 18 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 5.4.2 No later than 10 days after the receipt of the Contractor's list and application,the Consultant will review the ' Work to verify the validity of the application,and no later than 7 days after completing the review,will notify the Contractor whether the Work or the designated portion of the Work is substantially performed. 5.4.3 The Consultant shall state the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or designated portion of the Work ' in a certificate. 5.4.4 1mmediately following the issuance ofthe certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,the Contractor, ' in consultation with the Consultant,will establish a reasonable date for finishing the Work. GC 5.5 PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK ' 5.5.1 After the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,the Contractor shall: .1 submit an application for payment of the holdback amount, ' .2 submit a sworn statement that all accounts for labour,subcontracts,Products,construction machinery and equipment, and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the ' Substantial Performance of the Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible have been paid in full,except for amounts properly retained as a holdback or as an identified amount in dispute. - ' 5.5.2 After the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor and the sworn statement as provided in paragraph 5.5.1,the Consultant will issue a certificate for payment of the holdback amount. ' 5.5.3 Where the holdback amount has not been placed in a separate holdback account,the Owner shall, 10 days prior to the expiry of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, place the holdback amount in a bank account in the joint names of the Owner and the Contractor.5.5.4The holdback amount authorized by the certificate for payment of the holdback amount is due and payable on the ' day following the expiration of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. Where lien legislation does not exist or apply,the holdback amount shall be due and payable in accordance with other legislation, industry practice, or provisions which may be agreed to between the ' parties. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required by law to satisfy any liens against the Work or,if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work,other third party monetary claims against the Contractor which are enforceable against the Owner. ' GC 5.6 PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK 5.6.1 Where legislation permits and where,upon application by the Contractor,the Consultant has certified that ' the work of a Subcontractor or Supplier has been performed prior to Substantial Performance of the Work, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the holdback amount retained for such subcontract work,or the Products supplied by such Supplier,on the day following the expiration of the holdbackperiod for such work stipulated 1 in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. 5.6.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraph, and notwithstanding the wording of such certificates, the Contractor shall ensure that such subcontract work or Products is protected pending the ' issuance of a final certificate for payment and be responsible for the correction of defects or work not performed regardless of whether or not such was apparent when such certificates were issued. GC 5.7 FINAL PAYMENT 5.7.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is completed,the Contractor shall submit an application for final payment. ' 5.7.2 The Consultant will,no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application from the Contractor for final payment,review the Work to verify the validity of the application. The Consultant will,no later than 7 days ' after reviewing the Work,notify the Contractor that the application is valid or give reasons why it is not valid. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 19 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 5.7.3 When the Consultant finds the Contractor's application for final payment valid,the Consultant will issue a final certificate for payment. 5.7.4 Subject to the provision of paragraph 10.4.1 of GC 10.4 -WORKERS'COMPENSATION, and any lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work,the Owner shall,no later than 5 days after the issuance of a ' final certificate for payment,pay the Contractor as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement-PAYMENT. GC 5.8 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT 5.8.1 If because of climatic or other conditions reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor,there are items of work that cannot be performed,payment in full for that portion of the Work which has been performed as certified by the Consultant shall not be withheld or delayed by the Owner on account thereof,but the Owner ' may withhold,until the remaining portion of the Workis finished,only such an amount that the Consultant determines is sufficient and reasonable to cover the cost of performing such remaining work. ' GC 5.9 NON-CONFORMING WORK 5.9.1 No paymentby the Owner under the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy ofthe Workbythe Owner ' shall constitute an acceptance of any portion of the Work or Products which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ' PART 6 CHANGES IN THE WORK GC 6.1 CHANGES ' 6.1.1 The Owner, through the Consultant, without invalidating the Contract,may make changes in the Work consisting of additions,deletions,or other revisions to the Work by Change Order or Change Directive. ' 6.1.2 The Contractor shall not perform a change in the Work without a Change Order or a Change Directive. GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER 6.2.1 When a change in the Work is proposed or required,the Consultant shall provide a notice describing the proposed change in the Work to the Contractor. The Contractor shall present,in a form acceptable to the Consultant, a method of adjustment or an amount of adjustment for the Contract Price, if any, and the 1 adjustment in the Contract Time,if any,for the proposed change in the Work. 6.2.2 When the Owner and Contractor agree to the adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Time or to the method to be used to determine the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded in a Change Order,signed by Owner and Contractor. The value of the work performed as the result of a Change Order shall be included in applications for progress payment. ' GC 6.3 CHANGE DIRECTIVE 6.3.1 If the Owner requires the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work prior to the Owner and the ' Contractor agreeing upon the adjustment in Contract Price and Contract Time, the Owner, through the Consultant, shall issue a Change Directive. ' 6.3.2 Upon receipt of a Change Directive,the Contractor shall proceed promptly with the change in the Work. The adjustment in the Contract Price for a change carried out by way of a Change Directive shall be determined on the basis of the cost of expenditures and savings to perform the work attributable to the change. If a change in the Work results in a net increase in the Contract Price,an allowance for overhead and profit shall ' be included. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 20 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 6.33 If a change in the Work results in a net decrease in the Contract Price,the amount of the credit shall be the ' net cost,without deduction for overhead or profit. When both additions and deletions covering related work or substitutions are involved in a change in the Work,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the net increase,if any,with respect to that change in the Work. ' 6.3.4 The Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Consultant may require,an itemized accounting of the cost of expenditures and savings referred to in paragraph 6.3.2 together with supporting data. The cost of performing the work attributable to the Change Directive shall be limited to the actual cost of all of the following: 1 wages and benefits paid for labour in the direct employ of the Contractor under applicable collective bargaining agreements,or under a salary or wage schedule agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor•, ' .2 salaries,wages,and benefits of the Contractor's office personnel engaged in a technical capacity and other personnel at shops or on the road, engaged in expediting the production or transportation of ' materials or equipment; .3 contributions,assessments,or taxes incurred for such items as unemployment insurance,provincial ' health insurance,workers'compensation,and Canada or Quebec Pension Plan,insofar as such cost is based on wages,salaries,or other remuneration paid to employees of the Contractor and included in the cost of the work as provided in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.2; .4 travel and subsistence expenses of the Contractor's personnel described in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.2; ' .5 the cost of all Products including cost of transportation thereof, .6 the cost of materials,supplies,equipment,temporary services and facilities,and hand tools not owned by the workers,including transportation and maintenance thereof,which are consumed;and cost less ' salvage value on such items used but not consumed,which remain the property of the Contractor; .7 rental cost of all tools,machinery, and equipment, exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from or ' provided by the Contractor or others, including installation, minor repairs and replacements, dismantling,removal,transportation and delivery cost thereof; .8 deposits lost; .9 the amounts of all subcontracts; ' .10 the cost of quality assurance such as independent inspection and testing services; .11 charges levied by authorities having jurisdiction at the Place of the Work; ' .12 royalties, patent license fees, and damages for infringement of patents and cost of defending suits therefor subject always to the Contractor's obligations to indemnify the Owner as provided in paragraph 10.3.1 of GC 10.3-PATENT FEES; .13 any adjustment in premiums for all bonds and insurance which the Contractor is required,by the Contract Documents,to purchase and maintain; ' .14 any adjustment in taxes and duties for which the Contractor is liable; .15 charges for long distance telephone and facsimile communications,courier services,expressage,and ' petty cash items incurred; .16 the cost of removal and disposal of waste products and debris; CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 21 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. .17 cost incurred due to emergencies affecting the safety of persons or property; ' 6.3.5 Pending determination of the final amount of a Change Directive,the undisputed value of the workperformed as the result of a Change Directive is eligible to be included in progress payments. ' 6.3.6 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree on the proposed adjustment in the Contract Time or the method of determining it,the adjustment shall be referred to the Consultant for determination. ' 6.3.7 If at any time after the start of the work directed by a Change Directive,the Owner and the Contractor reach agreement on the adjustment to the Contract Price and to the Contract Time,this agreement shall be recorded in a Change Order signed by Owner and Contractor. GC 6.4 CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS 6.4.1 If the Owner or the Contractor discover conditions at the Place of the Work which are: 1 subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which existed before the commencementof the Work which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents;or .2 physical conditions of a nature which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then the observing party shall notify the other party in writing before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 5 Working Days after first observance of the conditions. ' 6.4.2 The Consultant will promptly investigate such conditions and make a finding. If the finding is that the conditions differ materially and this would cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work,the Consultant,with the Owner's approval,shall issue appropriate instructions for a change in the Work as provided in GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER or GC 6.3-CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 6.4.3 If the Consultant finds that the conditions at the Place of the Work are not materially different or that no change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time is justified,the Consultant shall report the reasons for this finding to the Owner and the Contractor in writing. GC 6.5 DELAYS 6.5.1 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by an action or omission of the Owner, Consultant,or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly,contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 6.5.2 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by a stop work order issued by a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or any person employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly,then the Contract Time shall be ' extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursedby the Owner for reasonable costs incurredby the Contractor as the result of such delay. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 22 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 1 6.53 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by labour disputes,strikes,lock-outs(including ' lock-outs decreed or recommended for its members by a recognized contractors'association,of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound), fire,unusual delay by common carriers or unavoidable casualties,or without limit to any of the foregoing,by a cause beyond the Contractor's control,thenthe Contract Time shall be extended for suchreasonable time as the Consultant mayrecommend in consultation with the Contractor. The extension of time shall not be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay,unless the Contractor agrees to a shorter extension. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred by such delays unless such delays result from actions by the Owner. ' 6.5.4 No extension shall be made for delay unless notice in writing of claim is given to the Consultant not later than 10 Working Days after the commencementof delay,providing however,that in the case of a continuing cause ' of delay only one notice of claim shall be necessary. 6.5.5 If no schedule is made underparagraph 2.2.9 of GC 2.2-ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT,no claim for delay shall be allowed because of failure of the Consultant to furnish instructions until 10 Working Days after ' demand for such instructions has been made and not then,unless the claim is reasonable. ' PART 7 DEFAULT NOTICE GC 7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM THE WORK, STOP THE WORK, OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT 7.1.1 If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Contractor's insolvency,or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency, ' the Owner may,withoutprejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have,by giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing,terminate the Contract. 7.1.2 If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and if the Consultant has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,the Owner may,without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have,notify the Contractor in writing that the Contractor is in 1 default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice. ' 7.13 If the default cannotbe corrected in the 5 Working Days specified,the Contractor shall be in compliance with the Owner's instructions if the Contractor: .1 commences the correction of the default within the specified time,and ' .2 provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for such correction,and .3 corrects the default in accordance with such schedule. 7.1.4 If the Contractor fails to correct the default in the time specified or subsequently agreed upon, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have,the Owner may: ' .1 correct such default and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor provided the Consultant has certified such cost to the Owner and the Contractor,or 1 .2 terminate the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part or terminate the Contract. i 1 CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 23 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 7.1.5 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work as provided in paragraphs 7.1.1 and 7.1.4,the Owner shall be entitled to: 1 take possession of the Work and Products;utilize the construction machinery and equipment;subject to the rights of third parties,finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may consider expedient, but without undue delay or expense,and .2 withhold further payment to the Contractor until a final certificate for payment is issued,and .3 charge the Contractor the amount by which the full cost of finishing the Work as certified by the Consultant,including compensation to the Consultant for the Consultant's additional services and a reasonable allowance as determined by the Consultant to cover the cost of corrections to work performedby the Contractor that maybe required under GC 12.3-WARRANTY,exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price; however,if such cost of finishing the Work is less than the unpaid balance of the Contract Price,the Owner shall pay the Contractor the difference,and .4 on expiry of the warranty period,charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Contractor's work under GC 12.3 -WARRANTY exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections, or if the cost of such corrections is less than the allowance,pay the Contractor the difference. 7.1.6 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality,correction,and warranty of the work performed by the Contractor up to the time of termination shall continue in force after such termination. GC 7.2 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK OR TERNIINATE THE CONTRACT ' 7.2.1 If the Owner should be adjudged bankrupt,or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Owner's insolvency,or if a receiver is appointed because of the Owner's insolvency,the Contractor may,withoutprejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have,by giving the Owner or receiver ' or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing,terminate the Contract. 7.2.2 If the Work should be stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly or indirectly employed or engaged by the Contractor,the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner notice in writing,terminate the Contract. 7.2.3 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing,with a copy to the Consultant,that the Owner is in default of the Owner's contractual obligations if: 1 .1 the Owner fails to furnish,when so requested by the Contractor,reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract,or .2 the Consultant fails to issue a certificate as provided in GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT,or .3 the Owner fails to pay the Contractor when due the amounts certified by the Consultant or awarded by arbitration or court,or .4 the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and the Consultant,except for GC 5.1 -FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER, confirms by written statement to the Contractor that sufficient cause exists. 7.2.4 The Contractor's notice in writing to the Owner provided under paragraph 7.2.3 shall advise that if the default ' is not corrected within 5 Working Days following the receipt of the notice in writing,the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 24 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 7.2.5 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out above,the Contractor shall be entitled ' to be paid for all work performed including reasonable profit,for loss sustained upon Products and construction machinery and equipment,andsuch other damages as the Contractor may have sustained as a result of the termination of the Contract. PART 8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION GC 8.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT 8.1.1 Differences between the parties to the Contract as to the interpretation,application or administration of the Contract or any failure to agree where agreement between the parties is called for,herein collectively called ' disputes,which are not resolved in the first instance by fmdings of the Consultant as provided in GC 2.2- ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT,shall be settled in accordance with the requirements of Part 8 of the General Conditions-DISPUTE RESOLUTION. 8.1.2 If a dispute arises under the Contract in respect of a matter in which the Consultant has no authority under the Contract to make a finding,the procedures set out in paragraph 8.1.3 and paragraphs 8.2.3 to 8.2.8 of GC 8.2-NEGOTIATION,MEDIATION,AND ARBITRATION,and in GC 8.3-RETENTION OF RIGHTS apply to that dispute with the necessary changes to detail as may be required. 8.1.3 If a dispute is not resolved promptly,the Consultant shall give such instructions as in the Consultant's opinion are necessary for the proper performance of the Work and to prevent delays pending settlement of the dispute. The parties shall act immediately according to such instructions,it being understood that by so doing neither party will jeopardize any claim the party may have. If it is subsequently determined that such instructions were in error or at variance with the Contract Documents,the Owner shall pay the Contractor costs incurred by the Contractor in carrying out such instructions which the Contractor was required to do beyond what the ContractDocuments correctly understood and interpreted wouldhave required,including costs resulting from interruption of the Work. GC 8.2 NEGOTIATION,MEDIATION,AND ARBITRATION ' 8.2.1 In accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes,the parties shall appoint a Project Mediator ' .1 within 30 days after the Contract was awarded,or .2 if the parties neglected to make an appointment within the 30 day period,within 15 days after either party by notice in writing requests that the Project Mediator be appointed. ' 8.2.2 A party shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted a fmding of the Consultant under GC 2.2-ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT and to have expressly waived and released the other party from any claims in respect of the particular matter dealt with in that fmding unless,within 15 Working Days after receipt of that fmding, the party sends a notice in writing of dispute to the other party and to the Consultant, which contains the particulars of the matter in dispute and the relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. The responding party shall send a notice in writing of reply to the dispute within 10 Working Days after receipt of the notice of dispute setting out particulars of this response and any relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. 8.2.3 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide,withoutprejudice,frank,candid and timely disclosure of relevant facts,information,and documents to facilitate these negotiations. 8.2.4 After a period of 10 Working Days following receipt of a responding party's notice in writing of reply under ' paragraph 8.2.2,the parties shall request the Project Mediator to assist the parties to reach agreement on any unresolved dispute. The mediated negotiations shall be conducted in accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 25 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 8.2.5 If the dispute has not been resolved within 10 Working Days after the Project Mediator was requested under paragraph 8.2.4 or within such further period agreed by the parties,the Project Mediator shall terminate the mediated negotiations by giving notice in writing to both parties. 8.2.6 By giving a notice in writing to the other party,not later than 10 Working Days after the date of termination of the mediated negotiations under paragraph 8.2.5,either party may refer the dispute to be finally resolved by arbitration under the latest edition of the Rules for Arbitration of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes. The arbitration shall be conducted in the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work. 8.2.7 On expiration of the 10 Working Days,the arbitration agreement under paragraph 8.2.6 is not binding on the parties and,if a notice is not given under paragraph 8.2.6 within the required time,the parties may refer the unresolved dispute to the courts or to any other form of dispute resolution,including arbitration,which they have agreed to use. 8.2.8 If neither party requires by notice in writing given within 10 Working Days of the date ofnotice requesting arbitration in paragraph 8.2.6 that a dispute be arbitrated immediately,all disputes referred to arbitration as provided in paragraph 8.2.6 shall be ' 1 held in abeyance until (1) Substantial Performance of the Work, (2) the Contract has been terminated,or (3) the Contractor has abandoned the Work, whichever is earlier,and .2 consolidated into a single arbitration under the rules governing the arbitration under paragraph 8.2.6. GC 8.3 RETENTION OF RIGHTS 8.3.1 It is agreed that no act by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any rights or recourses, provided the party has given the notices required under Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION and has carried out the instructions as provided in paragraph 8.1.3. ' 8.3.2 Nothing in Part 8 of the General Conditions-DISPUTE RESOLUTION shall be construed in any wayto limit a party from asserting any statutoryright to alien under applicable lien legislation of the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work and the assertion of such right by initiating judicial proceedings is not to be construed as ' a waiver of any right that party may have under paragraph 8.2.6 to proceed by way of arbitration to adjudicate the merits of the claim upon which such a lien is based. ' PART 9 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY GC 9.1 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 9.1.1 The Contractor shall protect the Work and the Owner's property and property adjacent to the Place of the Work from damage which may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract,and shall be responsible for such damage,except damage which occurs as the result of. ' 1 errors in the Contract Documents; ' .2 acts or omissions by the Owner,the Consultant,other contractors,their agents and employees. 9.1.2 Should the Contractor in the performanc e ofthe Contract damage the Work,the Owner's property,or property adjacent to the Place of the Work,the Contractor shall be responsible for the making good such damage at ' the Contractor's expense. 1 CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 26 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. r 9.1.3 Should damage occur to the Work or Owner's property for which the Contractor is not responsible, as ' provided in paragraph 9.1.1,the Contractor shall make good such damage to the Work and,if the Owner so directs,to the Owner's property. The Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted as provided in GC 6.1 -CHANGES,GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER,and GC 6.3 -CHANGE DIRECTIVE. GC 9.2 DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 9.2.1 If either party to the Contract should suffer damage in any manner because of any wrongful act or neglect of r the other party or of anyone for whomthe other party is responsible in law,then that party shall be reimbursed by the other party for such damage. The reimbursing party shall be subrogated to the rights of the other party in respect of such wrongful act or neglect if it be that of a third party. 9.2.2 Claims for damage under paragraph 9.2.1 shall be made in writing to the party liable within reasonable time after the first observance of such damage and if undisputed shall be confirmed by Change Order. Disputed claims shall be resolved as set out in Part 8 of the General Conditions-DISPUTE RESOLUTION. ' 9.2.3 If the Contractor has caused damage to the work of another contractor on the Project,the Contractor agrees upon due notice to settle with the other contractor by negotiation or arbitration. If the other contractor makes r a claim against the Owner on account of damage alleged to have been so sustained,the Owner shall notify the Contractor and may require the Contractor to defend the action at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall satisfy a final order or judgment against the Owner and pay the costs incurred by the Owner arising from such action. r9.2.4 If the Contractor becomes liable to pay or satisfy a final order,judgment,or award against the Owner,then the Contractor,upon undertaking to indemnify the Owner against any and all liability for costs,shall have ' the right to appeal in the name of the Owner such fmal order or judgment to any and all courts of competent jurisdiction. GC 9.3 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS r9.3.1 For the purposes of applicable environmental legislation,the Owner shall be deemed to have control and management of the Place of the Work with respect to existing conditions. ' 9.3.2 Prior to the Contractor commencing the Work,the Owner shall l take all reasonable steps to determine whether any toxic or hazardous substances or materials are ' present at the Place of the Work,and .2 provide the Consultant and the Contractor with a written list of any such substances and materials. ' 9.3.3 The Owner shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that no person suffers injury,sickness,or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to,or the presence of,toxic or hazardous substances r or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. 9.3.4 Unless the Contract expressly provides otherwise,the Owner shall be responsible for taking all necessary steps, in accordance with legal requirements, to dispose of, store or otherwise render harmless toxic or ' hazardous substances or materials which were present at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. 9.3.5 If the Contractor .1 encounters toxic or hazardous substances or materials at the Place of the Work,or ' .2 has reasonable grounds to believe that toxic or hazardous substances or materials are present at the Place of the Work, r CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 27 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. which were not disclosed by the Owner,as required under paragraph 9.3.2,or which were disclosed but have ' not been dealt with as required under paragraph 9.3.4,the Contractor shall .3 take all reasonable steps,including stopping the Work,to ensure that no person suffers injury,sickness, or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to or the presence of the substances or materials, and .4 immediately report the circumstances to the Consultant and the Owner in writing. ' 9.3.6 If the Contractor is delayed in performing the Work or incurs additional costs as a result of taking steps required under paragraph 9.3.5.3, the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor and the Contractor shall be reimbursed for reasonable costs incurred as a result of the delay and as a result of taking those steps. 9.3.7 Notwithstanding paragraphs 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 of GC 2.2-ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT,or paragraph 8.1.1 ' of GC 8.1-AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT,the Consultant may select and rely upon the advice of an independent expert in a dispute under paragraph 9.3.6 and,in that case,the expert shall be deemed to have been jointly retained by the Owner and the Contractor and shall be jointly paid by them. 9.3.8 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,the Consultant,their agents and employees, from and against claims, demands,losses, costs, damages,actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of or resulting from exposure to,or the presence of,toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. This obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity set out in GC 12.1-INDEMNIFICATION or which otherwise exist respecting a person or party described in this paragraph. ' 9.3.9 GC 9.3-TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 - RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS GC 10.1 TAXES AND DUTIES 10.1.1 The Contract Price shall include all taxes and customs duties in effect at the time of the bid closing except for Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor as stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement -CONTRACT PRICE. ' 10.1.2 Any increase or decrease in costs to the Contractor due to changes in such included taxes and duties after the time of the bid closing shall increase or decrease the Contract Price accordingly. GC 10.2 LAWS,NOTICES,PERMITS,AND FEES 10.2.1 The laws of the Place of the Work shall govern the Work. 10.2.2 The Owner shall obtain and pay for the building permit,permanent easements,and rights of servitude. The Contractor shall be responsible for permits,licenses,or certificates necessary for the performance of the Work which were in force at the date of bid closing. ' 10.2.3 The Contractor shall give the required notices and comply with the laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,or codes which are or become in force during the performance of the Work and which relate to the Work,to the ' preservation of the public health,and to construction safety. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 28 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. 10.2.4 The Contractor shall not be responsible for verifying that the Contract Documents are in compliance with ' the applicable laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,or codes relating to the Work. If theContract Documents are at variance therewith,or if,subsequent to the date of bid closing,changes are made to the applicable laws, ordinances,rules,regulations,or codes whichrequire modification to thContractDocuments,the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing requesting direction immediately upon such variance or change becoming known. The Consultant will make the changes required to the Contract Documents as provided in GC 6.1 -CHANGES,GC 6.2-CHANGE ORDER,and GC 6.3-CHANGE DIRECTIVE. ' 10.2.5 If the Contractor fails to notifythe Consultant in writing;and fails to obtain direction as required in paragraph 10.2.4;and performs work knowing it to be contrary to any laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,or codes;the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall correct the violations thereof;and shall bear the costs,expenses, and damages attributable to the failure to comply with the provisions of such laws, ordinances, rules, regulations,or codes. GC 10.3 PATENT FEES 10.3.1 The Contractor shall pay the royalties and patent licence fees required for the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from and against claims,demands,losses,costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringementor an alleged infringementof a patent of inventionby the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable. 10.3.2 The Owner shall hold the Contractor harmless against claims,demands,losses,costs,damages,actions,suits, ' or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention in executing anything for the purpose of the Contract, the model, plan, or design of which was supplied to the Contractor as part of the Contract ' Documents. GC 10.4 WORKERS'COMPENSATION 10.4.1 Prior to commencing the Work,Substantial Performance of the Work,and the issuance of the final certificate for payment,the Contractor shall provide evidence of compliance with workers'compensation legislation at the Place of the Work,including payments due thereunder. 1 10.4.2 At any time during the term of the Contract,when requested by the Owner,the Contractor shall provide such evidence of compliance by the Contractor and Subcontractors. PART 11 INSURANCE—BONDS ' GC 11.1 INSURANCE 11.1.1 Withoutrestricting the generalityofGC 12.1-INDEMNIFICATION,the Contractor shall provide,maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages specified in GC 11.1 -INSURANCE. Unless otherwise stipulated,the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of the final certificate for payment. Prior to commencement of the Work and upon the placement, renewal, amendment,or extension of all or any part of the insurance,the Contractor shall promptly provide the Owner ' with confirmation of coverage and,if required,a certified true copy of the policies certified by an authorized representative of the insurer together with copies of any amending endorsements. 1 General Liability Insurance: General liability insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the Consultant, with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and with a property damage deductible not exceeding$2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required CCDC 2-1994 File 00712 29 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. by IBC Form 2100,or its equivalent replacement,provided that IBC Form 2100 shall contain the latest edition of the relevant CCDC endorsement form. To achieve the desired limit,umbrella,or excess liability insurance may be used. All liability coverage shall be maintained for completed operations hazards from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work , as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, on an ongoing basis for a period of 6 years following ' Substantial Performance of the Work. Where the Contractor maintains a single,blanket policy,the addition of the Owner and the Consultant is limited to liability arising out of the Project and all operations necessary or incidental thereto. The policy shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation,and of change or amendment restricting coverage. 1 .2 Automobile Liability Insurance: Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than $2,000,000 inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury,death, and damage to property, covering all licensed vehicles owned or leased by the Contractor,and endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. Where the policy has been issued pursuant to a government-operated automobile insurance ' system,the Contractor shall provide the Owner with confirmation of automobile insurance coverage for all automobiles registered in the name of the Contractor. ' .3 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance: Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft if used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work,including use of additional premises,shall ' be subject to limits of not less than$2,000,000 inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury,death,and damage to property including loss of use thereof and limits of not less than$2,000,000 for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be ' endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation, change,or amendment restricting coverage. .4 Property and Boiler and Machinery Insurance: ' (1) "All risks"property insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor,the Owner,and the Consultant, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Contract Price and the full ' value,as stated in the Supplementary Conditions,of Products that are specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work,with adeductible not exceeding$2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required by IBC Form 4042 or its equivalent replacement,provided that IBC Form 4042 shall contain the latest edition of the ' relevant CCDC endorsement form. The coverage shall be maintained continuously until 10 days after the date of the final certificate for payment. ' (2) Boiler and machinery insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor,the Owner,and the Consultant for not less thanthe replacement value of the boilers,pressure vessels,and other insurable objects forming part of the Work. The insurance provided shall not be less than the insurance provided by the "Comprehensive Boiler and Machinery Form" and shall be ' maintained continuously from commencement of use or operation of the property insured and until 10 days after the date of the final certificate for payment. ' (3) The policies shall allow for partial or total use or occupancy of the Work. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing. Prior to such use or occupancy theOwner shall provide,maintain,and pay ' for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work,as in sub-paragraphs(1) and(2),including coverage for such use or occupancy and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 30 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. (4) The policies shall provide that,in the case of a loss or damage,payment shall be made to the ' Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of the Owner for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect therights and ' obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. ' (5) The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract,the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised,such amountto be paid as the restoration of the Workproceeds and as provided ' in GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 - PROGRESS PAYMENT. In addition the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurer the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work. (6) In the case of loss or damage to the Work arising from the work of another contractor, or Owner's own forces,the Owner,in accordance with the Owner's obligations under paragraph ' 3.2.2.4 of GC 3.2-CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS,shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as provided in GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 - PROGRESS PAYMENT. ' .5 Contractors'Equipment Insurance: ' All risks"contractors'equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by the Contractor for the performance of the Work,including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure vessels,shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide theOwner with not less ' than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation,change,or amendmentrestricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance,the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement. ' 11.1.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of GC9.1 -PROTECTION OF WORK ' AND PROPERTY and GC 9.2-DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. 11.1.3 Where the full insurable value of the Work is substantially less than the Contract Price,the Owner mayreduce the amount of insurance required or waive the course of construction insurance requirement. 11.1.4 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required by the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence to the Contractor and ' the Consultant. The Contractor shall pay the cost thereof to the Owner on demand or the Owner may deduct the amount which is due or may become due to the Contractor. 11.1.5 All required insurance policies shall be with insurers licensed to underwrite insurance in the jurisdiction of ' the Place of the Work. GC 11.2 BONDS ' 11.2.1 The Contractor shall,prior to commencementof the Work or withinthe specified time,provide to the Owner any surety bonds required by the Contract. ' 11.2.2 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the province or territory of the Place of the Work and shall be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of the Contract. The form of such bonds shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the CCDC ' approved bond forms. CCDC 2-1994 File 00712 31 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. PART 12 INDEMNIFICATION—WAIVER—WARRANTY ' GC 12.1 INDEMNIFICATION 12.1.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Consultant,their agents and employees ' from and against claims,demands,losses, costs,damages,actions,suits,or proceedings(hereinafter called "claims"),by third parties that arise out of,or are attributable to,the Contractor's performance of the Contract provided such claims are: ' .1 attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property,and .2 caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable,and ' .3 made in writing within aperiod of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as set out in the certificate of Substantial Per of the Work,or within such shorter period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work. ' The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above. 12.1.2 The obligation of the Contractor to indemnifyhereunder shall be limited to$2,000,000 per occurrence from ' the commencementof the Workuntil Substantial Performance of the Work and thereafter to an aggregate limit of$2,000,000. ' 12.1.3 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,the Contractor's agents and employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Place of the Work. 12.1.4 GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3-RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2-DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. ' GC 12.2 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ' 12.2.1 Waiver of Claims by Owner As of the date of the final certificate for payment,the Owner expressly waives and releases the Contractor from all claims against the Contractor including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Contractor except one or more of the following: .1 those made in writing prior to the date of the final certificate for payment and still unsettled; .2 those arising from the provisions of GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION or GC 12.3-WARRANTY; .3 those arising from the provisions of paragraph 9.3.5 of GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS and those arising from the Contractor bringing or introducing any toxic or hazardous substances and materials to the Place of the Work after the Contractor commences the Work. 1 CCDC 2-1994 File 00712 32 ' This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. In the Common Law provinces GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows: 1 .4 those made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,or within such shorter period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work and those arising from any liability of the Contractor for damages resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Contract with respect to substantial defects or deficiencies in the Work for which the Contractor is proven responsible. 1 As used herein"substantial defects or deficiencies"means those defects or deficiencies in the Work which affect the Work to such an extent or in such a manner that a significant part or the whole of the Work is unfit for the purpose intended by the Contract Documents. In the Province of Quebec GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows: .4 those arising under the provisions of Article 2118 of the Civil Code of Quebec. 12.2.2 Waiver of Claims by Contractor As of the date of the final certificate for payment,the Contractor expressly waives and releases the Owner from all claims against the Owner including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Owner except: 1 those made in writing prior to the Contractor's applicationfor final payment and still unsettled;and .2 those arising from the provisions of GC 9.3 -TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS or GC 10.3-PATENT FEES. 12.2.3 GC 12.2-WAIVER OF CLAIMS shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3-RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2-DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. GC 12.3 WARRANTY 1 12.3.1 The warranty period with regard to the Contract is one year from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or those periods specified in the Contract Documents for certain portions of the Work or Products. 12.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work to the extent that the design and ' Contract Documents permit such performance. 12.3.3 Except for the provisions of paragraph 12.3.6 and subject to paragraph 12.3.2,the Contractor shall correct ' promptly,at the Contractor's expense,defects or deficiencies in the Work which appear prior to and during the warranty periods specified in the Contract Documents. 12.3.4 The Owner,through the Consultant,shall promptly give the Contractor notice in writing of observed defects and deficiencies that occur during the warranty period. 12.3.5 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting fromcorrections made under the requirements of paragraph 12.3.3. 12.3.6 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Product warranties in excess of one year on behalf of the Owner from the manufacturer. These Product warranties shall be issued by the manufacturer to the benefit of the Owner. i 1 CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 33 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. Addendum No. 1 Page 1 of 3 Project No.: 01189 ' Date: April 12, 2002 Project: Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion BARRY-BRYAN Caroline Street, Newcastle Ontario ' ASSOCIATES for the Municipality of Clarington (1991) Limited Tender No.CL-2002-14 Architects Engineers The following information supplements and/or supersedes the bid documents issued on April 3,2002. Landscape Architect Project Managers This Addendum forms part of the contract documents and is to be read, interpreted, and coordinated with all other parts. The cost of all contained herein is to be included in the contract sum. The following revisions ' supersede the information contained in the original drawings and specifications issued for the above-named project to the extent referenced and shall become part thereof. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by inserting its number and date on the Tender Form. ,Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. Specifications: 1.1 SECTION 01100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .1 DRAWING LIST .1 Change drawing,number S202 to S501. ' .2 Add the following to the Drawing List: M202 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS. M203 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTINUED. E202 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. Drawings: ' ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 1.2 A201 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLANS ' .1 GROUND R UND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN .1 Remove existing steel pipe guardrail at the north end of the existing (;09 bleacher seating. I�Ol .2 SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN .1 Existing floor tile and base to be removed includes ALL the and base 11 Stanley Court, throughout second floor viewing area and corridors,including corridor Unit 1 east of Existing Sound Room. Whitby,Ontario Canada L1N 8P9 ,2 Increase width of Corridor east"of Sound Room by relocating east Tele:905-666-5252 wall approximately 12" east (existing condition). Toronto:905-427-4495 Fax:905-666-5256 ,3 At East exit stair: Remove existing rubber nosing at top of stair and E-mail:bba @bba-archeng.com replace with new rubber Closing. www.bba-archeng.com Form 6.1-3 Rev.#0 19-06-01 01189A120402.#1.wpd Addendum No. 1 Page 2of3 1.3 A202 FLOOR PLANS AND WALL ELEVATION 1 GROUND FLOOR PLAN .1 Existing entrance doors shall remain. Panic hardware and all weather stripping on this pair of doors shall be replaced under the hardware schedule. Supply of new hardware will be included in the Cash Allowance. Contractor shall remove existing panic hardware and weather stripping and install new. Install a new painted steel pipe rail at the new north end of the bleacher .2 In p p p seating as indicated on attached Sketch SK-A1. Guardrail shall match rexisting .guardrails and shall be constructed of schedule 40 steel pipe grouted into concrete. Paint new guardrail .3 At Pro Shop, location of new door to be verified on site,to fit between skate sharpening machine and existing ductwork. 1.4 A203 REFLECTIVE CEILING FLOOR FINISHES PLANS 1 All existing mechanical and electrical equipment and devices, located in existing ' ceilings scheduled to be replaced, and including grilles, diffusers, exit lights, emergency lighting units and light fixtures shall be cleaned and reinstalled, unless specifically indicated otherwise. .2 All new'floors shall be complete with rubber base except at Players Bench area. Base for all flooring is specified in.Section 09651. ' MECHANICAL DRAWINGS: 1.5 DRAWING M101 1ST AND 2ND FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL DEMOLITION LAYOUT 1 Change note at east end of main entrance vestibule on round floor to read: . g 9 "Existing sprinkler heads to be replaced. ' .2 All sprinkler heads on Ground Floor and Second Floor are to be replaced in existing locations where ceiling the is to be replaced as noted (including Corridor outside Dressing rooms). 1.6 DRAWING M202 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS .1 Add the following tol.2 PERMITS AND FEES: ' d) The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be licensed and approved by the Municipality of Clarington Building Department. ' Form 6.1-3 Rev.#0 19-06-01 j A 01189A120402.#1.wpd Addendum No. 1 Page 3 of 3 ' ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS: ' 1.7 DRAWING E101 1ST AND 2ND FLOOR PLAN ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION LAYOUT .1 All electrical devices, conduit wiring and accessories in existing masonry walls scheduled for demolition shall be disconnected at source and removed entirely. t 2 The Owner will arrange for the existing Bell payphone on south wall of Lobby adjacent to double doors, scheduled for removal, to be removed. 3 At New manager Office and Pro Shop,disconnect at source and remove all existing g p, 9 electrical devices, conduit and wiring at existing walls scheduled to be demolished. .4 At Pro Shop, existing skate sharpening machine will remain during construction. Contractor shall move this machine sufficient to gain access for painting of walls and shall return to original location on completion. .5 At second floor, remove one additional light fixture in Corridor east of Sound Room (Type E1). 1.8 DRAWING E201 1ST AND 2ND FLOOR PLAN ELECTRICAL LAYOUT .1 At second floor, change two type E1 light fixtures to type A. 2 At second floor, add one new light fixture type A in Corridor east of existing Sound Room. 3 Remove and reinstall existing ceiling mounted devices including exit lights and ' emergency lights in ceilings scheduled to be replaced at ground and second floors. E of Addendum No. 1 ' C.M. E He AATO CME/cb ' Attachments: Drawing SK-A1. ' Form 6.1-3 Rev.#0 19-06-01 j j A 01189A120402.#1.wpd I i I ! I I I I FACE OF WALL ' I I i SITE VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS j TO MATERIAL EXISTING, I v i i o i I 2" 0 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE RAILS i Q U I v I w j I I I I DRILL EXISTING I CONCRETE SLABS I AND GROUT POST I ! MIN 4" DEEP j I CONCRETE I BLEAC Hit ERS w I I I I CONCRETE SLAB U co r• r I I N BARRY-BRYAN PROJECT: DRAWING: ASSOCIATES FL (1991)LIMITED CRA—ft NEWCASTLE.MEMORIAL j NEW RAIL ON Afdftcb RENA EXPANSION NORTH SIDE OF � NEWCASTLE VILLAGE,ONTARIO BLEACHER SEATING wnaIf.2WI. 11 kW Ory Curl NO 1 - I iWMbyQarb LlN aP9 BCALE W: local Gomm 1'W.1/7 o� Nc pool aea•atda I� MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON eNacRUmvaarvui°"e"°w°�"�`°nE wL�rtlgm Oltaa.tlatAy uow.wWas.ePlCINCATg16 NW R6AT®o0PM8IlaNKM . PIICJECT NO: CRAWNGNC: eorrxafNr moraRnorm corsurwnuouiarxRenwm woNRaouea*.REIROW1CilONOFt 1RRNSGBWIIATgWIgIL 01189 SK Al '.i wmnurmrenuiaaw"orne coraurwrtnroRegxN. . . . 4..T one Norm rM USeLT corsiRt«:tnuurm.an� � . THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL ARENA EXPANSION ' CAROLINE STREET N-EWCASTLE, ONTARIO TENDER NO. CL-2002-14 Nu-Wood Construction - Division Ter-Rea H 1dings Ltd. ' NAME OF FIRM 467 Westney Road South Unit 19 Ajax Ontario ' ADDRESS 1 LS 6V8 q05-6815111 905-683-6788 ' POSTAL CODE TELEPHONE NUMBER FAX NUMBER Terrance A. Beatty ' NAME OF PERSON SIGNING FOR FIRM President POSITION OF PERSON SIGNING FOR FIRM ' TENDERS RECEIVED BY: The Office of the Clerk ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1 C 3E6 ' 01189-tttp.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 1 The Office of the Clerk The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington t 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1 C 3E6 Re: NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL ARENA EXPANSION CAROLINE STREET ' NEWCASTLE, ONTARIO TENDER NO. CL-2002-14 Sir: ' 1.0 We Nu-Woad Construnt;on agree for the (Company Name) Stipulated Price stated below to supply all necessary labour, materials, plant, equipment, ' services and overtime work as may be required forthe execution and completion of all work in connection with the above referenced project for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, in accordance with Instructions to Bidders, The Municipality of Clarington's ' Standard Terms and Conditions, the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Specifications and Drawings, prepared for that purpose by Barry • Bryan Associates (1991) Limited,Whitby, Ontario and to the entire satisfaction of the Corporation ' of the Municipality of Clarington: STIPULATED PRICE (exclusive of GST) One hundred and sixty-seven thousand, ' and eight hundred and twenty-4ye ------------------------------ Dollars ( 167825.00 ) ' 2.0 Further, to assist you with the necessary information for tax purposes, etc., the stipulated price includes the following: ' Provincial Sales Tax $ 3.0 Goods and Services Tax (GST) at 7% to be added to the Stipulated Price $ 11747.75 4.0 The Stipulated Price includes CASH ALLOWANCES in the amount of$20,000.00 (Twenty ' Thousand Dollars) as listed in the Instructions to Bidders. 5.0 We agree the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject prices bid for the work or for any portion of the work. 6.0 We agree that the Owner reserves the right to take any financial benefit, from alternates ' submitted, into consideration in the evaluation of all tenders and the subsequent award of the Contract. 7.0 We agree to complete all work including necessary overtime work pursuant to this Contract in the period required to meet the scheduled completion dates as specified. ' 011SM0200.wpd r DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 2 8.0 We have received and included for Addenda No. 1 to in the Stipulated Price: 9.0 We submit the following separate prices which are included in the Stipulated Price: (Separate prices shall exclude G.S.T.) ' A. $ ' 10.0 In the event that work extra to that included in the Contract is required, and is authorized in writing by the Owner, the Contractor will add the following percentages to the cost of the work. Overhead Profit General Contractor's Work 10 10 Subcontractor's Work 10 5 ' 11.0 We submitthe names of subcontractors upon whose tenderthe stipulated price was based: ' TRADE FIRM ADDRESS Demolition Own forces ' Rough Carpentry Own forces Masonry Martin Stanley 241 Quebec St. Oshawa Structural Steel J & F 21 Courtice Ct. Courtice Metal Deck J & F 21 Courtice Ct. Courtice Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Rivett Hardware 111 Industrial Dr. Whitby Glass and Glazing Peterborou h Glass 90 High St. Peterborou h Gypsum Board and Acoustics Frontline 260 Fuller Rd. A'ax Resilient Flooring Parkwood Flooring 360 Dean Ave. Oshawa ' Rubber Flooring Inovative Flooring 3490 Laird Rd. Mississauga Ceramic Tile Parkwood Flooring 360 Dean Ave. Oshawa ' Painting Frontline 260 Fuller Rd. Ajax Plumbing Amount Included in Tender Price ' s 5890.00 Southwood Plumbing 25 Strathy Rd. Ajax Sprinklers Amount Included in Tender Price] Kawartha Fire Protection 6567 Hwy #115, Orono ' $ 3800.00 HVAC Amount Included in Tender Price ' Is 7100.00 Heat Cool Depot Ltd. 53 Riverside Dr. Oshawa ' 01189-00200.wpd ' DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 3 TRADE FIRM ADDRESS Electrical Amount Included in Tender Price Rycoor Systems Inc. 1895 Clements Rd. Pickering ' $ 10301.00 12.0 We have carefully examined all the Tender Documents, have visited the Site, and have a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the Work required underthis Contract and of all the working conditions and schedule requirements. 13.0 We the undersigned agree that this Tender is valid and irrevocable and subject to acceptance by the Owner without notice to us for a period of Ninety(90) days from date of receipt of Tender, and that if notified of award of Contract, we will within ten (10) days of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender: a) Furnish to the Owner, in care of the Consultant, copies of insurance policies as required by the Conditions of the Contract. b) Furnish to the Owner a breakdown of the Stipulated Price in such form and detail as required by the Owner for progress payments, taxation and internal accounting purposes. C) Furnish to the Owner, a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond, issued by a Surety acceptable to the Owner, each for an amount equalling 100% of the Tender Price to ensure the full and proper completion of the Contract. 1 d) Commence the work forthwith after the receipt of a letter of intent, contract or Purchase Order or when notified to do so by the Consultant and/or Owner and to execute the work continuously to completion. Time shall be the essence of the ' Contract and the work shall be completed in accordance with the schedule outlined in the Instructions to Bidders. ' e) Furnish to the Owner a Clearance Certificate of the Workers'Compensation Board. f) Submit within three (3) days of award of the contract a detailed construction schedule to the Owner for approval. g) Furnish to the Owner a copy of our Corporate Safety Policy. 14.0 Wherever the plural is used herein,the same shall be read and construed as if the singular had been used where the facts and context so requires and as if all necessary grammatical changes had been made. 01189-00200.wpd ' DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 4 15.0 Bid Security: Attached to this tender form is a bid deposit in the amount required by the Instructions to Bidders. I/We the undersigned agree that if I/We withdraw this tender or default in executing a contract or providing the required Performance Security in accordance with the terms of the bid documents,the Owner shall have sustained liquidated damages in the amount equal to the difference between the amount of this bid and the amount for which the Owner legally contracts with another party to perform the work, if the latter amount exceeds the former up to a maximum of the amount of the bid deposit and such amount shall become the property of the Owner. 16.0 Bonds: Attached to this Tender Form is an agreement to bond in the amount of 100% for Performance, and 100% for Materials and Labour Payment. 17.0 Safety Form: Attached to this Tender is a completed copy of the Municipality of Clarington ' Health and Safety Practice Form. 01189-00200.wpd r DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 5 18.0 Signature and Seal of Bidder: 467 Westney Road South Unit 19 Nu-Wood Construction - Div.Ter-Bea iStreet Address Name of Company Holdings Ltd. Ajax, Ontario City or Town Signature of Company Official i ' US 6V8 Terrance A. Beatty -- PrPsjr1Pnf Postal Code Name and Title 905-683-5131 Telephone No. Signature of Company Official APri 1 17, 9.QQ9 Date Name and Title SEAL 905-683-7688 Facsimile No. i 105175418 RT ' Tenderer's G.S.T. Registration No. If the bidding firm is a limited company,the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with the signature(s) of the proper signing official(s). 01189-00200.wpo AGREEMENT TO BOND (SURETY'S CONSENT) To: MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON BOND NO. 935-747084 (Obligee) Project: MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON, CONTRACT# CL2002-14, NEWCASTLE ' MEMORIAL ARENA EXPANSION. Contractor(Principal): TER-BEA HOLDINGS LTD. O/A NU-WOOD CONSTRUCTION We ING WELLINGTON INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation created and existing under the laws of Canada duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in all Provinces & Territories of Canada, as Surety, agree to issue the followinQ.$ond(s) for the Principal if the Principal's tender is ' accepted by the Obligee within � #0�7 (ys from the closing date of the tender and if the Principal shall have entered into a written contract with the Obligee: 1. Performance Bond for 100% of the tender price. 2. Labour and Material Payment Bond for 100 91'0 of the tender price. f This Agreement to Bond shall be null and void after sib(fap) days from the tender date. 1 ING WELLINGTON INSURANCE COMPANY Date: APRIL 12TH, 2002 i J. Stratford Ll orney-in-fact i 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY: Contractors and Sub-contractors are responsible to ensure that their personnel are updated on all safety concerns of the workplace and are aware of the safety requirements as required by the Contractor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Safety performance will be a consideration in the awarding of contract. Under the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Section 23 (1), (2)), it is the constructor's responsibility to ensure that: • the measures and procedures prescribed by the Occu ational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations are carried out on the rp oject; • every employer and every worker performing work on the project complies with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations (under the Act); and • Where so prescribed, a constructor shall, before commencing any work on a project, give to a Director notice in writing-of the project containing such information as may be prescribed. DEFINITIONS: Contractor- any individual or firm engaged by the Municipality to do work on behalf of the Municipality Project- means a construction project, whether public or private, including: • the construction of a building, bridge, structure, industrial establishment, mining plant, shaft tunnel, caisson, trench, excavation, highway, railway, street, runway, parking lot, cofferdam, conduit, sewer, watermain, service connection, telegraph, telephone or electrical cable, pipe line, duct or well, i . or any combination thereof; • the moving of a building or structure; and • any work or undertaking, or any lands or appurtenances used in connection with construction. Construction - includes erection, alteration, repair, dismantling, demolition, structural maintenance, painting, land clearing, earth moving, grading, excavating, trenching, digging, boring, drilling, blasting, or concreting, the installation of any machinery or plant, and any work or undertaking in connection with a project. 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... h) Before the start of the assignment the following documentation will be provided to the successful contractor, by the project manager or delegate: i) copies of the Municipal Corporate Health and Safety Program ' ii) departmental health and safety policies iii) workplace procedures regarding health and safety practices i) The contractor has the responsibility to provide any and all prescribed personal protective equipment for their own workers, to include as a minimum but not limited to hard hats and safety boots. If a worker(s) fails ' to comply with any program, policy, rule or request regarding health and safety, that person(s) is not allowed on the site until the person(s) complies. j) The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors for all health and safety warnings and/or to stop any contractors' work if any of the r previously mentioned items are not in compliance. Similarly, the Municipality will have the right to issue warnings and/or to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs, policies, rules, and/or if the contractor creates an unacceptable health and safety hazard. Written warnings and/or stop work orders can be given to contractors using Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Order Form (Schedule B") k Where applicable, the Municipality will retain the right to allow municipal employees to refuse to work in accordance with the established policy and ' the Occupational Health and Safety Act, in any unsafe conditions. 1) The Purchasing Department will maintain current certificates of clearance until all monies owing have been paid to the contractor. m) Responsibility for ensuring contractor compliance to this policy falls upon ' the project manager or designate. This will include identification, evaluation and control practices and procedures for hazards and follow-up and issuing of Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Orders. 7. - CONTRACTOR SAFETY ' 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington, l/we will comply with all procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, ' Municipal safety policies, department and site specific polices and procedures and other applicable legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of the public. 1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it, its employees, its subcontractors and their employees: a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, as amended from time to time, and all Regulations thereunder (the 'Act'); and b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance with the Act. 2.' In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the contractor/successful tenderer shall: a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and b ensure that its employees, its subcontractors and their employees act safely and comply with all aspects with the Act. 3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any person of the existence of such act, practice or non- compliance. ' 4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality and the Health and Safety Committee on the site.at any time or times for the purpose of inspection to determine compliance with this tcontract/tender. 5. No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be an assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the . contractor/successful tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act. 1 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... Schedule "B" CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following) ❑ Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work ' practices, if it affects our workplace, described below. ❑ Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this contract due to the unsafe work practice described below. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONTRACT. PART "A" - DETAILS OF CONTRACT CONTRACTOR/P.O. # 1 DESCRIPTION: NAME OF FIRM: i 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... iHEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM ' To Contractor(s): The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment for all workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment, contractors, constructors and subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining to employee health and safety, In order to evaluate your company's health. and safety experience, please provide the accident/incident and/or Workplace Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) information noted below, where applicable. . The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER) The WSIB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups ....... ......I................,.. ....,........... The Council Amended Draft #7 (CAD-7) Rating The WSIB experience rating system for construction rate groups ....... ........ ................. ....... ....... ....... .. Injury frequency performance for the last two years This may be available from the contractor's trade association, Attached„ ................. ...... ......... ...... ...... iHas the contractor received any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two years? (If the answer is yes, please include the infraction). �0 . Confirmation of Independent Operator Status - The WSIB independent operator number assigned: 240946EC (Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WSIB with their bid submission). zoo[n ONISVHOUnd NOIDNIEVIO 0M U9 906 X�3 99 60 ZOOZ/lli60 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY r - 7,1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued- 6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the Municipality: a from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of which may failing its employees, its subcontractors or their employees faieli t ng to to c ac of safely or to comply in all respects with the Act in the p any matters required pursuant to this contract/tender; a action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought b) against any ac against the Municipality by any p erson arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any non-compliance with fh s Amply tees, its contractor/ tenderer or any y subcontractors or their employees in the performance of any matter required pursuant to this contract/tender; and c) from any and all charges, fines, penalties and costs that may be r incurred or paid by the Municipality (or an char of its council members or a under the Actin employees) shall be made a party to any g relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contract/tender. r Terrance A. Beatt Contractor Name of Person Si ing for Contractor A riJ. 17 20 2 Date Signature of Contractor , -- r � - �� i,isa t.,✓ d r f 11PV r APR 4 yi rBarry Bryan Asscc;as(1991)' r r r TOO(Z �uIS'cA�2IRd NOL�AiI2I�'I� OCCC CZ9 506 xV� 55 / 60 ZOOZ ZZ;60 JAk4-02 09:15 FR061- T-693 P.02/02 F-701 TER—BEA HOLDINGS LIMITED ' 467 WESTNEY RD S UNIT 19 AJAX ON LIS 6V8 ACCOUNT NO: 3105547 FIRM NO: 240°46EC COST AND F RE'NE NCY RECORD ASSESSMENT NUMBER OF RATE NO. RECEIPTS/ ACCIDENT COMPENSABLE FIRM AVERAGE YEAR REVENUE ( $ ) COSTS ( $) CASES MANHOURS FREQUENCY FREQUENCY RATE : 723 ' OPENED 01 JAZd 1993 CLOSED PREY 34 , 668 0 1997 9 , 622 0 0 6 , 835 0 . 0 3 . 3 1998 15 , 041 0 0 8 , 668 0 .0 2 . 8 1999 12 , 956 0 0 8 , 528 0 . 0 2 . 5 2000 13 , 588 1 ,092 1 12 ,278 16 . 3 2 . 3 2001 12 , 186 337 1 15 ,281 13 . 1 2. 0 2002 0 0 0 LIFETIMr" 98 , 062 1 , 429 2 RATE 85. OPENED CLOSED PREV 119 , 758 1 , 43E 0 . 0 0 , 0 1997 0 0 0 0 1998 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 1999 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 2000 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 2001 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 2002 0 0 0 ' LIFETIME 119 , 758 1 , ,02 2 FIRM TOTAL 217 , 820 2 , 861 4 THIS INFORMATION IS AS OF 23 JAN 2002 irm Number. 240946EC Year-End Summary at December cuu�. Claim Counts Rate Year Claim Costs ro u P C U HEALTH AL TH CARE 0.00 PENSIONS ON5 E VORS BENEFITS 0.00 SURVIVORS 0.00 0 REHABILITATION AT ION 0 AWARD 0 LOSS NON ECONOMI C 0 : »:< FUTURE ECONOMIC LOSS AWARD FUTURE ECONOMIC OMIC LOSS SUPP. 0.00 0.00 RETIREMENT PENSION TOTAL 0.00 ............ . -EMPLOYMENT 0.00 ... 00 :. . ;0 RT DISABILITY ...><:;:• 0.00 :»;::>:;.>:;:•;;;:,:.;::..>;;.;....:;:::.;::;;:::,: PARTIAL DISABILITY PERMANENT TEMPORARY COMPENSATION 0.00 0.00 HEALTH CARE 0.00 PENSIONS 0.00 SURVIVORS BENEFITS 0.00 REHABILITATION 0.00 NON ECONOMIC LOSS AWARD 0.00 FUTURE ECONOMIC LOSS AWARD FUTURE ECONOMIC LOSS SUPP. 0.00 RETIREMENT PENSION 0.00 TOTAL 0.00 0.00 HEALTH CARE ONLY FIRM 2D01 RE-EMPLOYMENT LOST`TIME y O TOTAL PARTIAL DISABILITY TEMPORARY 0.00 PARTIAL DISABILITY PERMANENT 0.00 TEMPORARY COMPENSATION 337.20 HEALTH CARE 0.00 PENSIONS 0.00 SURVIVORS BENEFITS 0.00 REHABILITATION 0.00 NON ECONOMIC LOSS AWARD 0.00 FUTURE ECONOMIC LOSS AWARD 0.00 FUTURE ECONOMIC LOSS SUPP. 0.00 0.00 RETIREMENT PENSION 337.20 .2 0 TOT AL 0.00 HEALTH CARE ONLY 2000 RE-EMPLOYMENT LOST`TIME i 1 PARTIAL DISABILITY TEMPORARY 0.00 PARTIAL DISABILITY PERMANENT 0.00 TEMPORARY COMPENSATION 904.68 HEALTH CARE 187.36 PENSIONS 0.00 SURVIVORS BENEFITS 0.00 REHABILITATION 0.00 LOSS AWARD 0.00 <:< NON ECONOMIC 0.00 FUTURE ECONOMIC LOSS AWARD FUTURE ECONOMIC LOSS SU 0.0 0 0. RETIREMENT PENSION 00 1092.0 4 .::..::::•.:.;:>: :::>:<::::>:::;:>.:; t TOTAL 1989 RE-EMPLOYMENT 0.00 HEALTH CARE DNL.Y PARTIAL DISABILITY TEMPORARY 0.00 LOST TIME PARTIAL DISABILITY PERMANENT 0.00 TEMPORARY COMPENSATION 0.00 HEALTH CARE 0.00 0.00 PENSIONS » 0.00 SURVIVORS BENEFITS 1 1 3426A(01/96) CCDC221 1979 BID BOND Amount$ 10% OF TENDER PRICI Bond No. 935-747084 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT TER-BEA HOLDINGS LTD., O/A NU-WOOD CONSTRUCTION, havinj its principal office in the Province of ONTARIO at AJAX as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, a1nd ING WELLINGTOr INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation created and existing under the laws of CANADA, having its principal office in th. Province of ONTARIO at TORONTO authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in the Province of ONTARIO as Suren hereinafter called the Surety are held and firmly bound unto MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON hereinafter called the Obligee in the amount of TEN PERCENT OF TENDER PRICE 00/ 00 Dollars t(S 10% bind .) lawful money ofhC Canada, th payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, Principal administrators, successors and assigns.jointly and severally. finely by these presents. i ' WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a written tender to. the Obligee, dated the 17TR DAY OF APRIL, 2002 FO MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON. CONTRACT# CL2002-14,NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL ARENA. NOW. THEREFORE. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the aforesaid Principal shall have the tends accepted within ( from the closing date of tender and the said Principal will, within the time required, enter into �'iwicT4' then h formal contract and give t`he ecified security to secure the performance of the teens and conditions of the Contract, obligation shall be null and void.. otherwise the Principal and the Surety will pay unto the Obligee the difference in money betwee the amount of the bid of the said Principal and the amount for which the Obligee legally contracts with another party to perform tl work if the latter amount be in excess of the former. The Principal u al and the Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum that the specified penalty of this Bond. Any suit under this Bond must be instituted before the expiration of twelve months from the date of this Bond. 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF. the Principal and the Surety signed and sealed this bond dated 12H of APRIL 2002. SIGNED AND SEALED TER-BEA HOLDINGS LTD. O/A NU-WOOD CONSTRUCTION in the presence of Z. ING WELLINGTON INSURANCE COMPANY 7 J.Stratford Attornev in fact Endorsed by: CCDC ACEC CCA CCPE CSC RAIC Approved by: SURETY ASSOCIATION OF CANADA i INrINT.V1" imiuriukcc rsrrnr•.' duu " " t_URIII7L".a1 W't C l,r l'�rrikr� 211Cl NLj: lt2_ WLzT uearance uertIticate TORONTO, OyTAR O giiw^rinellp ec de 'asuranec Certifict d e d6charge ntre s scadents du travail N,5V 3J1 (416) 344-1022 The Workplace Safety and insurance Board {WSIBI hereby waives its rights under Section 141 of the. Workplace Safety and insurance Act to hold the ' Principal, that is in a contractual agreement with the Contractor named, liable for any Section 141 liability of the Contractor for premiums and levies CONTRACTOR of the WSIB owing now or within 8t?days from the L'ENTREPRENEUR date of this Certificate ' NU-4dOOD COr7STRL''CTION DIV Per .le prdsente, le Commission de le sdeuritA- TER-BED=, H©LriNGS LIMITED du et I'assurarrce eontre Jos accidents du travail (CSPAAT) renonce aux droits qui lui sont r#r 19-4 6 7 t+vESTNEY RD S confdr69 an vertu de Particle 141 de la Lol sur la AJAX ON securitaprofessionnelle at I'assurance contre les LIS 6V8 accidents du travail et qui 11autorisent a tenir ('entrepreneur principal, qui a signd tine entente contractuelle aver l'entrepreneur dont le nom figurasur le pr6sent certifieat, responsible du paiament de tout prime ou de toute sornme aue 1'entrepreneur est tenu de verser A la CSPAAT imm6diatement au dens lea 64 jours suivant la date indiquae sur ce certificat. y THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON Valid only when s'sgned by an%whortzed Officer of the WSIR. Non WWa sons le signature d'an @genr wrodsO de M CSPA4 T. ,p (5 Aoc cunt No.I N"do oaftrr to Firm No.; N'd'entrepriss a r r' M�.�.. ,{ 11 3105547 240946EC Rata I Teux Datcriptir n Fate r' raax Description �aG 2 a9� ��vDUS�ps�.z caNSZ�R�r 1 1 Contract DsscMptlon I DescrIAODn o'u control !-Certificate No.i At?de csr'tii xet L 20244854.2 I 9056837688 Contact the WSIB It you question the voildtly of This document. te��&J#)W ComfR7puirlquel over to CSPAAT a vacs dbutex de la vdidi&,chi jor0ord/,Iouitnant. e �A - C 8 CERTIFICATE OF fNSURANCF � i To: The Municipality of Clarington i 1 f This is to certify that Liability Insurance Policy Number 81912350 expiring (m/d/y) 07/0002 has ` I been issued by CGU Insurance Company. i Named Insured: Nu-Woad Construction, A Division of Tear-Bea Holdings Ltd. i 467 Westney Road South, -7'-r"19 Ajax:, ONL'1S 6V8 Coverages Limits of Liability ` Bodily Injury and Property $5,000,000 Aggregate Limit ! Damage Liability Inclusive Limits Non-Owned Automobile $5,000,000 Liability — l Operations Covered: Operations usual to those of the Named Insured, including "Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion, Caroline Street, Newcastle, Ontario - Tender#CL-2002-14. The Municipality of Clarington and Barry Bryan Associates/I9911Ltd. are added as additional j Insured, including cross liability and severabiiity of interests, but only with respect to liability arising from the above-mentioned operations of the Named Insured. I 1 Subject to the terms. conditions& exclusions of the policy. I I The insurance afforded is subject to the tenns, conditions and exclusions of the applicable policy. � This Certificate is issued as a matter of information only and confers no rights on the holder and imposes no liability on the Insurer. The Insurer will endeavour to mail to the holder of this Certificate thirty days written notice of any material change in or cancellation of the policy, but assumes o responsibility for failure to do so. s.;ounterSig d:. ' Firstbrook, Cassie : Anderson Ltd, ' I late: May 233, 2002 � I II FIRSTBR'OOK, CAME &. ANDERSON LTD. CCDC2211979 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. 935-747153 $ 179,503.00 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT TER-BEA HOLDINGS LTD. O/A NU-WOOD CONSTRUCTION as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and ING WELLINGTON INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation created and ' existing under the laws of Canada and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety,are held and firmly bound unto MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the amount ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY NINE THOUSAND, FIVE HUNDRED AND THREE 00/100 Dollars ($ 179,503.00) lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves,their heirs,executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee, date 3"t DAY OF JUNE, 2002 for NEW CASTLE MEMORIAL ARENA EXPANSION, CAROLINE STREET, NEWCASTLE — PROJECT NO.01189 which are by reference made part hereof and are hereinafter referred to as the Contract. 1 NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the Principal shall promptly and faithfully perform the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. ' Whenever the Principal shall be, and declared by the Obligee to be, in default under the Contract,the Obligee having performed the Obligee's obligations thereunder,the Surety may promptly remedy the default,or shall promptly 1) complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions or 2) obtain a bid or bids for submission to the Obligee for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions and upon determination by the Obligee and the Surety of the lowest responsible bidder,arrange for a contract between such bidder and the Obligee and make available as work progresses(even though there should be a default,or a succession of defaults,under the contract or contracts of completion,arranged under this paragraph)sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the Contract price;but not exceeding,including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder,the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term"balance of the Contract price",as used in this paragraph,shall mean the total amount payable by the Obligee to the Principal under the Contract,less the amount properly paid by the Obligee to the Principal. Any suit under this Bond must be instituted before the expiration of two(2)years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due. The Surety shall n*t be liable for a greater sum than the specified penalty of this Bond. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond,to or for the use of, any person or corporation other than the Obligee named herein, or the heirs,executors,administrators or successors of the Obligee. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have signed and sealed this bond dated JUNE 3RD,2002. SSIGNED and SEALED TER-BEA HOLDINGS TD. O/A NU-WOOD CONSTRUCTION in the presence of ING WEUJYGT RAN CE COMPANY r / , J. STRATF010' A EY-IN-FACT Endorsed by: CCDC ACEC CCA CCPE CSC RAIC Approved by: SURETY ASSOCIATION OF CANADA 1 CCDC LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND ' 222, 1979 (TRUSTEE FORM) Bond No. 935-747153 $ 179,503.00 ' Note: This Bond is issued simultaneously with another Bond in favour of the Obligee conditioned for the full and faithful performance of the Contract. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS TER-BEA HOLDINGS LTD. O/A NU-WOOD as Principal hereinafter called the 1 Principal, and ING WELLINGTON INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation created and existing under the laws of Canada and duly authorized to,transact the business of Suretyship in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety are, subject to the conditions hereinafter contained,held and firmly bound unto MUNICIPALITY OF CLA.RINGTON as Trustee hereinafter called the Obligee, for the use and benefit of the Claimants, their and each of their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, in the ' amount ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY NINE THOUSAND, FIVE HUNDRED AND THREE 00/100 Dollars ($ 179,503.00) lawful money of Canada for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made the Principal and the Surety bind themselves,their heirs, executors,administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee, dated 3RD, OF JUNE, 2002 for NEW CASTLE MEMORIAL ARENA EXPANSION, CAROLINE STREET, NEWCASTLE — PROJECT NO.01189 which Contract Documents are by reference made a part hereof,and are hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that,if the Principal shall make payment to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect,subject,however,to the following conditions: 1. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with the Principal for labour,material,or both,used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, labour and material being construed to include that part of water, gas,power, light,heat, oil,gasoline,telephone service or rental equipment directly applicable to the Contract provided that a person,firm or corporation who rents equipment to the Principal to be used in the performance ofthe Contract under a contract which provides that all or any part of the rent is to be applied towards the purchase price thereof,shall only be a Claimant to the extent ofthe prevailing industrial rental value of such equipment for the period during which the equipment was used in the performance of the Contract. The prevailing industrial value of equipment shall be determined,insofar as it is practical to do so,in accordance with and in the manner provided for in the latest revised edition ofthe publication of the Canadian Construction Association titled"Rental Rates on Contractors Equipment"published prior to the period during which the equipment was used in the performance ofthe Contact. 2. The Principal and the Surety,hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee,as Trustee,that every Claimant who has not been paid as provided for under the terms of his contract with the Principal,before the expiration of a period of sixty(60)days after the date on which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or ' performed or materials were fimrmished by such Claimant,may as a beneficiary ofthe trust herein provided for,sue on this Bond,prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due to such Claimant under the terms of his contract with the Principal and have execution thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not obliged to do or take any act,action or proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the Claimants,or any of them,to enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any act,action or proceeding is taken either in the name of the Obligee or by joining the Obligee as a party to such proceeding,then such act,action or proceeding,shall be taken on the understanding and basis that the Claimants;or any of them,who take such act,action or proceeding shall indemnify and save harmless the Obligee against all costs, charges and expenses or liabilities incurred thereon and any loss or damage resulting to the Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still further that,subject to the foregoing terms and conditions,the Claimants,or any of them may use the name ofthe Obligee to sue on and enforce the provisions of this Bond. t 3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant: a) unless such Claimant shall have given written notice within the time limits hereinafter set forth to each of the Principal,the Surety and the Obligee,stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail to the Principal,the Surety and the Obligee,at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business by such persons or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the ' Province or other part of Canada in which the subject matter of the Contract is located, Such notice shall be given i) in respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof,required to be held back from the Claimant by the Principal,under either the terms of the Claimant's contract with the Principal,or under the Mechanics'Liens Legislation applicable to the Claimant's contract with the Principal,whichever is the greater,within one hundred and twenty(120)days after such Claimant should have been paid in full under the Claimant's contract with the Principal; ii) in respect of any claim other than for the holdback,of portion thereof,referred to above,within one hundred and twenty(120)days after the date upon which such Claimant did,or performed,the last of the work or labour or furnished the last of the materials for which such claim is made under the Claimants contract with the Principal; b) after the expiration of one(1)year following the date on which the Principal ceased work on the Contract,including work performed under the guarantees provided it the Contract; C) other than in a Court of competent jurisdiction it the Province or District of Canada in which the subject matter of the Contract or any part thereof is situated and not elsewhere,and the parties hereto agree to submit to the jurisdiction of such Court. ' 4. The Surety agrees not to take advantage of Article 1959 of the Civil Code of the Province of Quebec in the event that,by an act or an omission of a Claimant,the Surety can no longer be subrogated in the rights,hypothec and privileges of Said Claimant. 5. Any material change in the contract between the Principal and the Obligee shall not prejudice the rights or interest of any Claimant under this Bond,who is not instrumental it bringing about or has not caused such change. 6. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by,and to the extent of any payment by the Surety of Mechanics'Liens which may be filed of record against the subject matter of the Contract,whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this Bond. 7. The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the specified penalty of this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have signed and sealed this bond dated JUNE 3an,2002. SIGNED AND SEALED in the presence of TER-BEA HOLDINGS L . O/A NU-WOOD CONSTRUCTION R 1 � ING WELLING E COWAN . ' J. STRAT RD AT 0 -IN-FA Endorsed by: CCDC ACEC CCA CCPE CSC RAIC Approved by: SURETY ASSOCIATION OF CANADA Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion Caroline Street, Newcastle Ontario Tender No.CL-2002-14 ' for the Municipality of Clarington BARRY • BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED Architects Engineers Landscape Architect P roject Managers 11 Stanley Court, Unit 1 Whitby, Ontario L1 N 8P9 Tel: (905) 666-5252 Tor: (905) 427-4495 Fax: (905) 666-5256 B r ' ' A E-mail: bba @bba-archeng.com www.bba-archeng.com ' Project No. 01189 April 3, 2002 ' SPECIFICATIONS Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion Caroline Street, Newcastle Ontario Tender No.CL-2002-14 for the Municipality of Clarington TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 ' DIVISION SECTION TITLE NO. OF PAGES 00 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Instructions to Bidders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ' Standard Terms and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 00200 Tender Form . . . . . . . . 5 Contractor Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 00300 General Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 00400 Supplementary General Conditions 8 ' 01 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 01005 General Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 01140 Work Restrictions : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : . : : : : : : : : : 2 01210 Allowances 2 01330 Submittal Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 01410 Regulatory Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 01450 Quality Control 4 01520 Construction Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 01545 Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 01560 Temporary Barriers and Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 01770 Closeout Procedures . . . . 2 01780 Closeout Submittals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ' 02 SITE WORK 02050 Selective Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 04 MASONRY 04200 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 06 WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07900 Joint Sealers . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 01189 tblc.wpd SPECIFICATIONS —TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Page 2 DIVISION SECTION TITLE NO. OF PAGES 08 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 Hollow Metal Doors, Screens and Pressed Metal Frames . . . . . . . 7 08710 Finishing Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 08800 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 09 FINISHES 09250 Gypsum Wallboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 09310 Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 09500 Acoustical Ceilings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 09651 Resilient Flooring 6 09670 Rubber Floor Tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 09900 Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 10 SPECIALTIES 10800 Washroom Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 01189 tblc.wpd S DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 1 SECTION 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Stipulated Price tenders executed and signed under seal, are invited for the supply of all labour,material,equipment and services to complete the work forthe Newcastle Memorial Arena Expansion, Caroline Street, Newcastle, Ontario, Tender No.CL-2002-14, in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications prepared by Barry* Bryan Associates (1991) Limited. 1.2 A site tour for Contractors will be held at 10:00 am,Wednesday, April 10, 2002. The site tour will be held at the Newcastle Memorial Arena, Caroline Street, Newcastle. Any other site visits must be arranged with the Municipality of Clarington through Mr. Fred Horvath, Director of Operations, telephone (905) 263-2291. i1.3 The Tender Documents including the Contract Form (Canadian Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2, 1994),as amended by the Supplementary General Conditions,the Instructions to Bidders including Appendix `A', Specifications, Tender Form, and the Drawings listed in Section 8 hereof are all complementary and shall be read together. 1.4 Each Bidder shall examine the Tender Documents as soon as possible after receipt thereof, and should he discover any errors or omissions therein he shall notify the Consultant as soon as possible so that further instructions and/or Drawings may be issued to all Tenderers before the date set for receiving Tenders. 1.5 Tender documents will be available on Wednesday, April 3, 2002 at the Purchasing ' Department, The Municipality of Clarington, 166 Church Street, Bowmanville, Ontario, Telephone (905) 623-3096. Tender Documents will be provided to qualified General, Mechanical and Electrical Contractors on receipt of a non-refundable fee of $80.00 for each set of documents. Payment maybe made in the form of cash or certified cheque,payable to The Municipality ' of Clarington. 1.6 Tender documents will be available for viewing at the offices of the Durham Construction Association. 1.7 Individual drawings and sections of specifications are not available. ' 01189-00100.wpd DIVISION 0 , SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 2 SECTION 1 - GENERAL (Cont'd) 1.8 Bidders are advised that enquiries regarding interpretation of the drawings and specifications ' shall be directed tothe Consultant: Barry• Bryan Associates (1991) Limited 11 Stanley Court Whitby, Ontario LiN 8P9 Telephone No. (905) 666-5252 Facsimile No. (905) 666-5256 Attention: Mr. C.M. Earle, MAATO, extension 234 Ms. Francine Lafleur. B. Arch., extension 232 1.9 Consultants will not accept any calls from bidders or sub-trades regarding enquiries on this project 24 hours prior to close of Tender. responsible for the distribution of , 1.10 Bidders shall be respo all Contract Documents and Addenda to all Subcontractors and suppliers. There will be no consideration given for extra payment due to the failure of any subcontractor or supplier to review all Documents prior to close of tender. 1.11 No claims for payment will be accepted because of failure on the part of the Owner, the Consultant or their representatives to supply any Subcontractor with all or part of the Contract Documents and Addenda thereto,which will have been supplied to the Bidder up to the closing date. 1.12 The successful bidder shall submit proof of Liability Insurance in the amount of Three Million dollars($3,000,000.00)to the Municipality of Clarington,priorto the commencement of the work. Insurance policy shall name the Owner and the Consultants as additional insured. SECTION 2 -TENDER SUBMISSIONS 2.1 Tender submission shall be in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders and the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, Standard Terms and Conditions attached to ' these Instructions To Bidders. 2.2 Tenders executed and signed under seal,will be received until 2:00 p.m.local time,on 1 Wednesday, April 17, 2002. 01189-00100.wpd ' DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3 SECTION 2 - TENDER SUBMISSIONS (Cont'd) Submit Tender to: Office of the Clerk Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1 C 3A6 2.3 Bidders are solely responsible for the delivery of Tenders to the Office of the Clerk, on or before the date and time set for the close of Tenders. 2.4 Each Tender shall state the stipulated PRICE/PRICES for which the Bidder will undertake to carry out all the Work as described and/or shown in/on the Tender Documents. 2.5 The Tender Form,on the forms provided shall be filled in exactly as required,and shall be returned sealed in a Tender envelope provided bythe Municipality of Clarington bearing the ttenderer's name and clearly marked as indicated herein. 2.6 Two(2)sets of Tender Forms are provided. Bidders shall complete and return one(1)set tof Tender Forms. 2.7 Bidders shall furnish all information requested and fill in all blanks in the Tender Form. Should any uncertainty arise as to the proper manner of completing the form,the requisite information will be given by the Consultant. 2.8 Tender Forms shall be completed in a legible manner. Incomplete tenders may not be considered. Bids must be typewritten or in ink. Erasures or noticeable changes to the Tender Forms must be initialled by the Bidder. 2.9 Incorporated Companies must attach Corporate Seal and Signatures of proper officers shall be affixed. Bids not signed are subject to rejection. 2.10 All prices(unless otherwise specifically requested in the Tender Documents)shall be"Work completed" prices, and shall be understood to include for all material, labour and other expenses including all Provincial Sales Taxes,fees, insurance, compensation and other items required by governing regulations, as well as overhead and profit for the work concerned. Tender prices shall not include Goods and Services Tax. 2.11 It shall be understood that the Stipulated Price submitted in the Tender Form shall be open for acceptance and irrevocable for a period of ninety (90) days. 2.12 Tenders may not be submitted by telegram, facsimile, telephone or orally. 2.13 Late tenders will be returned unopened to the respective bidder. 01180-000100.wpd DIVISION 0 ! SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 4 SECTION 2 -TENDER SUBMISSIONS (Cont'd) 2.14 The lowest or any tender will not necessarily be accepted. ! 2.15 Bidders must not include restrictive or conditional statements to alter the format,or intent ' of the tender. 2.16 Tenders received in accordance with these instructions will be opened at a Public Meeting at the Municipal offices immediately following the close of the Tender period. The tender opening meeting will be held in Meeting Room#1, First Floor,40 Temperance Street, Bowmanville, Ontario, and interested bidders are invited to attend. SECTION 3- ADDENDA 3.1 Bidders may,during the tendering period,be advised by Addenda of required additions to, deletions from,clarifications to,or alterations in the requirements of the Tender Documents. All such changes shall become an integral part of the Tender Documents and shall be allowed for in the Stipulated Price. 3.2 Bidders shall insert,in the space provided in the Tender Form,the Addenda numbers of all ! Addenda received by them. If no Addenda have been received,the word"NONE"shall be inserted in the space provided. , SECTION 4 - BASE BID TENDERS 4.1 Contractors shall base their Tenders on the materials, methods, firms and equipment named in the documents. No deviation from the specified materials, methods firms and equipment will be allowed without written approval from the Municipality. Any proposed substitutions shall be submitted in accordance with the following. 4.2 Bidders may submit with their tender alternative proposals based on the use of alternative material equivalent to the materials or equipment specified in quality and performance and provided clearances and dimensions shown on the drawings are maintained. Forall such alternative proposals the Bidder shall include such proposals and the following information ! in a letter accompanying his Tender, for consideration by the Consultant, at the time of opening Tenders. .1 Manufacturer's name and supplier's name. , .2 Change in price if any. .3 Reason for proposing alternative. .4 Detailed description of alternative including identification of differences from specified products. 01189-00100.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 5 SECTION 4 - BASE BID TENDERS (Cont'd) .5 Statement assuming full responsibility that any equipment shall not exceed the space requirements allocated on the drawings. The successful Bidder shall be responsible for any additional installation cost, resulting from the acceptance of a substitute piece of equipment or product. .6 List of project references for proposed alternate equipment. .7 Any other information requested by the Consultant,including samples,as necessary to complete his evaluation of proposed alternates. Under no circumstances shall the value of an alternative material or equipment be included in the Stipulated Price. Under no circumstances will alternatives submitted after the closing of Tenders be considered. 4.3 The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject proposed alternatives as he sees fit, and also to claim for himself the financial benefit of a substitution, if a substitution is accepted. A rejection bythe Owner of the proposed alternative is final and the Owner does not become obligated to give any reason for his action. 4.4 The Owner further reserves the right to take any such financial benefit into consideration in their final evaluation of all Tenders and the subsequent award of the Contract. I � SECTION 5 -TENDERS NOT NECESSARILY ACCEPTED 5.1 The Municipality of Clarington reserves the right to: a) Cancel the Tender at any time prior to acceptance of a bid. b) Reject any or all bids. C) Cancel any order if the goods or services are unsatisfactory. d) Accept the Tender in whole or in part. e) Disqualify any Tenders not submitted in strict accordance with the requirements of the Tender Documents. f) Require each Bidder to submit evidence of his, and his proposed Subcontractors' experience and competence in similar work previously performed. 5.2 The Owner reserves the power and right to reject Tenders received from parties who cannot show a reasonable acquaintance with, and preparation of the proper performance of the class of work herein specified and shown on the drawings. 5.3 Tenders containing escalator clauses will not be considered. 01169-00100.wpd r DIVISION 0 , SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 6 i SECTION 5 -TENDERS NOT NECESSARILY ACCEPTED (Cont'd) 5.4 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,anytender which is incomplete,illegible or obscure, or which contains alterations not called for, or irregularities of any kind, may be rejected. SECTION 6 -TAXES i 6.1 The Tender amount shall include all Excise Taxes and Government Duties on all materials required forthe completion of the work of this Tender,provided that same are in force at the i time of signing the Contract. 6.2 Provincial Retail Sales Tax shall be included in tendered prices for material supplied under this contract. 6.3 The total Tender amount shall not include Goods and Services Tax (G.S.T.). SECTION 7 -TIME OF THE ESSENCE 7.1 The Contractor is cautioned that time is of the essence in this Contract and that the ability to complete the Work within the stipulated time period will be one of the factors considered in the award of the Contract. 7.2 Upon commencing work on site, all work must continue until completion without delay or work stoppage unless instructed otherwise by the Owner. 7.3 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the work to ensure completion of the work in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 01140, Work Restrictions. 7.4 The Contractor will be required to provide all labour,material and equipment and direct his subcontractors and suppliers to work the number of shifts and days that are necessary to meet the Owner's schedule. 7.5 Bidders shall allow in their Stipulated Price for all premium time and other costs as necessary to meet the required completion date. , 01189.00100. i DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 7 SECTION 8 - LIST OF DRAWINGS 8.1 Architectural Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued A201 Demolition Floor Plans 0 April 2, 2002 A202 Floor Plans and Wall Elevation 0 April 2, 2002 A203 Reflective Ceiling and Floor Finishes Plan 0 April 2, 2002 A204 Enlarged Plans and Details at Viewing Area 0 April 2, 2002 A501 Wall Sections 0 April 2, 2002 A801 Room Finish and Door Schedule 0 Aril 2, 2002 8.2 Structural Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued S201 Foundation Plan and Second Floor Framing 0 April 2, 2002 Plan S202 Structural Details 0 Aril 2, 2002 8.3 Mechanical Drawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued M101 1St and 2nd Floor Plan Mechanical Demolition 0 April 2, 2002 Layout M201 111 and 2"d Floor Plan Mechanical La out 0 Aril 2, 2002 8.4 Electrical jDrawing No. Title Rev. No. Issued E101 1 St and 2nd Floor Plan Electrical Demolition 0 April 2, 2002 Layout E201 1St and 2"d Floor Plan Electrical La out 0 Aril 2, 2002 01189-00100.wpd i DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 8 SECTION 9 - EXECUTE CONTRACT 9.1 The Successful Bidder shall execute the Contract Documents within ten(10)calendar days of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender from the Owner. 9.2 The Successful Bidder shall commence the Work at the site within three(3)calendar days of receipt of Notification to Commence Work, and complete all construction to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Consultant as indicated in Section 7 herein. 9.3 Failure by the Successful Bidder to meet the above requirements will entitle the Owner to cancel the award of the Contract. The Owner may then award the Contract to one of the other bidders or to take such other action as he chooses. SECTION 10 - LOCATION 10.1 The site is located at the Newcastle Memorial Arena, Caroline Street, Newcastle SECTION 11 - BID SECURITY 11.1 Bid /Tender Deposit Total Amount of Bid IVltnimurn Deposjt Required $20,000.00 or less $1,000.00 $20,000.01 to 50,000.00 $2,000.00 $50,000.01 to 100,000.00 $5,000.00 $100,000.01 to 250,000.00 $10,000.00 $250,000.01 to 500,000.00 $25,000.00 , $500,000.01 to 1,000,000.00 $50,000.00 $1,000,000.01 to 2,000,000.00 $100,000.00 $2,000,000.01 and over $200,000.00 11.2 Bid deposit must be enclosed in the envelope with your tender. 11.3 Bid bonds issued by a surety approved by and in a form containing terms satisfactory to the Municipality's Treasurer will be accepted for tenders valued over$50,000.00. , 11.4 All tender bid deposits will be returned to the respective bidders within ten (10) days after the Tenders have been opened except those of the two (2) low bidders, which shall be retained by the Municipality of Clarington until the successful'bidder has executed the Contract. 01189-00100.wpd t DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Pa e 9 SECTION 12-AGREEMENT TO BOND 12.1 Include with the tender, an agreement to bond issued by a duly incorporated and nationally recognized surety company,guaranteeing the faithful performance of the contract including the warrantee period, in accordance with the Contract Documents. Agree to furnish to the ' Owner,a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond,each in the amount of One Hundred Percent (100%) of the Stipulated Price. 12.2 The premiums for all bonds shall be included in the Stipulated Price. ' SECTION 13 - CASH ALLOWANCES 13.1 Include in the Stipulated Price, the following cash allowances. .1 Independent inspection and testing $3,000.00 .2 Finishing Hardware $7,000.00 .3 Contingency Allowance $10 000.00 TOTAL CASH ALLOWANCES $20,000.00 i SECTION 14 - STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS 14.1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Standard Terms and Conditions attached to these Instructions to Bidders will be read in conjunction with the documents listed in Section 1, and will form a part of the contract, with the following amendments: i 1. Delete the term "purchase order' and replace with "Canadian Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, Canadian Standard Construction tDocument CCDC-2, 1994 as amended by the Supplementary General Conditions". 2. In Article 7, 51 paragraph, change last sentence to read: "Goods and Services Tax shall be extra. Provincial Sales Tax is to be included in the bid price". 3. In Article 23, 2"d paragraph, add "Barry - Bryan Associates (19 91) Limited" as additional insured. 1 0118M0100.wpd STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. DEFINITIONS 1 Municipality-The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, its successors and assigns. Bidder-The person,firm or corporation submitting a bid to the Municipality. fCompany - The person, contractor, firm or corporation to whom the Municipality has awarded the contract, it successors and assigns. Contract - The purchase order authorizing the company to perform the work, purchase order alterations, the document and addenda,the bid, and surety. 1 Subcontractor-A person,firm or corporation having a contract with the company for, or any part of, the work. Document - The documents) issued by the Municipality in response to which bids are invited to perform the work in accordance with the specifications contained in the document. Bid -An offer by a Bidder in response to the document issued by the Municipality. iWork - All labour, materials, products, articles, fixtures, services, supplies, and acts required to be done,furnished or performed by the company,which are subject to the Contract. 2. SUBMISSION OF BID Bid invitation shall be in accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Purchasing By-law #94-129 and will apply for the calling, receiving, and opening of bids. The Municipality will be responsible for evaluating bids, awarding and administering the contract in accordance with the Purchasing By-law. The bid must be submitted on the form(s) and in the envelope supplied by the Municipality unless otherwise provided herein. The envelope must not be covered by any outside wrappings, i.e.courier envelopes or other coverings. The bid must be signed by a designated signing officer of the Bidder. If a joint bid is submitted, it must be signed on behalf of each of the Bidders. The bid must be legible, written in ink, or typewritten. Any form of erasure, strikeout or over-writing must be initialled by the Bidder's authorized signing officer. The bid must not be restricted by a covering letter, a statement added, or by alterations to the document unless otherwise provided herein. Failure to return the document or invitation may result in the removal of the Bidder from the Municipalitys bidder's list. A bid received after the closing date and time will not be considered and will be returned, unopened. Should a dispute arise from the terms and conditions of any part of the contract, regarding meaning, intent or ambiguity, the decision of the Municipality shall be final. l STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS(continued) t 3. CONTRACT The contract consists of the documents aforementioned. The contract and portions thereof take precedence in the order in which they are named above, notwithstanding the chronological order in which they are issued or executed. The intent of the contract is that the Company shall supply work which is fit and suitable for the Municipality's intended use and complete for a particular purpose. None of the conditions contained in the Bidder's standard or general conditions of sale shall be of any effect unless explicitly agreed to by the Municipality and specifically referred to in the purchase order. 4. CLARIFICATION OF THE DOCUMENT Any clarification of the document required by the Bidder prior to submission of its bid shall be requested through the Municipality's contact identified in the document. Any such clarification so given shall not in any way alter the document and in no case shall oral arrangements be considered. Every notice, advice or other communication pertaining thereto will be in the form of a written addendum. No officer, agent or employee of the Municipality is authorized to alter orally any portion of the document. 5. PROOF OF ABILITY The bidder may be required to show, in terms of experience and facilities, evidence of its ability, as , well as that of any proposed subcontractor,to perform the work by the specified delivery date. 6. DELIVERY Unless otherwise stated, the work specified in the bid shall be delivered or completely performed by the Company as soon as possible and in any event within the period set out herein as the guaranteed period of delivery or completion after receipt of a purchase order therefor. A detailed delivery ticket or piece tally, showing the exact quantity of goods, materials, articles or equipment, shall accompany each delivery thereof. Receiving by a foreperson, storekeeper or other such receiver shall not bind the Municipality to accept the work covered thereby, or the particulars of the delivery ticket or piece tally thereof. Work shall be subject to further inspection and approval by the Municipality. The Company shall be responsible for arranging the work so that completion shall be as specified in the contract. Time shall be of the essence of the contract. I r STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS(continued) 7. PRICING Prices shall be in Canadian Funds, quoted separately for each item stipulated, F.O.B. destination. Prices shall be firm for the duration of the contract. Prices bid must include all incidental costs and the Company shall be deemed to be satisfied as to the full requirements of the bid. No claims for extra work will be entertained and any additional work must be authorized in writing prior to commencement. Should the Company require more information or clarification on any point, it must be obtained prior to the submission of the bid. Payment shall be full compensation for all costs related to the work, including operating and overhead costs to provide work to the satisfaction of the Municipality. All prices quoted shall include applicable customs duty, excise tax, freight, insurance, and all other ' charges of every kind attributable to the work. Goods and Services Tax and Provincial Sales Tax shall be extra and not shown, unless otherwise specified herein. If the Bidder intends to manufacture or fabricate any part of the work outside of Canada, it shall arrange its shipping procedures so that its agent or representative in Canada is the importer of record for customs purposes. Should any additional tax, duty or any variation in any tax or duty be imposed by the Government of Canada or the Province of Ontario become directly applicable to work specified in this document subsequent to its submission by the Bidder and before the delivery of the work covered thereby pursuant to a purchase order issued by the Municipality appropriate increase or decrease in the price of work shall be made to compensate for such changes as of the effective date thereof. 8. TERMS OF PAYMENT Where required by the Construction Lien Act appropriate monies may be held back until 60 days after the completion of the work. Payments made hereunder, including final payment shall not relieve the company from its obligations or liabilities under the contract. Acceptance by the company of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the company against the Municipality, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the contract and still unsettled. The Municipality shall have the right to withhold from any sum otherwise payable to the company such amount as may be sufficient to remedy any defect or deficiency in the work, pending correction Of it. Payment may be made 30 days after delivery pursuant to the Bidder submitting an invoice, contract requirements being completed and work being deemed satisfactory. 9. PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS The company shall, at its expense, defend all claims, actions or proceedings against the Municipality based on any allegations that the work or any part of the work constitutes an infringement of any 1 patent, copyright or other proprietary right, and shall pay to the Municipality all costs, damages, charges and expenses, including its lawyers'fees on a solicitor and his own client basis occasioned to the Municipality by reason thereof. The company shall pay all royalties and patent license fees required for the work. STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS(continued) 9. PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS-cont'd If the work or any part thereof is in any action or proceeding held to constitute an infringement, the company shall forthwith either secure for the Municipality the right to continue using the work or shall at the company's expense, replace the infringing work with non-infringing work or modify it so that , the work no longer infringes. 10. ALTERNATES Any opinion with regard to the use of a proposed alternate determined by the Municipality shall be final. Any bid proposing an alternate will not be considered unless otherwise specified herein. 11. EQUIVALENCY , Any opinion determined by the Municipality with respect to equivalency shall be final. 12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING The company shall not assign or subcontract the contract or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of the Municipality. 13. FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE COMPANY The Municipality is entitled to request of the Company to furnish reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Municipality's obligations under the Contract. 14. LAWS AND REGULATIONS The company shall comply with relevant Federal, Provincial and Municipal statutes, regulations and by-laws pertaining to the work and its performance. The company shall be responsible for ensuring similar compliance by suppliers and subcontractors. The contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario. 15. CORRECTION OF DEFECTS If at any time prior to one year after the actual delivery date or completion of the work (or specified warranty/guarantee period if longer than one year) any part of the work becomes defective or is deficient or fails due to defect in design, material or workmanship, or otherwise fails to meet the requirements of the contract, the company, upon request, shall make good every such defect, deficiency or failure without cost to the Municipality. The company shall pay all transportation costs for work both ways between the company's factory or repair depot and the point of use. STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 16. BID ACCEPTANCE The Municipality reserves the right to award by item, or part thereof, groups of items, or parts thereof, or all items of the bids and to award contracts to one or more bidders submitting identical bids as to price;to accept or reject any bids in whole or in part;to waive irregularities and omissions, if in so doing, the best interests of the Municipality will be served. No liability shall accrue to the Municipality for its decision in this regard. Bids shall be irrevocable for 90 days after the official closing time. The placing in the mail or delivery to the Bidder's shown address given in the bid of a notice of award to a bidder by the Municipality shall constitute notice of acceptance of contract by the Municipality to r the extent described in the notice of award. 17. DEFAULT BY COMPANY a. If the company:commits any act of bankruptcy; or if a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency or in respect of any of its property; or if the company makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; then, in any such case, the Municipality may, without notice:terminate the contract. b. If the company: fails to comply with any request, instruction or order of the Municipality; or 1 fails to pay its accounts; or fails to comply with or persistently disregard statutes, regulations, by-laws or directives of relevant authorities relating to the work; or fails to prosecute the work with skill and diligence;or assigns or sublets the contract or any portion thereof without the Municipality's prior written consent; or refuses to correct defective work; or is otherwise i in default in carrying out its part of any of the terms, conditions and obligations of the contract, then, in any such case,the Municipality may, upon expiration of ten days from the date of written notice to the company,terminate the contract. C. Any termination of the contract by the Municipality, as aforesaid, shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the Municipality may have and without incurring any liability whatsoever in respect thereto. d. If the Municipality terminates the contract, it is entitled to: i) take possession of all work in progress, materials and construction equipment then at the project site (at no additional charge for the retention or use of the construction equipment), and finish the work by whatever means the Municipality may deem appropriate under the circumstances; ii) withhold any further payments to the company until the completion of the work and the expiry of all obligations under the Correction of Defects section; iii) recover from the company loss, damage and expense incurred by the Municipality by reason of the company's default (which may be deducted from any monies due or becoming due to the company, any balance to be paid by the company to the Municipality). 18. CONTRACT CANCELLATION The Municipality shall have the right, which may be exercised from time to time, to cancel any uncompleted or unperformed portion of the work or part thereof. In the event of such cancellation, the Municipality and the Company may negotiate a settlement. The Municipality shall not be liable to ' the Company for loss of anticipated profit on the cancelled portion or portions of the work. STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS(continued) 19. QUANTITIES Unless otherwise specified herein, quantities are shown as approximate, are not guaranteed to be accurate, are furnished without any liability on behalf of the Municipality and shall be used as a basis for comparison only. Payment will be by the unit complete at the bid price on actual quantities deemed acceptable by the Municipality. 20. SAMPLES Upon request, samples must be submitted strictly in accordance with instructions. If samples are requested subsequent to opening of bids, they shall be delivered within three (3) working days following such request, unless additional time is granted. Samples must be submitted free of charge , and will be returned at the bidder's expense, upon request, provided they have not been destroyed by tests, or are not required for comparison purposes. The acceptance of samples by the Municipality shall be at its sole discretion and any such acceptance shall in no way be construed to imply relief of the company from its obligations under the contract. Samples submitted must be accompanied by current Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) where applicable. 21. SURETY The successful tenderer shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy surety requirements by providing a deposit in the form of a certified cheque, bank draft or money order or other form of surety, in an amount determined by the Municipality. This surety may be held by the Municipality until 60 days after the day on which all work covered by the contract has been completed and accepted. The surety may be returned before the 60 days have elapsed providing satisfactory evidence is provided that all liabilities incurred by the company in carrying out the work have expired or have been satisfied and that a Certificate of Clearance from the Workers' Compensation Board has been received. The company shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy fidelity bonding requirements by providing such bonding in an amount and form determined by the Municipality. Failure to furnish required surety within two weeks from date of request thereof by the Municipality shall make the award of the Contract by the Municipality subject to withdrawal. 22. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD All of the Company's personnel must be covered by the insurance plan under the Workplace Safety and Insurance Act, 1997. Upon request by the Municipality, an original Letter of Good Standing for the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board shall be provided prior to the commencement of Work indicating all payments by the Company to the Board have been made. Prior to final payment, a Certificate of Clearance must be issued indicating all payments by the Company to the Board in conjunction with the subject Contract have been made and that the Municipality will not be liable to the Board for future payments in connection with the Company's fulfilment of the contract. Further Certificates of Clearance or other types of certificates shall be provided upon request. STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS(continued) 23. INSURANCE The company shall maintain and pay for Comprehensive General Liability insurance including premises and all operations. This insurance coverage shall be subject to limits of not less than $3,000,000.00 inclusive per occurrence for third party Bodily Injury and Property Damage or such other coverage or amount as may be requested. The policy shall include the Municipality as an additional insured in respect of all operations performed by or on behalf of the Company. A certified copy of such policy or certificate shall be provided to the respective participant prior to commencement of the work. Further certified copies shall be provided upon request. 24. LIABILITY The company agrees to defend, fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from all actions, suits, claims, demands, losses, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever for all damage or injury including death to any person and all damage to any property which may arise directly or indirectly by reason of a requirement of the contract, save and except for damage caused by the negligence of the Municipality or its employees. The Company agrees to defend,fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from any and all charges,fines, penalties and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality if the Municipality or any of its employees shall be made a parry to any charge under the Occupational Health and Safety Act in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contract. 25. VISITING THE SITE The Company shall carefully examine the site and existing building and services affecting the proper execution of the work, and obtain a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the existing conditions. No claim for extra payment will be allowed for work or difficulties encountered due to conditions of the site which were visible or reasonably inferable, prior to the date of submission of Tenders. Bidders shall accept sole responsibility for any error or neglect on their part in this respect. 26. SAFETY The Company shall obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal Laws, Act, Ordinances, Regulations, Orders-in-Council and By-laws,which could in any way pertain to the work outlined in the Contract or to the Employees of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations made thereunder, on a contractor, a Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Company's obligations under this Contract. The Company shall be aware of and conform to all governing regulations including those established by the Municipality relating to employee health and safety. The Company shall keep employees and subcontractors informed of such regulations. The Company shall provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)to the Municipality for any supplied Hazardous Materials. STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS(continued) 27. UNPAID ACCOUNTS The company shall indemnify the Municipality from all claims arising out of unpaid accounts relating to the work. The Municipality shall have the right at any time to require satisfactory evidence that the work in respect of which any payment has been made or is to be made by the Municipality is free and clear of liens,attachments, claims, demands, charges or other encumbrances. 28. SUSPENSION OF WORK The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, suspend performance by the company from time to time of any part or all of the work for such reasonable period of time as the Municipality may determine. The resumption and completion of work after the suspension shall be governed by the schedule established by the Municipality. 29. CHANGES IN THE WORK The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, direct the Company to make changes to the work. When a change causes an increase or decrease in the work, the contract price shall be increased or decreased by the application of unit prices to the quantum of such increase or decrease, or in the absence of applicable unit prices, by an amount to be agreed upon between the Municipality and the Company. All such changes shall be in writing and approved by the Municipality. 30. CONFLICT OF INTEREST No employee or member of Council of the Municipality shall sell goods or services to the Municipality in accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Policy or have a direct or indirect interest in a Company or own a Company which sells goods or services to the Municipality. 31. MUNICIPAL FREEDOM OF INFORMATION AND PROTECTION OF PRIVACY ACT (MFIPPA) All correspondence, documentation, and information provided to staff of the Municipality of Clarington by every offerer, including the submission of proposals, shall become the property of the Municipality, and as such, is subject to the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act,and may be subject to release pursuant to the Act. Offerers are reminded to identify in their proposal material any specific scientific,technical, commercial, proprietary, or similar confidential information,the disclosure of which could cause them injury. Complete proposals are not to be identified as confidential. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL ARENA EXPANSION CAROLINE STREET NEWCASTLE, ONTARIO TENDER NO. CL-2002-14 i NAME OF FIRM ADDRESS POSTAL CODE TELEPHONE NUMBER FAX NUMBER NAME OF PERSON SIGNING FOR FIRM POSITION OF PERSON SIGNING FOR FIRM TENDERS RECEIVED BY: The Office of the Clerk The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1 C 3E6 01189-tftp.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 1 The Office of the Clerk The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1 C 3E6 Re: NEWCASTLE MEMORIAL ARENA EXPANSION CAROLINE STREET NEWCASTLE, ONTARIO TENDER NO. CL-2002-14 Sir: 1.0 We agree for the (Company Name) Stipulated Price stated below to supply all necessary labour, materials, plant, equipment, services and overtime work as may be required for the execution and completion of all work in connection with the above referenced project for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, in accordance with Instructions to Bidders, The Municipality of Clarington's Standard Terms and Conditions, the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Specifications and Drawings, prepared for that purpose by Barry • Bryan Associates(1991)Limited,Whitby,Ontario and to the entire satisfaction of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington: STIPULATED PRICE (exclusive of GST) Dollars ( ) 2.0 Further, to assist you with the necessary information for tax purposes, etc., the stipulated price includes the following: Provincial Sales Tax $ 3.0 Goods and Services Tax (GST) at 7% to be added to the Stipulated Price $ 4.0 The Stipulated Price includes CASH ALLOWANCES in the amount of$20,000.00(Twenty Thousand Dollars) as listed in the Instructions to Bidders. 5.0 We agree the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject prices bid for the work or for any portion of the work. r that the Owner reserves the right to take an financial benefit from alternates 6.0 We agree g y , submitted, into consideration in the evaluation of all tenders and the subsequent award of the Contract. 7.0 We agree to complete all work including necessary overtime work pursuant to this Contract in the period required to meet the scheduled completion dates as specified. 01189-00200.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 2 8.0 We have received and included for Addenda No. to in the Stipulated Price. 9.0 We submit the following separate prices which are included in the Stipulated Price: (Separate prices shall exclude G.S.T.) A. $ 10.0 In the event that work extra to that included in the Contract is required, and is authorized in writing by the Owner,the Contractor will add the following percentages to the cost of the work. Overhead Profit General Contractor's Work Subcontractor's Work 11.0 We submit the names of subcontractors upon whose tenderthe stipulated price was based: TRADE FIRM ADDRESS Demolition Rough Carpentry Masonry Structural Steel Metal Deck 1 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Glass and Glazing Gypsum Board and Acoustics Resilient Flooring Rubber Flooring Ceramic Tile Painting Plumbing Amount Included in Tender Price Sprinklers Amount Included in Tender Price] $ HVAC Amount Included in Tender Price $ 01189-00200.wpd DIVISION 0 r SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 3 TRADE FIRM ADDRESS Electrical Amount Included in Tender Price 12.0 We have carefully examined all the Tender Documents, have visited the Site, and have a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the Work required under this Contract and of all the , working conditions and schedule requirements. 13.0 We the undersigned agree that this Tender is valid and irrevocable and subject to acceptance by the Owner without notice to us for a period of Ninety(90)days from date of receipt of Tender, and that if notified of award of Contract, we will within ten (10) days of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender: , a) Furnish to the Owner, in care of the Consultant, copies of insurance policies as required by the Conditions of the Contract. b) Furnish to the Owner a breakdown of the Stipulated Price in such form and detail as required by the Owner for progress payments, taxation and internal accounting purposes. C) Furnish to the Owner, a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond, issued by a Surety acceptable to the Owner, each for an amount equalling 100% of the Tender Price to ensure the full and proper completion of the Contract. d) Commence the work forthwith after the receipt of a letter of intent, contract or , Purchase Order or when notified to do so by the Consultant and/or Owner and to execute the work continuously to completion. Time shall be the essence of the Contract and the work shall be completed in accordance with the schedule outlined in the Instructions to Bidders. e) Furnish to the Owner a Clearance Certificate of the Workers'Compensation Board. f Submit within three (3) days. of award of the contract a detailed construction schedule to the Owner for approval. g) Furnish to the Owner a copy of our Corporate Safety Policy. 14.0 Wherever the plural is used herein, the same shall be read and construed as if the singular had been used where the facts and context so requires and as if all necessary grammatical changes had been made. 01189-00200.wpd i r DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM P ge 4 r 15.o Bid Security: Attached to this tender form is a bid deposit in the amount required by the Instructions to Bidders. I/We the undersigned agree that if I/We withdraw this tender or default in executing a contract or providing the required Performance Security in accordance with the terms of the bid documents,the Owner shall have sustained liquidated damages in the amount equal to the difference between the amount of this bid and the amount for which the Owner legally contracts with another party to perform the work, if the latter amount exceeds the former up to a maximum of the amount of the bid deposit and such amount shall become the property of the Owner. 16.0 Bonds: Attached to this Tender Form is an agreement to bond in the amount of 100%for Performance, and 100% for Materials and Labour Payment. 1 17.0 Safety Form: Attached to this Tender is a completed copy of the Municipality of Clarington Health and Safety Practice Form. t 1 _r r r r r 011 as-00200.wpd r !, DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 5 18.0 Signature and Seal of Bidder: Street Address Name of Company City or Town Signature of Company Official , Postal Code Name and Title Telephone No. Signature of Company Official Date Name and Title SEAL Facsimile No. Tenderer's G.S.T. Registration No. If the biddin g firm is a limited company,the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with the signature(s) of the proper signing official(s). 01189-00200.wpd t 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY: Contractors and Sub-contractors are responsible to ensure that their personnel are updated on all safety concerns of the workplace and are aware of the safety requirements as required by the Contractor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Safety performance will be a consideration in the awarding of contract. Under the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Section 23 (1), (2)), it is the constructor's responsibility to ensure that: the measures and procedures prescribed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations are carried out on the rp owect; • every employer and every worker performing work on the rp oject complies with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations (under. the Act); and ' Where so prescribed, a constructor shall, before commencing any work on a project, give to a Director notice in writing of the project containing such information as may be prescribed. DEFINITIONS: Contractor- any individual or firm engaged by the Municipality to do work on behalf of the Municipality Project- means a construction project, whether public or private, including: the construction of a building, bridge, structure, industrial establishment, mining plant, shaft tunnel, caisson, trench, excavation, highway, railway, street, runway, parking lot, cofferdam, conduit, sewer, watermain, service connection, telegraph, telephone or electrical cable, pipe line, duct or well, jor any combination thereof; • the moving of a building;or structure; and an work or undertaking', or an lands or appurtenances used in • Y 9 Y connection with construction. Construction- includes erection, alteration, repair, dismantling, demolition, structural maintenance, painting, land clearing, earth moving, grading, excavating, trenching, digging, boring, drilling, blasting, or concreting, the installation of any machinery or plant, and any work or undertaking in connection with a project. 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY ' 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... , Constructor- means a person who undertakes a project for an owner and includes an owner who undertakes all or part of a project himself or by more than one employer. Project Manager- means the municipal management representative who has responsibility for a contract. PROCEDURE: The following items are required before any Contractors are hired by the Municipality: a) Before beginning a project, the project manager or designate must determine whether any designated substances/hazardous materials are (or will be) present at the site and prepare a list of all these substances. b) The project manager or designate must include, as part of the request for tender/quotations, a copy of the above mentioned list. The list of designated substances/hazardous materials must be provided to all prospective constructors and/or contractors. c) The request for tender/quotations will require prospective contractors to include a list of the designated substances/hazardous materials that will be brought onto the work site and material safety data sheets. d) Before awarding a contract, the contractor(s) will be required to complete and sign the Health and Safety Practice Form (Schedule "A"). The Purchasing Office will maintain all contractors' safety performance records. e) As part of the tender/quotation conditions, before award of a contract, the contractor must provide details of their Health and Safety program. f) The project manager or designate, if necessary, will provide the , successful contractor with a workplace orientation which will include, but not be limited to identifying known potential hazards, hazardous material inventory and material safety data sheets for the sites. , 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... h) Before the start of the assignment the following documentation will be tprovided to the successful contractor, by the project manager or delegate: i) copies of the Municipal Corporate Health and Safety Program ii) departmental health and safety policies iii) workplace procedures regarding health and safety practices i) The contractor has the responsibility to provide any and all prescribed personal protective equipment for their own workers, to include as a minimum but not limited to hard hats and safety boots. If a worker(s) fails to comply with any program, policy, rule or request regarding health and safety, that person(s) is not allowed on the site until the person(s) complies. j) The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors for all health 1 and safety warnings and/or to stop any contractors' work if any of the previously mentioned items are not in compliance. Similarly, the Municipality will have the right to issue warnings and/or to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs, policies, rules, and/or if the contractor creates an unacceptable health and safety hazard. Written warnings and/or stop work orders can be given to contractors using Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Order Form (Schedule „B„) ' k Where applicable, the Municipality will retain the right to allow municipal Pp p employees to refuse to work in accordance with the established policy and the Occupational Health and Safety Act, in any unsafe conditions. 1) The Purchasing Department will maintain current certificates of clearance until all monies owing have been paid to the contractor. m) Responsibility for ensuring contractor compliance to this policy falls upon the project manager or designate. This will include identification, evaluation and control practices and procedures for hazards and follow-up and issuing of Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Orders. r 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY ' 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM To Contractor(s): The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment , for all workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment, contractors, constructors and subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining to employee health and safety. In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the , accident/incident and/or Workplace Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) information noted below, where applicable. • The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER) - The WSIB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups ....................................................................... • The Council Amended Draft #7 (CAD-7) Rating 1 - The WSIB experience rating system for construction rate groups ....................................................................... • Injury frequency performance for the last two years - This may be available from the contractor's trade association. ....................................................................... • Has the contractor received any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two years? (If the answer is yes, please include the infraction). l • Confirmation of Independent Operator Status - The WSIB independent operator number assigned: , (Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WSIB with , their bid submission). i 1 1 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington, I/we will comply with all Asaco g P Y procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety policies, department and site specific polices and procedures and other applicable legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of the public. 1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it, its employees, its subcontractors and their employees: a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, as amended from time to time, and all Regulations thereunder (the 'Act'); and b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance ' with the Act. 2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the contractor/successful tenderer shall: a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and b) ensure that its employees, its subcontractors and their employees act safely and comply with all aspects with the Act. 3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any person of the existence of such act, practice or non- compliance. 4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality and the Health and Safety Committee on the site at any time or times for the purpose of inspection to determine compliance with this contract/tender. 5. No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be an assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act. 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... 6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the Municipality: , a) from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality which may result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees failing to act safely or to comply in all respects with the Act in the performance of any matters required pursuant to this contract/tender; b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought , against the Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any non-compliance with the Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees in the performance of any matter required pursuant to this contract/tender; and c) from any and all charges, fines, penalties and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality (or any of its council members or employees) shall be made a party to any charge under the Act in , relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contract/tender. Contractor Name of Person Signing for Contractor Signature of Contractor Date 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... Schedule "B" CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following) ❑ Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work practices, if it affects our workplace, described below. ❑ Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this contract due to the unsafe work practice described below. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONTRACT. PART "A" - DETAILS OF CONTRACT CONTRACTOR/P.O. # DESCRIPTION: NAME OF FIRM: �i i 1 7. CONTRACTOR SAFETY 7.1 POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... PART "B" - DETAILS OF INFRACTION (TO BE COMPLETED BY ISSUER) DATE AND TIME OF INFRACTION DESCRIPTION OF INFRACTION, INCLUDING LOCATION: ORDER GIVEN BY MUNICIPALITY: DID THE CONTRACTOR COMPLY WITH THIS ORDER? DATE AND TIME OF COMPLIANCE: ISSUED TO: CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEE TITLE ISSUED BY: MUNICIPAL EMPLOYEE DEPARTMENT TITLE PART C - ADDITIONAL COMMENTS THIS SECTION TO BE USED INTERNALLY TO RECORD ADDITIONAL COMMENTS SUBSEQUENT TO ISSUING THE WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER, I.E. DATE AND TIME WORK RESUMED, FURTHER ACTION TAKEN, ETC. l� DIVISION 0 SECTION 00300 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 1.0 GENERAL .1 The Agreement,Definition and General Conditions of this Contract shall be the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC-2, 1994,Stipulated Price Contract,except as amended by the Supplementary General Conditions, Section 00400. r 01189-00300.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 1. GENERAL .1 The Definitions and General Conditions of the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC-2, 1994, Stipulated Price Contract are amended as follows: .2 The Municipality of Clarington Standard Terms and Conditions appended to Instructions to Bidders shall be read in conjunction with, and form part of, the ' Contract document. Wherever the contents of this document exceed the requirements of the General Conditions, provide such additional requirements. ' 2. DEFINITIONS The definitions set out on page 7 of the standard construction document are hereby amended by adding the following sentences to the appropriate paragraphs: .3 The term'Owner'The Municipality of Clarington, shall be understood to mean The ' Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, Bowmanville, Ontario, or their authorized representatives. .7 The term 'Consultant', `Architect'or'Engineer', refers to Barry-Bryan Associates (1991) Limited, or their authorized representatives, in conjunction with the Owner. 3. GC 1.1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .1 Delete from article 1.1.10 "sufficient copies of ...... work" and add: "10 sets of the drawings and specifications upon which the Contract is based. Additional copies of drawings and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at the Contractor's expense." 4. GC 2.3 - REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK ' .1 Add the following to GC 2.3.2: The Contractor shall give the Consultant and the Testing Agency at least three working days notice of the date and time fixed for all required tests and shall supply all labour, materials and fuel, etc. as necessary. 01>as-ooaoo.,pd r DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 5. GC 3.2 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS .1 Add new article as follows: 3.2.6 The Contractor shall afford all other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work. 6. GC 3.7 - SUPERVISOR ' .1 Add new article as follows: ' 3.7.3 The Contractor's Supervisor shall be satisfactory to the Consultant and must be maintained on the job full time until all deficiencies have been corrected and the completion of the Contract has been reached. Applications to replace the Supervisor during or prior to this period will not be considered. 7. GC 3.9 - LABOUR AND PRODUCTS .1 Add new article as follows: t 3.9.4 Manufactured materials and equipment which are specified by their proprietary names or by part of catalogue numbers must be provided. ' Where a number of proprietary materials are specified for one use the Contractor may select any of the materials specified. No substitute for the materials specified will be allowed unless written approval of alternate material equipment is authorized by the Consultant prior to signing of the Contract. .2 Add new article as follows: ' 3.9.5 The Contractor shall use all proprietary materials and equipment in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 8. GC 3.11 - SHOP DRAWINGS .1 Add new article as follows: 3.11.7 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified shop , drawings and submission of 1 sepia and 4 copies of such shop drawings, erection and setting drawings or diagrams including electrical wiring schematics. The Consultant will return 1 sepia and 1 copy to the Contractor. ' 01189-00400.wpd i ' DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 8. GC 3.11 - SHOP DRAWINGS (Cont'd) .2 Add new article as follows: 3.11.8 The term Shop Drawings shall include erection and setting drawings,data sheets and electrical wiring schematics. .3 Add new article as follows: 3.11.9 The Shop Drawing Review Stamp shall be as herein shown: "This review by Barry - Bryan Associates (1991) Limited is for the sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with the general design concept. This review shall not mean that Barry-Bryan Associates(1991)Limited approves 1 the detail design inherent in the shop drawings,responsibility for which shall remain with the Contractor submitting same, and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site for information that pertains solely to fabrication ' processes or to techniques of construction and installation and for co- ordination of the work of all sub-trades". ' REVIEWED ( ) REVIEWED AS MODIFIED ( ) NOT REVIEWED ( ) BARRY- BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED ' BY: DATE: .4 Add new article as follows: 3.11.10 Samples: Reviewed samples will be returned to the Contractor or his ' Superintendent on the site. Materials ordered and/or received must match reviewed samples. Any materials,whether incorporated in the ' building project or not,which do not match reviewed samples,shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 01189-00400.wpd DIVISION 0 , SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 9. GC 3.12 - USE OF THE WORK .1 Add new article as follows: 3.12.3 The Owner shall have the right to enter and occupy the building in whole,or in part, for the purpose of placing fittings and equipment or for other uses before completion of the contract. Such entry and occupation shall not be considered as acceptance of the work or in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to complete the contract. 10. GC 3.14 - CLEAN-UP , .1 Add new article as follows: 14.5 As soon as sections or areas of the work are completed and read for 3 p y painting, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish and waste, replace all broken glass and leave the areas clean suitable for painting to the Painter's ' approval. On completion of the work the Contractor shall remove the dust bywashing and vacuuming with industrial qualityvacuum from walls,ceiling, sills, ledges, etc., thoroughly wash, wax and polish all floors and bases, ' clean and polish all mirrors and glass(both inside and outside)and leave the work in a condition satisfactory to the Consultant. Remove all plant and equipment, sheds,offices, barricades, hoarding, temporary roads, walks, and temporary services, surplus materials, and leave the work site in a condition satisfactory to the Consultant. .2 Add new article as follows: ' 3.14.6 The Owner shall have the right to back charge cleaning to the Contractor if ' not done by the Contractor within 24 hours of notice to clean. .3 Add new article as follows: 3.14.7 The Owner shall have the right to back charge cost of damage to the site 9 g 9 caused by contractor transportation in and out of the site if not repaired before final payment. i 01189-00400.wpd i ' DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 _ SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 11. GC 4.1 - CASH ALLOWANCES .1 Delete article 4.1.4 and insert the following: 4.1.4 In the event that the cost of the work covered by Cash Allowances should exceed the cash allowance, while the contract sum will be adjusted in conformity therewith,there shall be no adjustmentto the Contractor's fee or other expenses such as overhead or profit,it being understood and agreed that the contract sum includes the Contractor's expenses and profit for all Cash Allowances whether or not they are exceeded. Work and material ' covered by Cash Allowance will be tendered later. The General Contractor shall sign the successful bidders as normal subcontractors and assume full responsibility for supervision,scheduling,guarantees and payment for this ' work. 12. GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER ' Delete entire) Articles 5.1.1 and 5.1.2. .1 Y� ' 13. GC 5.3 - PROGRESS PAYMENT ' .1 Refer to Article 5.3.2 - Change "(5)" to "(30)". .2 Add new paragraph: 5.3.3 The Consultant shall deduct,on each Certificate of Payment,after the 10% lien holdback has been deducted,a further 1%,to be set aside and held as a Contract Completion Security Account. The accumulated amount in this account shall be released to the Contractor upon Total Performance of the Work. Partial releases will not be made. ' If,within fifteen(15)days of written notification by Owner at anytime after Substantial Performance,the Contractor does not reach Total Performance, by failing to completely finish outstanding work, the ' Owner shall have the right to complete such work and deduct the cost for such work together with an appropriate administration fee from the Contract Completion Security Account. 14. GC 5.5 - PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE ' WORK .1 Delete Article 5.5.3 entirely. ' 01189-00400.wpd i DIVISION 0 ' SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 15. GC 5.6 - PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK .1 Refer to Article 5.6.1 - Delete and replace with the following: ' "Holdback monies will not be released until 46 days after substantial performance of the Contract." 16. GC 5.7 - FINAL PAYMENT ' .1 Refer to Article 5.7.4 - Change "(5)" to "(30)". ' 17. GC 10.1 -TAXES & DUTIES win ' .1 Add the following to GC 10.1.2: .1 The Contractor must provide a detailed breakdown of additional taxes if ' requested by the Owner in a form satisfactory to the Owner. .2 Profit and overhead shall not be included in the increase or decrease in costs incurred by the Contractor due to changes in the aforementioned taxes and duties. 18. GO 10.2 - LAWS. NOTICES, PERMITS AND FEES .1 Add new articles as follows: , 10.2.6 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to apply and pay for any Permits,the cost of which shall be included in the Stipulated Price except for the ' Municipalityof Clarington Building Permit which will be obtained and paid for by the Owner. 10.2.7 The Contractor will file a Notice of Project with the Ministry and will pay any associated fees. The Contractor will be the`Constructor'as defined by the Construction Health and Safety Act. 19. GC 11.1 - INSURANCE , .1 Add new paragraph: ' 11.1.1(6) The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Barry•Bryan Associates (1991) Limited are to be included in the list of insured. , i 01189-00400.wpd ' ' DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 20. GC 11.2 - BONDS .1 Add new article as follows: ' 11.2.3 The bonds shall cover payment of all obligations occurred in the event of the Contractor's default, including the following: Payment of all legal, architectural, mechanical, electrical and structural engineering expenses incurred by the Owner in determining the extent of work executed and work still to be executed and any additional work required ' as a result of the interruption of the work. Payment of additional expenses to the Owner in the form of Watchmen's services,light,heat,power,etc.,payable overthe period between the default ' of the original contract and commencement of the new contract. 1 21. GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION 1 Add new article as follows: ' 12.1.5 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Consultant(s)forand against anyand all costs and expenses(including legal and architect/engineering services and court costs) arising out of or a consequence of any default of the Contractor under the Contract. 22. GC 12.3 - WARRANTY .1 Add the following to GC 12.3.3: The term"defect"shall not be construed as embracing such imperfections as would naturallyfollow misuse,failure to perform recommended maintenance,accident,or the wear and tear of normal use. Generally,any manufactured item or material,which when used as directed, must ' be capable of such use for the duration of the specified warranty period. Failure to comply with this requirement shall be considered as being a "defect". ' The costs of investigations,tests,repairs and/or replacement and the making good of any resulting damage shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that all required work is performed without undue delay. ' 01189-00400.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 22. GC 12.3 - WARRANTY (Cont'd) The carrying out of the replacement work and making good of defects shall be ' executed at such times as convenient with the Owner,which may entail overtime work on the part of the Contractor. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects , promptly. Additional charges for overtime work in this regard must be borne by the Contractor. Prior to the expiry of the Warranty Period the Owner reserves the right to carry out a detailed and exhaustive inspection of the building with regard to all ' work carried out underthe terms of this contract and the Contractor shall be required to make good the defective or unsatisfactory materials and/or workmanship observed. ' .2 Add new article as follows: 12.3.7 If extended warranties in excess of one year are required elsewhere in the ' Contract Documents, the provision of this article shall also apply for such extended periods. .3 Add new article as follows: ' 12.3.8 Any material or equipment requiring excessive servicing during the warranty , period '(or free maintenance period if applicable) shall be considered defective and the warranty(or free maintenance period)shall be deemed to take effect from the time that the defect has been corrected so as to cause ' excessive servicing to terminate. .4 Add new article as follows: ' 12.3.9 The Contractor shall make good in a permanent manner,satisfactory to the Owner,any and all damage to the work both during construction and during the period of warranty as aforesaid. The Contractor shall commence repairs on any work identified as defective within 48 hours or receipt of notice from the Owner or the Consultant. ' .5 Add new article as follows: 12.3.10 The decision of the Owner and Consultant shall be final as to the ' ,necessity for repairs or for work to be done under this Section. 01189-00400.wpd 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS ' PART 1; GENERAL Item Description Page No. 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.02 SPECIFICATION FORMAT .. . . . • . . . • „ • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.03 CO-OPERATION . 1 1.04 EXAMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.05 CONCEALMENT OF PIPES DUCTS TUBING AND WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.06 LINES, LEVELS AND DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1.07 FASTENINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ' 1.09 CO-ORDINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.10 COLD WEATHER WORKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.11 CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ' 1.12 CLOSING OFF AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1.13 VERIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1.14 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1.15 UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16 DUST CONTROL ON DRIVEWAYS AND IN WORK AREAS • 6 ' 01189-01005.wpd ' DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Unless specified otherwise, the provisions all Sections of Division 1 shall apply to all Sections of the specifications. B. Conform to the General Conditions of the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 1994 Stipulated Price Contract. ' C. Study all Contract Documents to determine additional work required by your Section on which the work of other Sections depend. ' D. Workmanship shall be of highest quality in accordance with best standard practice for this type of work, except where specified more precisely. ' E. All materials shall be exactly as specified or approved alternate. 1.02 SPECIFICATION FORMAT A. These specifications are not intended as a detailed description of installation ' methods but serve to indicate particular requirements in the completed work. B. The Specification format is based on the Uniform Construction Index (U.C.I.) and ' the three part format of the Canadian National Master Specification. It is the contractors sole responsibility to provide all Work indicated in the Contract Documents. C. Separation of materials and products by Section, does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to coordinate and complete the all Sections of the Work in its entirety, and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.03 CO-OPERATION ' A. Cooperate with and coordinate with other trades as required for the satisfactory and expeditious completion of the work. Take field dimensions relative to this work. Fabricate and erect work to suit field dimensions and field conditions. Provide all forms,templates, anchors, sleeves, inserts and accessories required to be fixed to or inserted in the work and set in place or instruct the related trades as to their location. Pay the cost of extra work caused by and make up time lost as the result of failure to provide the necessary cooperation, information or items to be fixed to or built in, in adequate time. 01189-01005.wpd DIVISION 1 O SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 2 1.03 CO-OPERATION (Cont'd) B. Cooperate fully with, and provide assistance to, all outside authorities including Building Inspectors, testing agencies and consultants, with the inspection of the work. , 1.04 EXAMINATION ' A. Examine the work upon which your work depends. Report to Consultant in writing defects in such work. The commencement of work or any part of it, shall be ' deemed acceptance of the work upon which work or that part of it which has been applied depends. B. Drawings are, in part, diagrammatic and are intended to convey scope of work and ' indicate general and approximate location, arrangement and sizes of fixtures and equipment. Obtain more accurate information about locations, arrangement and sizes from study and coordination of shop drawings and interference drawings, , including architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection and electrical drawings and become familiar with conditions and spaces affecting these matters before proceeding with work. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make changes at no additional cost to Owner. Similarly, where existing conditions interfere with new installation and require relocation, include such relocation in the work of this Contract. , C. Install and arrange fixtures and equipment in such a way as to conserve as much headroom and space as possible. ' 1.05 CONCEALMENT OF PIPES, DUCTS, TUBING AND WIRING A. Pipes, ducts, tubing and wiring shall be concealed in the floor, wall and ceiling construction of finished areas wherever possible except where specified more precisely. If any doubt arises as to the means of concealment, request clarification ' from the Consultant before proceeding with the portion of the work in question. B. Do not install conduit, piping or the like exposed on face of exteriorwalls or surfaces , without express consent of the consultant. C. Mechanical and Electrical work shall be inspected and tested before being concealed. 01189-01005.wpd , DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 3 1.06 LINES LEVELS AND DIMENSIONS ' A. Lay out work in accordance with lines and levels shown on Drawings and existing conditions. ' B. Verify lines, levels and dimensions and report errors or inconsistencies in the Drawings to Consultant before commencing shop drawing or the work. C. Levels and dimensions necessary to relate the work of one Section to another Section are the responsibility of the Contractor. D. Carefully layout the building on the site and confirm all bearings and tie in points relative to the existing building. Report any discrepancies to the Owner prior to commencement of the work and proceed only when such discrepancies have been tresolved. E. All necessary job measurements will be taken for proper execution and completion ' of the work. Assume complete responsibility for accuracy and completeness thereof. ' 1.07 FASTENINGS A. Supply all fastenings, anchors and accessories and adhesives required for fabrication and erection of the work. B. Exposed metal fastenings and accessories shall be of same texture, colour and finish as base metal on which they occur. C. Metal fastenings shall be of the same material as the metal component they are anchoring or of a metal which will not result in an electrolytic action which would cause damage to the fastening or metal component under moist or acidic conditions. ' D. Anchoring and fastening devices or adhesive shall be of appropriate type and shall be used in sufficient quantity in such a manner as to provide positive permanent anchorage of the unit to be anchored in position. Install anchors at spacing to provide for required load carrying capacity. E. Keep exposed fastenings to a minimum, evenly spaced and neatly laid out. F. Supply adequate instructions and templates and,if necessary,supervise installation where fastenings or accessories are required to be built into work of other trades. G. Fastenings which cause spalling or cracking of material to which anchorage is being made are not permitted. rH. Powder actuated fastening devices will not be permitted on this project. 01189-01005.wpd DIVISION 1 , SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4 1.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, patch and make good to leave work in a finished condition. , B. Do cutting and patching in the following manner: ' 1. Regardless of which Subcontractor or Section of the specifications is responsible for any portion of cutting and patching work, in each case tradesmen qualified in the work being cut and patched shall be employed to ensure that it is correctly done. 2. Do not cut, drill or sleeve load-bearing members without first obtaining ' Consultant's written authority for each condition. 3. Drill work carefully, leaving clean hole not larger than required. 4. Cut holes after they are located by trades requiring them. 5. Make cuts with clean, true, smooth edges. Fit units to tolerances established and in conformance with best standard practice for applicable class of work. Make patches invisible in finished work. 6. Co-ordinate work of your Section with work of other Sections, taking into ' account existing installations to assure best arrangement of components in available space. For critical locations review with Consultant before commencing work. ' 1.09 CO-ORDINATION A. Co-ordinate all sections of the work. The responsibility as to which subcontractor, or supplier provides labour, material, equipment or services rests solely with the ' Contractor. The Consultant will not be required to settle disputes between the Contractor and subcontractors or suppliers. 1.10 COLD WEATHER WORKING A. It is understood that the STIPULATED PRICE includes all costs for the provision of ' temporary heating, temporary shelters and all other necessary cold weather measures to enable all trades including any assigned sub-trades to proceed without delay regardless of weather, to complete the entire building. 1 1.11 CLEANING A. Keep building and site free from accumulation of dirt, debris and excess materials. Remove oily rags and waste from premises at close of each day, or more often if ' required. B. Vacuum clean all areas prior to painting. Take care to settle and minimize dust before painting begins. Use commercial type vacuum cleaners. 01189-01005.wpd j DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 5 1.11 CLEANING (Cont'd) ' C. Close rooms and areas finished by painter and decorators to all but authorized persons. D. On completion of work remove stains and smudges from paint work, hardware, aluminum and other finished surfaces and wash and polish glass. E. Replace all broken,damaged or scratched glass other than those which have been broken or damaged by those installing them which shall be replaced by the installers. F. Use appropriate apparatus and cleaning materials. Clean manufactured articles in strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions in each case. ' G. Upon completion of final cleaning, remove cleaning equipment, tools, waste materials and debris from the Building and Site. 1.12 CLOSING OFF AREAS ' A. Close off access routes by placing barricades or to prevent unauthorized personnel from having access to areas of the work. Unauthorized personnel shall mean ' anyone not directly concerned with the execution, supervision or inspection of the work. Obtain prior written approval from the Owner at least 10 working days in advance of any required closings . 1 1.13 VERIFICATION ' A. Carefully check the drawings and specifications and draw to the attention of the Consultant any apparent discrepancies or dimensional errors before proceeding with the work. Any job deviation from the specifications and drawings shall be ' drawn to the attention of the Owner and the Consultant for decision before proceeding with the work. Check and verify all dimensions at the job wherever referring to the work. All dimensions when pertaining to the work of other trades shall be verified with the Contractor concerned prior to start of the work. 1.14 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS A. All work or material delivered on the site or premises to form part of the works,shall ' be considered the property of the Contractor until installed and shall not be removed without the consent of the Owner, but the Contractor shall have the right to and shall remove the surplus material after he has completed the work. If so directed by the Owner, such surplus material shall be removed at any time prior to the completion of the work. 0118M1005.wpd DIVISION 1 ' SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 6 1.15 UTILITIES A. Be responsible for the protection of all utilities where required. However, no claims ' will be considered which are based on delays or inconvenience resulting from relocation or repair due to the Contractor failing to provide adequate protection. , B. The location and depth of any underground utilities shown on the Contract Drawings are based on information provided by the Owner. Contact the appropriate utilities for further information in regard to the exact location of all utilities and exercise the necessary care in construction operations and take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the utilities from damage. C. Give proper notices for new services as may be required. Make arrangements with authorities and utilities for service connections required. ' D. Pay any charges levied by utilities or authorities for work carried out by them in connection with this Contract, unless specified otherwise. ' E. Operate and maintain all utility systems affected by work of the Contract, until the building or specific portions thereof have been accepted by the Owner. F. Report existing unknown services encountered during excavation to Consultant for ' instructions; cut back and cap or plug unused services. Be responsible for the protection of all active services encountered and for repair of such services if , damaged. 1.16 DUST CONTROL ON DRIVEWAYS AND IN WORK AREAS , A. Be solely responsible for controlling dust nuisances resulting from operations,both ' within the work limits and elsewhere as directed by the Owner. B. Care shall be taken to control dust. Provide adequate protection and dust screens to the complete satisfaction of the Consultant. ' 01189-01005.wpd ' DIVISION 1 SECTION 01140 WORK RESTRICTIONS - Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Connecting to existing services. B. Special scheduling requirements. C. Owners storage. ' D. Owners access. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE ' A. Temporary Barriers and Enclosures Section 01560 ' 1.03 EXISTING SERVICES ' A. Where Work involves breaking into or connecting to existing services, carry out Work during off hours and at times directed by authorities having jurisdiction, with minimum of disturbance to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. ' B. Obtain information on known underground services from local utilities. C. Construct barriers in accordance with Section 01560 - Temporary Barriers and ' Enclosures. ' 1.04 SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS A. Work will be scheduled by the Contractor in conjunction with the Oshawa Ski Club. ' B. Working hours will be in accordance with local by-laws and ordinances where applicable. C. Co-ordinate and schedule the work as follows: Start: May 6, 2002 Substantial Completion: August 15, 2002 Total Completion: September 1, 2002; D. Provide all labour, material and equipment necessary to meet the Owner's schedule. i 01189-01140.wpd DIVISION 1 ' SECTION 01140 WORK RESTRICTIONS Page 2 1.05 OWNERS STORAGE A. Owner intends to store materials and equipment in designated areas within existing ' building. Be responsible for and protect such materials and equipment until Substantial Performance. Storage areas will be off limits to construction personnel ' except when permitted by the Owner. The contractor will give a,minimum of 48 hours notice of required access to these areas. 1.06 OWNERS ACCESS A. The Owner may access completed areas prior to Substantial Completion, to install ' furniture and fitments. B. Maintain access to driveways and parking areas at all times during construction. ' C. Provide access for other contractors when required by the Owner. D. Maintain access as required for emergency services personnel. PART 2: PRODUCTS ' 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE , PART 3: EXECUTION ' 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE 01189-01140.wpd iDIVISION 1 SECTION 01210 ALLOWANCES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cash Allowances. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee CCDC 2-94 , Stipulated Price ' Contract. 1.03 CASH ALLOWANCES A. Refer to General Conditions, GC4.1. B. Unless otherwise specified, cash allowances shall cover the cost of the materials and equipment delivered F.O.B.job site,and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's handling costs on the site, labour, installation costs, overhead and profit and other ' expenses shall be included separately in the Stipulated Price and not in the Cash Allowance. i� C. Where it is specified that a cash allowance is to include both supply and installation costs, such allowances shall cover the cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site,all applicable taxes and the contractor's handling costs on the site,labour and installation costs and other expenses,except overhead and profit which shall be included separately in the Stipulated Price. D. Where costs under a cash allowance exceed amount of allowance, Contractor will be compensated for the difference between the amount of the allowance and the actual cost. There will be no increase for Contractor's overhead and profit. E. If the cost of the Work covered by allowances, when determined, is more or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly. F. Progress payments on accounts of work authorized under cash allowances shall be included in monthly certificate for payment. G. A schedule shall be prepared by the Contractor to show when items called for under cash allowances must be authorized by the Consultant for ordering purposes so that progress of Work will not be delayed. H. Expenditures from cash allowances shall be authorized in writing by the Consultant. 1 ' 01189-01210.wpd I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01210 ALLOWANCES Page 2 1.03 CASH ALLOWANCES (Cont'd) I. Cash allowance for independent inspection and testing shall cover the cost of such ' services as provided by independent testing agency only. The Contractor's cost for labour,overhead and other expenses shall be included separately in the Stipulated Price and not in the allowance. J. The Contingency Allowance shall be considered as a Cash Allowance and the ' contractor's cost for labour, overhead, profit and the expenditures related to the Contingency Allowance shall be included separately in the Stipulated Price,and not in the allowance. , K. Cause the work covered by allowances to be performed for such amounts and by such persons as the Consultant may select and direct ' L. Refer to Instructions to Bidders, Section 00100, for list of Cash Allowances. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE , PART 3: EXECUTION , I 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE 01189-01210'.wpd 1 ' DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop drawings and product data. B. Samples. C. Certificates and transcripts. D. Procedure submittals. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Instructions Section 01005 B. Quality Control Section 01450 ' C. Closeout Submittals Section 01780 ' 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee CCDC 2-94, Stipulated Price Contract. ' 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE A. Submit to Consultant submittals listed for review. Submit with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in Work. Failure to submit in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for an extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed. B. Work affected by submittal shall not proceed until review is complete. C. Present shop drawings, product data, samples and mock-ups in Imperial units. D. Where items or information is not produced in Imperial units converted values are acceptable. Errors in conversion are the responsibility of the Contractor. E. Review submittals prior to submission to Consultant . This review represents that necessary requirements have been determined and verified, or will be, and that each submittal has been checked and co-ordinated with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. Submittals not stamped, signed, dated and identified as to specific project will be returned without being examined and shall be considered rejected. ' F. Notify Consultant, in writing at time of submission, identifying deviations from requirements of Contract Documents stating reasons for deviations. G. Verify field measurements and affected adjacent Work are coordinated. H. Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submission is not relieved by Consultant's review of submittals. I. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submission from requirements of ' Contract Documents is not relieved by Consultant review. 01189-01330.wpd I i DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 2 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE (Cont'd) J. Keep one reviewed copy of each submission on site. ' 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA , A. Refer to CCDC 2 GC 3.11. B. Indicate materials, methods of construction and attachment or anchorage, erection ' diagrams, connections, explanatory notes and other information necessary for completion of Work.Where-articles or equipment attach or connect to other articles or equipment, indicate that such items have been coordinated, regardless of Section under which adjacent items will be supplied and installed. Indicate cross references to design drawings and specifications. C. Allow seven (7)working days for Consultant's review of each submission. ' D. Adjustments made on shop drawings by Consultant are not intended to change Contract Price. If adjustments affect value of Work, state such in writing to Project Manager prior to proceeding with Work. ' E. Make changes in shop drawings as Consultant may require, consistent with Contract Documents. When resubmitting, notify Consultant in writing of any revisions other than those requested. F. Accompany submissions with transmittal letter, containing: 1. Date. 2. Consultant's Project title and number. ' 3. Project Manager's name and address. 4. Identification and quantity of each shop drawing, product data and sample. 5. Other pertinent data. G. Submissions shall include: 1. Date and revision dates. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name and address of: ' (1) Subcontractor. (2) Supplier. (3) Manufacturer. , 4. Contractor's stamp, signed by Contractor's authorized representative certifying approval of submissions, verification of field measurements and compliance with Contract Documents. , 5. Details of appropriate portions of Work as applicable: (1) Fabrication. (2) Layout, showing dimensions, including identified field dimensions, ' and clearances. (3) Setting or erection details. (4) Capacities. ' (5) Performance characteristics. (6) Standards. (7) Operating weight. , (8) Wiring diagrams. 01189-01330.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 3 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA (Cont'd) ' (9) Single line and schematic diagrams. (10) Relationship to adjacent work. ' H. After Consultant's review, distribute copies. I. Submit 4 prints of shop drawings for each requirement requested in specification Sections and as consultant may reasonably request. J. Submit 4 copies of product data sheets or brochures for requirements requested in specification Sections and as requested by Consultant where shop drawings will not be prepared due to standardized manufacture of product. K. Delete information not applicable to project. L. Supplement standard information to provide details applicable to project. M. If upon review by Consultant,no errors or omissions are discovered or if only minor corrections are made, 2 copies will be returned and fabrication and installation of ' Work may proceed. If shop drawings are returned stamped "not reviewed", noted copy will be returned and re-submission of corrected shop drawings,through same procedure indicated above, must be performed before fabrication and installation ' of Work may proceed. N. The review of shop drawings by the Consultant is for sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with general design concept. This review shall not mean that the Consultant approves detail design inherent in shop drawings, responsibility for which shall remain with Contractor submitting same, and such review shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in shop drawings or of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at job site, for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and installation and for co-ordination of Work of all sub-trades. 1.06 SAMPLES A. Submit for review samples as requested in respective specification Sections.Label samples with origin and intended use. B. Deliver samples prepaid to Consultant's business address. C. Notify Consultant in writing, at time of submission of deviations in samples from requirements of Contract Documents. ' D. Where colour, pattern or texture is criterion, submit full range of samples. E. Adjustments made on samples by Consultant are not intended to change Contract Price. If adjustments affect value of Work, state such in writing to Consultant prior ' to proceeding with Work. i F. Make changes in samples which Consultant may require, consistent with Contract Documents. G. Reviewed and accepted samples will become standard of workmanship and material against which installed Work will be verified. ' 01189-01330.wpd DIVISION 1 ' SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 4 1.07 MOCK-UPS A. Erect mock-ups in accordance with 01450 - Quality Control. 1.08 CERTIFICATES AND TRANSCRIPTS , A. Immediately after award of Contract,submit Workplace Safety and Insurance Board , status, transcription of insurances, bonds and all other documents, certificates or transcripts required by the Contract documents. 1.09 PROCEDURES A. Where required by the Contract Documents, submit Safe Work Plans and Waste Management plans to the Owner. B. Submit one copy of the Contractors Corporate Construction Safety Policy to the ' Owner. C. Submit a Fire Safety Plan as specified in Section 01545. ' D. Submit WHMIS Material Safety Data Sheets for all hazardous products and materials to be used on site, to the Owner. Maintain copies of MSDS on site. ' PART 2: PRODUCTS , 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE 01189-01330.wpd i DIVISION 1 SECTION 01410 _ REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. References and Codes. B. Standards and Definitions. C. Hazardous Materials. D. Spills Reporting. E. Waste Management Program. F. Smoking Environment. G. Potable Water Systems. H. Access for Inspection and Testing. I. Other Regulatory Requirements. ' 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1 A. General Instructions Section 01005 B. Safety Requirements Section 01545 C. Selective Demolition Section 02050 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. Perform Work in accordance with the Ontario Building Code Act, O. Reg. 403/97, the Ontario Building Code (OBC)and other codes of provincial or local application provided that in case of conflict or discrepancy, more stringent requirements apply. D. Where a material is designated in the Contract Documents for a certain application, unless otherwise specified, that material shall conform to standards designated in the Code. Similarly,unless otherwise specified,installation methods and standards of workmanship shall also conform to standards invoked by the aforementioned Code. E. Meet or exceed requirements of: 1. Contract documents. 2. Specified standards, codes and referenced documents. 3. Manufacturers instructions. F. Where requirements of Contract Documents exceed Code requirements provide such additional requirements. G. Where the Building Code or the Contract Documents do not provide all information necessary for complete installation of an item,then the manufacturer's instructions for first quality workmanship shall be strictly complied with. 01189-01410.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 2 1.04 STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS A. Where a reference is made to specification standards produced by various organizations, conform to latest edition of standards, as amended and revised to date of Contract. B. Have a copy of each specified standard which relates to your work available on the site to be produced immediately on Consultant's request. C. Where a standard designates authorities such as the "Engineer", the "Owner" (when used in a sense other than that defined in the General Conditions) the "Purchaser" or some other such designation, these designations shall be taken to mean the Consultant. D. Wherever the words"acceptable","approved","satisfactory","selected","directed", "submit", or similar words or phrases are used in standards or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, it shall be understood that they mean, unless the context provides otherwise, "acceptable to the Consultant", "approved by the Consultant", satisfactory to the Consultant", � , selected by the Consultant", directed by the Consultant","inspected by the Consultant","instructed by the Consultant","required by the Consultant" and "submit to the Consultants". ' 1.05 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS , A. The Owner will arrange for independent testing of suspected hazardous materials and removal of confirmed hazardous substances. B. In the event of discovery of potentially hazardous materials including friable materials, immediately stop work and notify the Owner, both orally and in writing. C. PCB: Products containing PCB, where identified or suspected shall be brought to the attention of the Consultant. Lamp ballasts containing PCB capacitors shall be handled and stored as outlined in O. Reg. 362. D. Any lead containing waste materials, including lead based paint etc, is to be handled and disposed of in accordance with O. Reg. 347. E. "Hazardous Materials"will not be introduced for experimental or any other use prior to being evaluated for hazards. , F. Make known to the Consultant those"hazardous materials" intended to be used in the workplace and receive"Permission to Use"before introducing to the Universities ' property. In addition,the Contractor shall be responsible for providing any;content data and safe use data, as may be required. 01189-01410.wpd ' I t DIVISION 1 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 3 1.05 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (Cont'd) G. Definition: "Hazardous Material" is material, in any form, which by its nature, may be flammable,explosive,irritating,corrosive,poisonous,or may react violently with other materials, if used, handled or stored improperly. Included are substances prohibited, restricted, designated or otherwise controlled by law. H. Many common construction materials such as asbestos pipe and various insulations are hazardous materials and shall not be used under any circumstances. Such materials are banned from the Owner's facilities. 1.06 SPILLS REPORTING A. Spills or discharges of pollutants or contaminants under the control of the Contractor, and spills or discharges of pollutants or contaminants that are a result ' of the Contractor's operations that cause or are likely to cause adverse effects shall forthwith be reported to the Consultant. Such spills or discharges and their adverse effects shall be as defined in the Environmental Protection Act R.S.O. 1980. B. All spills or discharges of liquid,other than accumulated rain water,from luminaries, internally illuminated signs, lamps,and liquid type transformers under the control of ' the Contractor, and all spills or discharges from this equipment that are a result of the Contractor's operations shall, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract, be assumed to contain PCB's and shall forthwith be reported to the Owner and Authorities. C. This reporting will not relieve the Contractor of his legislated responsibilities regarding such spills or discharges. 1.08 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM A. Submit to the Owner for approval, a Waste Management Policy. ' B. The Waste Management Policy shall clearly state the Contractor's proposed procedures for the removal, separation, storage, transportation and disposal of all waste materials. C. The Waste Management Policy shall include a Source Separation Program for recyclable waste, and shall be in accordance with the requirements of O. Reg. 102/94. D. Waste materials shall include surplus excavated material, material from demolition, scrap construction material and the like. 01189-01410.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 4 1 1.08 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM (Cont'd) E. Reduce construction and demolition waste in compliance with O. Reg. 102/94. ' F. Reduction will involve action to minimize quantity of waste at source. Reuse ' products which would become waste where practical. Recycling will involve collection and source separation at the site, of materials for use as feedstock in manufacturing of new products. G. Conform to local Municipal Landfill Solid waste management requirements. Consider reduction, reuse and recycling of waste generated during construction , such as dimensional lumber, clean drywall, concrete., brick, scrap metal and corrugated cardboard. 1.09 BUILDING SMOKING ENVIRONMENT A. Smoking is not permitted in the buildings. 1.10 POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS A. Potable water systems must meet criteria and guidelines established by Provincial and Regional authorities, prior to occupancy by the Owner. ' 1.11 ACCESS FOR INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Cooperate fully with and provide assistance to, all outside authorities including Building Inspectors, utilities, testing agencies and consultants, with the inspection of the Work. ' 1.12 OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS , A. Conform to the requirements of the Ontario Ministry of Transportation,Regional and Local authorities regarding transportation of materials. ' B. Conform to the requirements of the Ontario Ministry of the Environment. C. Conform to the requirements of the Ontario Ministry of Labour. D. Conform to all applicable local by-laws, regulations and ordinances. , 01189-01410.wpd i DIVISION 1 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 5 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE 1 01189-01410.wpd 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL Page 1 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Inspection and testing, administrative and enforcement requirements. B. Tests and mix designs. C. Equipment and system adjust and balance. r 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Instructions Section 01005 B. Allowances Section 01210 C. Submittal Procedures Section 01330 D. Closeout Submittals Section 01780 1.03 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Requirements specified herein do not apply to the following: rInspection and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders by public authorities. 2. Testing,adjustment and balancing of mechanical and electrical systems and r equipment. 3. Inspection and testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience. r 1.04 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC) 1. CCDC 2-94, Stipulated Price Contract. r 1.05 INSPECTION A. Refer to CCDC 2, GC 2.3. B. Allow Consultant access to Work. If part of Work is in preparation at locations other ' than Place of Work, allow access to such Work whenever it is in progress. C. Give timely notice requesting inspection if Work is designated for special tests, r inspections:or approvals by Consultant, instructions, or law of Place of Work. r 01189-01450.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL Page 2 t 1.05 INSPECTION (Cont'd) D. If Contractor covers or permits to be covered Work that has been designated for special tests, inspections or approvals before such is made, uncover such Work, have inspections or tests satisfactorily completed and make good such Work. E. Consultant may order any part of Work to be examined if Work is suspected to be not in accordance with Contract Documents. If, upon examination such work is found not in accordance with Contract Documents,correct such Work and pay cost of examination and correction. If such Work is found in accordance with Contract Documents, Owner shall pay cost of examination and replacement. 1.06 INSPECTION AGENCIES A. Independent Inspection and Testing Agencies will be engaged by the Owner for , purpose of inspecting and/or testing portions of the Work. Cost of such services will be borne by the Owner. , B. Independent Inspection and Testing Agencies do not have authorization to amend or release any requirements of Contract Documents, nor to approve or reject , portions of the Work. C. Provide equipment required for executing inspection and testing by appointed agencies. Provide casual labour and other incidental services required by testing and inspection agency. D. Employment of inspection/testing agencies does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents. E. If defects are revealed during inspection and/or testing, appointed agency will , request additional inspection and/or testing to ascertain full degree of defect. Correct defect and irregularities as advised by Consultant at no cost to the Owner. Pay costs for retesting and reinspection. F. Failure by the independent inspection and testing agency to detect defective work or materials shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered, nor shall it obligate consultant for final acceptance. 1.07 ACCESS TO WORK'' A. Allow inspection/testing agencies access to Work, including off site manufacturing and fabrication plants. B. Cooperate to provide reasonable facilities for such access. 01189-01450.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL Page 3 1.08 PROCEDURES A. Notify appropriate agency and Consultant in advance of requirement for test, in order that attendance arrangements can be made. B. Submit samples and/or materials required for testing, as specifically requested in specifications. Submit with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence so as not to cause delay in Work. C. Provide labour and facilities to obtain and handle samples and materials on site. Provide sufficient space to store and cure test samples. D. Refer to technical specification sections for specific inspection and testing requirements. 1.09 REJECTED WORK A. Refer to CCDC, GC 2.4. B. Remove defective Work, whether result of poor workmanship, use of defective products or damage and whether incorporated in Work or not, which has been rejected by Consultant as failing to conform to Contract Documents. Replace or re- ' execute in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Make good other Contractor's work damaged by such removals or replacements promptly. D. If in opinion of Consultant it is not expedient to correct defective Work or Work not performed in accordance with Contract Documents, Owner may deduct from Contract Price difference in value between Work performed and that called for by Contract Documents, amount of which shall be determined by the Consultant. 1.10 REPORTS ' A. Submit four (4) copies of inspection and test reports to Consultant. B. Provide copies to sub-contractor of work being inspected or tested. 1 1.11 TESTS AND MIX DESIGNS A. Furnish test results and mix designs as may be requested. B. The cost of tests and mix designs beyond those called for in Contract Documents or beyond those required by law of Place of Work shall be appraised by Consultant rand may be authorized as recoverable. 01189-01450.wpd i DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL Page 4 1.12 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit adjustment and balancing reports for mechanical, electrical and building equipment systems. B. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for definitive requirements. PART 2: PRODUCTS i 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE i t i 1 i i t i i i 01189-01450.wpd i DIVISION 1 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES j A. Construction aids. B. Office and sheds. C. Construction Access and Parking. 1 D. Waste disposal. E. Project identification. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Instructions Section 01005 B. Regulatory Requirements Section 01410 C. Safety Requirements Section 01545 D. Temporary Barriers and Enclosures Section 01560 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee CCDC 2- 94 , Stipulated Price Contract. ' s B. Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) 1. CGSB 1-GP-189M, Primer, Alkyd, Wood, Exterior. ' 2. CGSB 1.59, Alkyd Exterior Gloss Enamel. C. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 1. CAN3-A23.1, Concrete Materials and Methods for Concrete Construction. 2. CSA-0121, Douglas Fir Plywood. 3. CAN3-Z321, Signs and Symbols for the Workplace. 1 1.04 INSTALLATION AND REMOVALS ' A. Provide construction facilities in order to execute work expeditiously. B. Remove from site all such work after use. C. Make good all surfaces and restore site where disturbed by removal of temporary facilities. 01189-01520.wpd �I DIVISION 1 ' SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Page 2 1.05 FALSEWORK A. Design and construct falsework in accordance with CSA S269.1, and Ministry of Labour Regulations. 1.06 SCAFFOLDING A. Provide and maintain scaffolding in accordance with CSA S269.2-M. j B. Erect scaffolding independent of wails. Use in such a manner as to interfere as little as possible with other trades. When not in use, move as necessary to permit installation of other work. Construct and maintain scaffolding in a rigid, secure and safe manner. Scaffolding must comply with all safety regulations in force in the Province of Ontario. C. Scaffolds must be in good condition and if equipped with wheels. Wheels must be locked when in use. , D. Planking on scaffolds must meet the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1991 and Regulations for Construction Projects. ' 1.07 SHORING A. Prior to commencement of the work, submit complete shoring designs to the Consultant and to the Municipality of Clarington Building Department. B. Shoring shall be designed to safely support all loads and excavations reuqired. C. Shoring shall be designed and stamped by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the Province of Ontario. 1.08 SITE STORAGE AND LOADING r A. Refer to CCDC 2, GC 3.12. , B. Confine work and operations of employees to areas of buildings affected by Contract Documents. Do not unreasonably encumber premises with products. C. Do not load or permit to load any part of Work with a weight or force that will endanger the Work. D. Store packed materials in original,undamaged condition with manufacturer's labels and seals intact. Handle and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Replace all damaged material. 01189-01520.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Page 3 1.09 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS AND PARKING A. Parking will be permitted on site provided it does not disrupt the performance of Work. B. Provide and maintain adequate access to project site as indicated and where directed by the Owner. C. Height, width and weight restrictions must be verified prior to bringing equipment into the work area. D. Provide flagmen to direct traffic for large vehicles accessing public roads from the site. E. Obey and enforce all parking restrictions and speed limits. 1.10 SECURITY A. Be responsible for security of site, equipment, tools and materials. i 1.11 OFFICES A. Provide office space,of sufficient size to accommodate site meetings and furnished with drawing lay-down table. One Dressing Room may be made available for the 1 Contractor's use. B. Provide a clearly marked and fully stocked first-aid case in a readily available location. C. Subcontractors may provide their own offices as necessary and if space permits. Location of these offices will be as directed by the Contractor: 1.12 EQUIPMENT TOOL AND MATERIAL STORAGE ' A. Provide and maintain,in a clean and orderly condition,lockable weatherproof sheds for storage of tools, equipment and materials. B. Locate materials not required to be stored in weatherproof sheds on site in a manner to cause least interference with work activities and in a location assigned by the Owner. 01189-01520.wpd I 1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Page 4 1.13 TEMPORARY POWER A. Arrange and pay for temporary power connections. Power is available at the site for connection, subject to Owner's approval. Size of power supply shall be adequate to allow for use of all required tools and equipment including temporary lighting. B. Be responsible for the supply,installation,maintenance and removal of the following temporary facilities: 1. Distribution transformers. 2. Distribution panel boards. 3. Branch wiring. 4. Grounding. 5. Lighting Fixtures. 6. Power Centres/Outlets. C. All equipment used shall be CSA approved. ' D. Wiring and method of installation shall conform to Ontario Hydro requirements and shall be reviewed by an Ontario Hydro inspector and the Consultant prior to use. E. Provide all temporary lighting and power systems as necessary. 1.14 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities for work force in accordance with governing regulations t and ordinances. B. Post notices and take such precautions as required by local health authorities.Keep area and premises in sanitary condition. 1.15 WATER A. Provide all water necessary to complete the work. B. Conveniently locate water supply for use by all sections of the work. Protect water lines from freezing. C. Water shall be potable and shall meet the requirements of the technical sections of the specifications. 01189-01520.wpd i DIVISION 1 ■ SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Page 5 1.16 WASTE DISPOSAL A. Provide appropriate garbage disposal bins. Dispose of all garbage and waste materials on a regular basis and in accordance with applicable legislation and municipal by-laws. Do not use Owner's refuse containers for construction debris. B. Do not permit waste to accumulate on site. C. Comply with the Waste Management Program specified in Section 01410. 1.17 CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE A. No signs or advertisements, other than warning signs are permitted on site. B. Safety and Instruction Signs and Notices: Graphic symbols shall conform to CAN3-Z321. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE 01189-01520.wpd r DIVISION 1 SECTION 01545 _ SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 1 PART 1: G_ NERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES I A. Safety Requirements. B. Fire Protection. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Instructions Section 01005 t C. Regulatory Requirements Section 01410 D. Construction Facilities Section 01520 E. Selective Demolition Section 02050 1.03 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Observe and enforce all construction safety measures and comply with the latest edition and amending regulations of the following documents and in the event of iany differences among those provisions, the most stringent shall apply: 1. Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects, August 1997, Ontario Regulation 213/91 as amended by Ontario Regulation 631/94, R.R.O. 1990, Regulation 834. 2. Hazardous Projects Act and Canada Labour Code. 3. The Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. 4. Ontario Building Code Act Chapter 51 and Ontario Regulation 403/97 including amendments. 5. Ontario Regulation 454-Fire Codes and Building Construction Operation DFC No. 301, issued by the Dominion Fire Commissioner. 6. Regulation 447- Environmental Protection Act. 7. National Building Code of Canada, Part 8: Safety Measures on Construction and Demolition Sites. 8. National Fire Code of Canada. 9. The Power Commission Act. ,10. The Boiler and Pressure Vessels Act. 11. The Operating Engineer's Act. 12. Municipal statutes. B. Obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal Laws, Acts, Statutes, Regulations, Ordinances and By-laws which could in any way, pertain to the work outlined in the Contract,or to any employees of the Contractor. Satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations made thereunder, on a Contractor, and Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Contractors obligations under this Contract. 01189-01545.wpd r� DIVISION 1 SECTION 01545 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 2 1.03 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS (Cont'd) C. The Contractor will be the"Constructor"as defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and will file a Notice of Project with the Ontario Ministry of Labour prior to commencement of the work. D. Confined Space: Where applicable, provide the Consultant and all Regulatory Authorities with a copy of the Contractors'Confined Space Entry Procedure. In the event that defined procedures are not available, abide by the applicable requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act and all regulations made thereunder. E The supervisor of the project, will be responsible for his employees and subcontractors/suppliers maintaining standard safety practices, as well as the specific safety rules listed below, while working on the Owner's property. F. The Owner reserves the right to order individuals to leave the site if the individual is in violation of any safety requirement or any Act, and any expense incurred will be the responsibility of the Contractor. G. Notify the Owner should any hazardous condition become apparent. Refer to Section 01410. H. Enforce the use of CSA approved hard hats and safety boots for all persons entering or working at the construction site. Refuse admission to those refusing to conform to this requirement. I. Provide safeguard and protection against accident or injury to any person on the site, adjacent work areas and adjacent property. J. Provide safeguard and protection against damage.to adjacent structures,properties and services. 1.04 FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide safeguard and protection against fire in accordance with current fire codes and regulations. B. Provide temporary fire protection throughout the course of construction. Particular attention shall be paid to the elimination of fire hazards. C. Comply with the requirements of FCC No. 301 Standards for Construction Operations issued by the Fire Commissioner of Canada and the National Building Code. 01189-01545.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01545 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 3 1.04 FIRE PROTECTION (Cont'd) tD. Prior to demolition or construction, submit to the Owner and Consultant for review, a "Fire Safety Plan" conforming to Section 2.14 of the National Fire Code of Canada. Maintain a copy of the"Fire Safety Plan" on site. E. Provide and maintain portable fire extinguishers during demolition and construction, in accordance with Part 6 of the National Fire Code of Canada. fighting F. Maintain unobstructed access for fire g g at all areas in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE i 01189-01545.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01560 _ TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Barriers B. Environmental Controls. C. Traffic Controls. D. Fire Routes. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Instructions Section 01005 B. Construction Facilities Section 01520 C. Selective Demolition Section 02050 D. Rough Carpentry Section 06100 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) 1. CGSB 1.189M, Primer, Alkyd, Wood, Exterior. 2. CGSB 1.59, Alkyd Exterior Gloss Enamel. E. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 1. CSA 0121 Douglas Fir Plywood. 1.04 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL A. Provide temporary controls in order to execute Work expeditiously. B. Remove from site all such work after use. 1.05 HOARDING A. Erect temporary hoardings using nominal 2 x 4 (38 x 89 mm) construction grade lumber framing at 24" (610 mm) centres and 4'-0"x 8'-0" x 1/2"thick (1219 x 2438 x 13mm) exterior grade fir plywood to CSA 0121-M. 01189-01560.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES Page 2 1.06 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES A. Provide secure, rigid guard rails and barricades around excavations, open edges of floors. B. Provide all necessary barricades,fencing, hoarding and railings to protect the work areas and prevent access by unauthorized personnel from entering the site. Provide all necessary safety screens and hoarding to protect pedestrians and vehicles passing through the work area when necessary. C. Provide as required by governing authorities. 1.07 WEATHER ENCLOSURES A. Maintain the existing building in a secure and weatherproof condition at all times during construction. 1.08 DUST TIGHT SCREENS A. Provide and maintain dust tight screens or insulated partitions to localize dust generating activities, and for protection of workers,finished areas of Work, existing buildings and public. B. Maintain and relocate protection until such work is complete. 1.09 ACCESS TO SITE A. Provide and maintain access roads, ramps and construction runways as may be required for access to Work. 1.10 PUBLIC TRAFFIC FLOW A. Provide and maintain signal flag operators, traffic signals, barricades and flares, lights, or lanterns as required to perform Work and protect the public. 1.11 FIRE ROUTES A. Maintain access to property including overhead clearances for use by emergency response vehicles. 01189-01560.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES Page 3 1.12 PROTECTION FOR OFF-SITE AND PUBLIC PROPERTY A. Protect surrounding private and public property from damage during performance of Work. B. Be responsible for damage incurred. 1.13 PROTECTION OF BUILDING FINISHES A. Provide protection for finished and partially finished building and existing building finishes and equipment during performance of Work. B. Protect existing ice pad at all times by covering work areas with plywood sheathing. C. Provide necessary screens, covers, and hoardings. D. Confirm with Consultant locations and installation schedule 3' days prior to _ installation. E. Be responsible for damage incurred due to lack of or improper protection. F. Damaged work shall be made good by the appropriate trade. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE ,j 01189-01560.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Pane 1 PART 1: GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative procedures preceding preliminary and final inspections of Work. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Closeout Submittals Section 01780 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC) 1. CCDC 2- 94 , Stipulated Price Contract. B. OAA/OGCA Document 100 - Recommended procedures regarding Substantial Performance of Construction Contracts and Completion Take Over of Projects. C. The Construction Lien Act. 1.04 INSPECTION AND DECLARATION A. Contractor's Inspection: All Sub-contractors shall conduct an inspection of Work, identify deficiencies and defects, and repair as required to conform to Contract Documents. 1. Notify Consultant in writing of satisfactory completion of Contractor's Inspection and that corrections have been made. 2. Request Consultant's Inspection. B. Consultant's Inspection: Consultant and Contractor will perform inspection of Work to identify obvious defects or deficiencies. Contractor shall correct Work accordingly. C. Completion: submit written certificate that following have been performed: 1. Work has been completed and inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 2. Defects have been corrected and deficiencies have been completed. 3. Equipment and systems have been tested, adjusted and balanced and are fully operational. 4. Certificates required by Boiler Inspection Branch, Fire Commissioner,Utility ' companies, and other regulatory agencies have been submitted. 5. Operation of systems have been demonstrated to Owner's personnel. 6. Work is complete and ready for Final Inspection. 01189-01770.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Page 2 1.04 INSPECTION AND DECLARATION (Cont'd) D. Final Inspection: when items noted above are completed, request final inspection of Work by Consultant , and Contractor. If Work is deemed incomplete Consultant, complete outstanding items and request reinspection. E. Declaration of Substantial Performance:when Consultant consider deficiencies and defects have been corrected and it appears requirements of Contract have been substantially performed,make application for certificate of Substantial Performance. Refer to CCDC 2, General Conditions Article GC 5.4- Substantial Performance of Work and the Construction Lien Act for specifics to application. F. Commencement of Lien and Warranty Periods: date of Owner's acceptance of submitted declaration of Substantial Performance shall be date for commencement for warranty period and commencement of lien period unless required otherwise by lien statute of Place of Work. G. Final Payment:When Consultant considers final deficiencies and defects have been corrected and it appears requirements of Contract have been totally performed, make application for final payment. Refer to CCDC 2, General Conditions Article GC 5.7 for specifics to application. H. Payment of Holdback: After issuance of certificate of Substantial Performance of Work, submit an application for payment of holdback amount in accordance with CCDC 2, General Conditions Article 5.5. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE 01189-01770.wpd l � DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. As-built, samples, and specifications. B. Record drawings. C. Equipment and systems. D. Product data, materials and finishes, and related information. E. Operation and maintenance data. F. Spare parts, special tools and maintenance materials. G. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. General Instructions Section 01005 B. Submittal Procedures Section 01330 C. Closeout Procedures Section 01770 ' 1.03 SUBMISSIONS A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B. Copy will be returned after final inspection, with Consultant's comments. C. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal D. Two weeks prior to Substantial Performance of the Work,submit to the Consultant, three final copies of operating and maintenance manuals. E. Ensure spare parts, maintenance materials and special tools provided are new, undamaged or defective, and of same quality and manufacture as products provided in Work. F. If requested, furnish evidence as to type, source and quality of products provided. G. Defective products will be rejected, regardless of previous inspections. Replace products at own expense. H. Pay costs of transportation. � L 01189-01780.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 2 1.04 FORMAT A. Organize data in the form of an instructional manual. B. Binders: vinyl, hard covered, 3 'D' ring, loose leaf 8 1/2"x 11" (219 x 279 mm)with ' spine and face pockets. C. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. Identify contents of each binder on spine. D. Cover: Identify each binderwith type or printed title'Project Record Documents;list title of project and identify subject matter of contents. E. Arrange content by systems, under Section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents. F. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system,with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. ' G. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data. H. Drawings: provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages 1.05 CONTENTS-EACH VOLUME A. Table of Contents: provide title of project; 1. Date of submission; names, 2. Addresses,and telephone numbers of Consultant and Contractorwith name of responsible parties; 3. Schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of volume. B. For each product or system: 1. List names, addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. C. Product Data: mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation; delete inapplicable information. D. Drawings: supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. 01189-01780.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 3 1.05 CONTENTS-EACH VOLUME (Cont'd) E. Typewritten Text:as required to supplement product data.Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions specified in Section 01450 - Quality Control. 1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES A. In addition to requirements in General Conditions,maintain at the site for Consultant one record copy of: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Field test records. ' 7. Inspection certificates. 8. Manufacturer's certificates. B. Store record documents and samples in field office apart from documents used for construction. Provide files, racks, and secure storage. C. Label record documents and file in accordance with Section number listings in List of Contents of this Project Manual. Label each document"PROJECT RECORD"in neat, large, printed letters. D. Maintain record documents in clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. E. Keep record documents and samples available for inspection by Consultant . 1.07 RECORDING ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS A. Record information on set of black line opaque drawings obtained from the Consultant. B. Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colours for each major system, for recording information. C. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal Work until required information is recorded. 01189-01780.wpd i DIVISION 1 , SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 4 1.07 RECORDING ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS (Cont'd) D. Contract Drawings and shop drawings: legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: 1. Any deviation from construction documents. ' 2. Measured depths of elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum. ' 3. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 4. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. 5. Field changes of dimension and detail. 6. Changes made by change orders. 7. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 8. References to related shop drawings and modifications. E. Specifications: legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: ' 1. Manufacturer,trade name, and catalogue number of each product actually installed, particularly optional items and substitute items. 2. Changes made by Addenda and change orders. ' F. Other Documents: maintain manufacturer's certifications, inspection certifications, field test records, required by individual specifications sections. 1.08 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: include description of unit or system, and component parts. Give function, normal operation characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. B. Panel board circuit directories: provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications. C. Include installed colour coded wiring diagrams. D. Operating Procedures: include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. E. Maintenance Requirements: include routine procedures and guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair,and reassembly instructions;and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. i 01189-01780.wpd ' DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 5 1.08 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS (Cont'd) F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. ' G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. ' I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. ' J. Provide installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. K. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with installed colour coded piping ' diagrams. L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers,with location and function of each valve,keyed to flow and control diagrams. M. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts,current prices,and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. N. Include test and balancing reports as specified in Section 01450 Quality Control. O. Additional requirements: As specified in individual specification sections. 1.09 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: include product data, with catalogue number, size, composition, and colour and texture designations. B. Instructions for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Moisture-protection and Weather-exposed Products: include manufacturer's ' recommendations for cleaning agents and methods,precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. D. Additional Requirements: as specified in individual specifications sections. 1.10 SPARE PARTS A. Provide spare parts, in quantities specified in individual specification sections. 01189-01780.wpd DIVISION 1 ' SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 6 1.10 SPARE PARTS (Cont'd) B. Provide items of same manufacture and quality as items in Work. C. Deliver to site; place and store. ' D. Receive and catalogue all items. Submit inventory listing to Consultant. Include approved listings in Maintenance Manual. ' E. Obtain receipt for delivered products and submit prior to final payment. 1.11 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide maintenance and extra materials, in quantities specified in individual , specification sections. B. Provide items of same manufacture and quality as items in Work. C. Deliver to site; place and store. D. Receive and catalogue all items. Submit inventory listing to Consultant . Include ' approved listings in Maintenance Manual. E. Obtain receipt for delivered products and submit prior to final payment. 1.12 SPECIAL TOOLS ' A. Provide special tools, in quantities specified in individual specification section. ' B. Provide items with tags identifying their associated function and equipment. C. Deliver to site ; place and store. , D. Receive and catalogue all items. Submit inventory listing to Consultant . Include approved listings in Maintenance Manual. ' 1.13 STORAGE, HANDLING AND PROTECTION , A. Store spare,parts, maintenance materials, and special tools in manner to prevent damage or deterioration. B. Store in original and undamaged condition with manufacturer's seal and labels intact. ' 01189-01780.wpd I t ' DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 7 1.13 STORAGE, HANDLING AND PROTECTION (Cont'd) C. Store components subject to damage from weather in weatherproof enclosures. D. Store paints and freezable materials in a heated and ventilated room. E. Remove and replace damaged products at own expense and to satisfaction of Consultant. 1.14 WARRANTEES AND BONDS A. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to Table of Contents listing. ' B. List subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer,with name, address,and telephone number of responsible principal. ' C. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten (10) days after completion of the applicable item of ' work. D. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of ' time of warranty until the Date of Substantial Performance is determined. E. Verify that documents are in proper form,contain full information,and are notarized. F. Co-execute submittals when required. G. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION ' 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE 01 1119-01780,W11 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02050 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL ' 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. B. Submit detailed written schedule and a proposal for demolition procedures to Consultant for review prior to commencement of demolition. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry Section 04200 B. Rough Carpentry Section 06100 ' C. Mechanical Division 15 D. Electrical Division 16 ' 1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ' A. The Building Code, Ontario Regulation 403/97. B. The Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1991 and Regulations for Construction ' Projects. C. CSA S350, Code of Practice for Safety in Demolition of Structures. D. The Environmental Protection Act. E. The National Building Code of Canada, Part 8, " Safety Measures on Construction and Demolition Sites". F. The National Fire Code of Canada. ' G. Ontario Regulation 347 (as amended) under the Environmental Protection Act, Ministry of the Environment. H. Laws, rules and regulations of other authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2: PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials from demolition shall become the property of the Contractor unless specified otherwise and shall be removed from the Site the same or next day after ' demolition. 01189-02050.wpd DIVISION 2 r SECTION 02050 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 2 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) B. All equipment and materials to be handed over to the Owner as indicated on the drawings shall be delivered and unloaded on the Owner's property as directed by the Consultant. ' 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Equipment and heavy machinery to meet or exceed all applicable emission requirements. ' B. Leave machinery running only when in use. PART 3: EXECUTION 1 3.01 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL A. Note that the removal of certain Mechanical and Electrical equipment and structural steel, is shown on the Mechanical, Electrical and Structural drawings. The ' Contractor shall fully review these drawings prior to commencement of demolition. B. Before commencing demolition, verify that existing water, electrical and other ' services in areas being demolished are cut off, capped diverted or removed as required. Active services to the existing building shall be protected and maintained without interruption, unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Post warning signs ' on electrical lines and equipment which must remain energized to serve adjacent areas during period of demolition. C. Before work is commenced in any section of the existing building, the Owner will remove all movable materials and equipment,etc.,that do not require disconnecting from services. Material and equipment that cannot be moved shall be protected from damage by the Contractor. ' D. During the execution of the work keep the spread of dust to tither building areas to an absolute minimum. Demolition of or alterations to any portion of the existing building shall be commenced only after approval of the Consultant has been obtained, and after weather-tight and dust-proof screens have been erected to provide thorough protection to the adjoining areas. All areas within the existing ' building which are to be altered or are affected by the work of the new addition including areas adjacent thereto shall be thoroughly cleaned by the Contractor's forces daily. , E. Maintain the work areas and storage areas clean and orderly at all times and free of rubbish and debris. 01189-02050.wpd f DIVISION 2 SECTION 02050 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 3 3.01 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL (Cont'd) iF. Glass occurring in windows to be removed shall be removed before removal of the window frames is commenced. tG. Particular attention shall be paid to prevention of fire and elimination of fire hazards which would endanger new work or existing premises. ' H. Ensure that all work in the existing building, such as floors, finishes, trim, etc., is protected completely. Cut, patch and make good all existing walls,floors and other finishes where damaged or affected by the alterations. I. No heavy equipment is permitted on ice rink slab. All scaffolding to be installed on ice rink shall be installed on plywood sheathing to protect slab. J. Execute all cutting and removal of existing building walls, floor slabs, structural steel, and other removals as indicated on the drawings and as required. Remove existing sections of walls as indicated. K. All existing concrete to be removed shall be saw cut to a minimum depth of 1" ' before breaking out concrete. L. Be responsible for maintaining the existing building in a weather and watertight ' condition at all times until the completion and acceptance of the work. All damage caused to the building interior and/or equipment, etc. of the existing buildings by the neglect of the Contractor or any of his forces shall be made good at the expense of the Contractor including all costs and charges which may be claimed by the Owner for damages or loss of production suffered. M. Construct dust-proof screens as directed by the Consultant as required to completely enclose the work areas from the other areas of the existing building. N. At end of each day's work, leave work in safe condition so that no part is in danger of toppling or failing. O. Demolish in a manner to minimize dusting. Keep dusty materials wetted. ' P. Demolish masonry and concrete walls in small sections. Carefully remove and lower structural framing and other heavy or large objects. Q. Selling or burning materials on site is not permitted. R. Remove contaminated or dangerous materials from site and dispose of in safe ' manner to minimize danger at site or at any time during disposal. 01189-02050.wpd i DIVISION 2 SECTION 02050 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Page 4 3.01 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL (Cont'd) S. Where required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit for approval drawings, ' diagrams or details clearly showing sequence of disassembly work or supporting structures and underpinning. T. Inspect site and verify with Consultant items designated for removal and items to be preserved prior to starting demolition. ' U. Upon completion of work, remove debris, trim surfaces and leave work site clean. V. Reinstate areas and existing works outside areas of demolition to conditions that existed prior to commencement of work. W. At all times protect the structure from overloading. X. Prevent movement,settlement or damage of adjacent structures,services,adjacent , grades,and existing building to remain. Make good damage and be liable for injury caused by demolition. Y. Provide all shoring and bracing required for the execution of the work. Shoring shall ' be designed by a Professional Engineer and shall be satisfactory to the Ontario Ministry of Labour. ' Z. Drawings for structural elements of the demolition process shall bear signature and stamp of qualified professional engineer registered in the Province of Ontario. ' 3.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE HANDED OVER TO OWNER , A. Carefully remove and hand over to the Owner all items as indicated on the drawings. 3.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED/REINSTALLED A. Remove, store and relocate in final position, fitments and equipment as indicated , on the drawings. B. ' Carefully remove existing arena shield glass at rink boards to provide access to work areas. Store glass where directed by Owner. Upon completion of work, reinstall glass. ' 01189-02050.wpd DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Joint Sealers Section 07900 B. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 08100 C. Painting Section 09900 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Concrete masonry units shall conform to CSA CAN3-A165.1 and the Ontario ' Concrete Block Association Quality Assurance Program. B. Do masonry work in accordance with CAN3-A371 except where specified otherwise. C. Masonry reinforcement shall comply with CAN3-A371 and CSA G30.3. ' D. Conform to Ontario Building Code, Ontario Regulation 403/97. E. Do masonry mortar and grout work in accordance with CSA A179. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. The masonry sub-contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years continuous Canadian experience in work of the type and quality shown and specified. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Materials shall be kept clean and dry. B. Deliver cement, lime and mortar ingredients with manufacturer's seal and labels intact. C. Cementitious material and aggregates shall be stored in accordance with the requirements of CAN A23.1-M. D. Masonry units to be stored without contact with ground or ground water. ' 01189-04200.wpd !i DIVISION 4 ' SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 2 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Examine work of other trades for defects or discrepancies and report same in writing to Consultant. B. Installation of any part of this work shall constitute acceptance of such surfaces as being satisfactory. 1.07 COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Supplement Clause 5.15.2 of CAN3-A371 with the following requirements: S 1. Maintain temperature of mortar between 5°C and 50°C until batch is used. 1.08 HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Protect freshly laid masonry from drying too rapidly by means of waterproof, , non-staining coverings. 1.09 PROTECTION A. Keep masonry work dry. , B. Protect masonry and other work from marking and other damage. Protect ' completed work from mortar droppings. Use non-staining coverings. C. Provide temporary bracing of masonry work during and after erection until mortar has cured and permanent lateral support is in place. ' PART 2: PRODUCTS , 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use materials specified herein. ' B. Masonry Units: Concrete Block: Modular, conforming to CSA A165 Series-M, Concrete Masonry Units. 1. H/20/A/M concrete masonry units autoclaved to be used at all load bearing masonry walls. 2. H/15/AM concrete, masonry units, autoclaved. At all other locations unless noted otherwise. ' 01189-04200.wpd DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) ' 3. Special Units- Bullnose and corner blocks, base blocks,fillers, bond beam and lintel blocks, and the like as may be required. 4. Exposed block shall all be made by one manufacturer and shall be uniform in colour, shade and texture. C. Mason[y Reinforcement and Connectors: 1. Bar Reinforcement: To CAN3-A371 and CSA G30.18, grade 400R, ' deformed billet steel bars. 2. Wire Reinforcement: To CAN3-A371 and CSA G30.3, truss type: (1) Interior non bearing walls: bright wire finish,standard duty,3.66 mm wire diameter: Blok-Trus BL-30 by Blok-Lok Ltd. 3. Column Ties: Steel plate adjustable strap ties as detailed, hot dip, ' galvanized, clipped to columns at 16" (400 mm) c/c. D. Mortar and Grout: Conforming to CSA A179 1. Use same brand of material and source of aggregate for entire project. 2. Aggregate: CSA A179 fine grain aggregates. 3. Cement: normal Portland to CAN3-A5-M/CSA-A5. 4. Water shall be clean, potable and free of deleterious amounts of acid, alkalies, or organic materials. ' 5. Hydrated Lime: Type 'S' to ASTM C207-91. 6. Type 'S' mortar shall be used for all masonry work. 7. Proprietary Mortar Mixes (in lieu of 3 and 5 above) St. Lawrence Cement Company, Blue Circle Cement, Daubois Inc., Lafarge Canada. Mortar mixes shall conform to mix requirements specified. 8. Mortar colour for plain concrete block masonry work shall be grey. 9. Admixtures of any kind are not allowed expect as specified for coloured mortar. 10. Grout: to CSA A179, Table 3. 11. Premixed, non shrink grout:V3 by W.R. Meadows of Canada, NS Grout by ' Euclid. E. Other Materials: all other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of masonry, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to approval by the Consultant. 01189-04200.wpd DIVISION 4 t SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 4 2.02 MIXES A. Mixing: Prepare and mix mortar materials under strict supervision, and in small batches only for immediate use. Mix proprietary mortars in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to produce the specified mortartypes in accordance with CSA A179. Do not use retempered mortars. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Mechanical Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer of material to be fastened, and in accordance with the reference standards, corrosion resistant. B. Packing Insulation: loose glass fibre insulation or mineral wool with minimum density of 17.6 kg/m3. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1 and Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice by the Reinforcing Steel Institute of Ontario. B. Lintels in non-load-bearing walls shall be constructed with special bond or lintel block units unless shown otherwise on plans. Lintels shall bear 6" (150 mm) , minimum and bearing shall be isolated with two layers of heavy asphalt coated paper. C. Reinforcing steel in lintels shall be 2 x 20 M bars or as noted on drawings. , D. Weld reinforcement in accordance with CSA W 186. , E. Concrete fill for lintels shall be 25 MPA or as noted on the drawings. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL ' A. Do masonry work in accordance with CAN3-A371 exceptwhere specified otherwise. B. Build masonry plumb, level and true to line, with vertical joints in alignment. ■ C. Layout coursing and bond to achieve correct coursing heights and continuity of bond above and below openings, with minimum cutting. D. Chipped, cracked or stained, and unsatisfactory material or workmanship of all masonry work shall be replaced with undamaged units. 01189-04200.wpd i DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 5 3.01 GENERAL (Cont'd) ' E. Co-ordinate work of this Section with others such as, field welding of anchors to steel work, installation of conduit and electrical boxes, and the like. Prepare all items to built-in as the work proceeds, either supplied and installed by other trades or installed under this Section. ' F. Walls shall be constructed as true planes and when tested with a 10' (3 metre) straight edge placed anywhere on the wall in any direction shall be true within 1/8" (3 mm). G. Variation in the Sizes of Wall Openings: A 1/4" (6 mm) maximum variation is allowed from the actual designated size of wall openings. H. Buttering corners of units,throwing mortar droppings into joints, deep or excessive furrowing of bed joints, will not be permitted. Do not shift or tap units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made after mortar has started to set, remove mortar and replace with fresh supply. Bed and vertical joints shall be evenly and solidly filled with mortar. I. All mortar shall be used and placed in final position within 2-1/2 hours of mixing. Mortar not used within this time limit shall be discarded. ' J. Lay all joints 3/8" (10 mm) thick (uniform). All joints shall be full of mortar except where specifically designated to be left open. ' K. All joints shall be slightly concave. Use sufficient force to press mortar tight against masonry units on both sides of joints. Remove excess material or burrs left after jointing by means of a trowel or rubbing with burlap bag. 3.02 BLOCK WORK ' A. Provide special shapes and sizes as required such a halves,jambs, lintels, solids, corners, bullnoses and double bullnoses, semi-solids, ashlar, etc. IB. Lay block with webs to align plumb over each other with thick ends of webs up. C. Cut exposed block with power driven abrasive cutting disc or diamond cutting wheel for flush mounted electrical outlets, grilles, pipes, conduits, leaving 1/8" (3 mm) maximum clearance. D. Do not wet concrete masonry before or during laying in wall. E. Fill all vertical and bed joints, including plain end faces, through the entire wall thickness solidly with mortar. 3.02 BLOCK WORK (Cont'd) 0118M4200.wpd DIVISION 4 , SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 6 F. Bond intersecting block walls in alternate courses. G. Do not break bond of exposed walls where partitions intersect and if bond would , show through on exposed face of walls. Bond these partitions to walls they intersect with prefabricated intersection masonry reinforcement in each course. H. Terminate non load bearing walls within 3/4" (20 mm) of structure above unless indicated otherwise. ' I. Where walls are pierced by structural members, ducts, pipes, fill voids with mortar to within 3/4" (20 mm) of such members. L. Fill spaces between non-load bearing walls and structure, ducts and pipes with compressed glass fibre or mineral wool insulation completely from one side of wall ' to other. M. Set anchor bolts for base plates and fill cores solid with non-shrink grout. 3.03 REINFORCEMENT A. All masonry walls shall be reinforced with joint reinforcement. , B. Reinforcement shall be installed in the first and second bed joints, 8" (200 mm) , apart immediately above lintels and below sill at openings, and in bed joints at 16" (400 mm)vertical intervals elsewhere. Reinforcement in the second bed joint above or below openings shall extend two feet beyond the jambs. All other reinforcement shall be continuous. Side rods shall be lapped at least 6" (150 mm) at splices. C. Use prefabricated corner and tee sections for continuous reinforcement at corners and intersecting walls. , 3.05 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Install loose steel lintels. Centre over opening width. 3.06 SUPPORT OF LOADS I A. Use 25 MPa concrete unless specified otherwise on the Drawings,where concrete fill is used in lieu of solid units. B. Use grout to CSA A179 where grout is used in lieu of solid units. 3.06 SUPPORT OF LOADS (Cont'd) i pi 189-04200,wpd DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Page 7 1 ' C. Install building paper below voids to be filled with grout. Keep paper 1" (25 mm) back from face of units. 3.07 GROUTING A. Grout masonry in accordance with CAN3-S304 and as indicated. 3.08 LATERAL SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE A. Do lateral support and anchorage of masonry in accordance with CAN3-S304 and as indicated. 3.10 BUILT-INS A. Build in items provided by other Sections, including bearing plates, door frames, anchor bolts, sleeves and inserts. Build in items to present a neat, rigid, true and plumb installation. Leave wall openings required for ducts, grilles, pipes and other items. B. Fill voids between masonry and metal frames with masonry mortar as indicated on ' drawings. C. Do all cutting,fitting, drilling, patching and making good for other trades in masonry 1 work. D. Consultant's approval shall be obtained before cutting. 3.11 CLEANING A. Keep wall clean and free of mortar stains during laying. Allow mortar droppings S which adhere to wall to dry out but not set. Then rub with small piece of masonry followed by brushing to remove all traces. On completion of masonry, after mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry thoroughly. C. Protect windows, trim and metal. D. Remove mortar with wood paddles and scrapers before wetting. Saturate masonry with clean water and flush off loose mortar and dirt. Clean block work using water, scrubbing brushes and wood paddles only. E. Remove mortar from concrete floor slabs. F. Leave entire area vacuum clean. 01189-04200.wpd I, ' DIVISION 6 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL I1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 04200 A. Masonry B. Hollow Metal Doors, Frames and Screens Section 08100 C. Washroom Accessories Section 10800 1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Structural members shall conform to CSA 086.1, 'Engineering Design in Wood' (Limit States Design). B. Sawn lumber shall be identified by the grade stamp of an association or independent grading agency certified by the Canadian Lumber Standards Accreditation Board. ' C. Plywood identification shall be by grade mark in accordance with applicable CSA Standards. 1 D. Pressure treated and fire retardant treated materials shall conform to CAN/CSA- 080-1. E. All workmanship and installation shall conform to the requirements of the Ontario t Building Code, Part 9. t1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE, A. Materials shall not be delivered before they are required for proper conduct of the j work. B. Protect materials, under cover, both in transit and on the site. C. Store materials to prevent deterioration or the loss or impairment of their structural and other essential properties. Do not store materials in areas subject to high ' humidity and areas where masonry and concrete work are not completely dried out. D. Protect work from damage during storage, handling, installation and until the building is turned over to the Owner. Make good damage and loss without additional expense to the Owner. 01189-06100.wpd i DIVISION 6 ' SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 2 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE (Cont'd) E. Store sheathing materials level and flat, in a dry location. Protect panel edges from moisture at all times. F. Deliver anchor bolts for setting into concrete foundation walls and masonry walls by others. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS i A. General: Use materials specified herein. Timber Material shall be 'Grade Stamped'. B. p C. Construction Lumber: To CAN/CSA 0141 Softwood Lumber graded to NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber, published by the National Lumber Grades Authority. All lumber shall bear grade stamps. Moisture content of softwood lumber not to exceed 19% at time of installation. , 1. Framing lumber, plates, furring, blocking, No. 1 SPF. 2. Nailing strips, furring and strapping: No. 4 Common Pine. , 3. Glue end jointed (finger jointed) material is not acceptable. D. Panel Materials: Type,grade and thickness as indicated and in accordance with the , following standards: 1. Canadian Softwood Plywood: to CSA 0151-M,standard construction,good one or both sides as required, thickness as shown or specified. 2. Douglas Fir Plywood: To CSA 0121-M, standard construction, good one side, thickness as shown on the drawings. 3. Medium Density Overlaid (HDO) Plywood: Exterior grade DFP plywood to , CSA 0121-M with resin impregnated, chemically treated facings, medium density overlaid two sides. E. Nails, Spikes and Staples: To CSA B111. F. Bolts: Y?diameter unless otherwise indicated, galvanized, complete with nuts and , washers. G. Proprietary Fasteners: toggle bolts, expansion shields and lag bolts, screws and ' lead or inorganic fibre,plugs, recommended for purpose by manufacturer. H. Sealant: 'Mono' as manufactured by Tremco Manufacturing Ltd. or equivalent by Dow-Corning. 01189-08100.wpd DIVISION 6 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 3 1 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) I. Adhesive:contractors gun grade cartridge loaded wood adhesive,general purpose, to CSA 0112 Series and CAN/CGSB-71.26. tJ. Building Paper: to CAN2-51.32-M,15# asphalt impregnated paper. K. Galvanizing: to CAN/CSA-G164. Use galvanized fasteners and hardware for preservative treated lumber, and materials in contact with concrete or masonry.] L. Polyethylene Rink Board Facing and Trim: Crystalplex Stay White high density polyethylene board surfacing as manufactured by Crystalplex Plastics Inc.. Thickness to be as detailed. Colour: white. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Workmanship ' 1. Comply with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code, Part 9. 2. Execute work using skilled mechanics according to best practice, as specified herein and indicated on drawings. 3. Lay out work carefully and to accommodate work of other trades.Accurately cut and fit; erect in proper position true to dimensions; align, level, square, plumb, adequately brace,and secure permanently in place. Join work only iover solid backing. B. Rough Hardware 1. Work shall include rough hardware such as nails, bolts, nuts, washers, screws, clips, hangers, and connectors. 2. Fasten rough hardware; to hollow masonry units with adequate size toggle bolts; to solid masonry or concrete surfaces with expansion shields and lag screws. Where screws are required, use lead or inorganic fibre plugs. Wood or organic plugs are not permitted. Do not ramset fastenings into concrete floor or concrete block or structural steel sections. C. Blockin 1. Provide continuous plywood backing where indicated for the support of fitments and fixtures. 1 01189-06100.wpd II 1 DIVISION 6 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Page 4 i 3.01 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) D. Installation of Metal Door Frames 1. Set frames plumb, square and level, maintaining door width and height. 2. Brace frames securely in position while being built-in. Install temporary wood spreader at mid height of frame until adjacent masonry work is complete. j 3. Anchor metal frames with anchors supplied by frame supplier and in accordance with the reviewed shop drawings. 4. Conform to written instructions of frame manufacturer. E. Polyethylene Facings: 1. Install polyethylene rink board facing material at top of walls at new viewing area, laminated and screwed to plywood backing. 2. Exposed screws shall be cadmium, plated or stainless steel oval head screws with washers at maximum 12" centres. 3. Install polyethylene trim at top of windows. 0118M6100.wpd � I i i 1 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry Section 04200 B. Rough Carpentry Section 06100 C. Hollow Metal Doors, Frames and Screens Section 08100 D. Glazing Section 08800 E. Gypsum Wallboard Section 09250 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Sealant materials shall conform to the following: ' 1. CBSB 19-GP-SM Sealing compound, one component, acrylic base, solvent curing. 2. CGSB 19.13-M Sealing compound, one component, elastomeric chemical curing. 3. CGSB 19-GP-14M Sealing compound, one component, butyl- polyisobutylene, polymer base, solvent curing. 4. CBSB 19-22-M Mildew resistant sealing compound for tubs and tile. 5. CGSB 19-24-M Multi component,chemical curing sealing compound. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS A. Sealant and substrate materials to be minimum 5 degrees C. 1 B. Should it become necessary to apply sealants below 5 degrees C, consult sealant manufacturer and follow their recommendations and review with Consultant. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Warrant that caulking and sealant work will not leak, crack, crumble, melt, shrink,' run,lose adhesion or stain adjacent surfaces in accordance with General Conditions clause GC 24. Warranty for caulking and sealants shall be for three years. 01189-07900.wpd 1 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 2 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation of caulking shall be performed only by workmen thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of caulking. B. Caulking work shall be carried out in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions. 1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Use all means necessary to protect caulking materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Store all caulking materials and equipment under conditions recommended by its manufacturer. D. Do not use materials stored for a period exceeding the maximum recommended shelf-life of the material. E. Materials shall be delivered to the job in their original containers or wrapping with the manufacturer's seal and labels intact. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS j A. Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials, and regarding labelling and provision of material safety data sheets. B. Submit MSDS Data Sheets for review and acceptance by the Owner prior to delivery to the project site. Obtain written approval from the Owner and do not deliver any materials to the Owner's property prior to receipt of such approval. C. Conform to manufacturer's recommended temperatures, relative humidity, and substrate moisture content for application and curing of sealants including special conditions governing use. D. Ventilate area of work by use of approved portable supply and exhaust fans. 01189-07900.wpd i DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 3 PART 2: PRODUCTS ■ 2.01 MATERIALS A. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Products of the following manufacturers are approved for use subject to meeting the specifications for the particular product listed below: 1. Canadian General Electric 2. Dow Corning 3. Nuco Inc. 4. Sika Canada Limited 5. Tremco Manufacturing Company (Canada) Ltd. 6. W.R. Grace and Company. C. Joint Fillers: 1. General: Compatible with primers and sealants, outsized 30 to 50%. 2. Polyethylene, Urethane, Neoprene or Vinyl: (1) Extruded closed cell foam, Shore A hardness 20,tensile strength 20 psi to 29 psi (140 to 200 kPa). (2) Sealtight-Etha Foam Backer Rod W. R. Meadows Canada Ltd. 3. Premoulded Joint Filler: Unifoam R1009 Goodco Limited D. Sealants: 1. For Interior Locations:To CAN3-11.13-M,one component polysulphide base sealant bearing seal of approval of Thiokol Chemical Corporation. (1) Mono 555 -Tremco (2) Vulkem 116 - Tremco (3) DOW Corning 790/795 2. Acrylic Latex:Siliconized acrylic latex to CGSB 19.GP-17M. (1) Tremflex 834 -Tremco 3. Colour of Sealants to be selected by Consultant. E. Bond Breaker Tape: 1. Polyethylene bond breaker tape which will not bond to sealant. F. Joint Cleaner: Xylol;, methylethyleketon or non-corrosive type recommended by sealant manufacturer and compatible with joint forming materials. 01189-07900.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 4_ PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect conditions and substrates upon which work of this Section is dependent. Report to Consultant in writing any defects that may jeopardize the performance of this work. Commencement of work implies acceptance of conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove dust, paint, loose mortar and other foreign matter. Ensure joint surfaces are dry and free of frost. B. Remove rust, mill scale and coatings from ferrous metals by wire brush,grinding or sandblasting. C. Remove oil, grease and other coatings from non-ferrous metals with joint cleaner. D. Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces treated with sealer, curing compound,water repellent, or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure compatibility of materials. Remove coatings as required. E. Prepare concrete, masonry glazed and vitreous surfaces to sealant manufacturer's instructions. F. Examine joint sizes and conditions to achieve correct depth ratio 1/2 of joint width with minimum width and depth of 1/4" (6 mm), maximum width 1" (25 mm). G. Install joint filler to achieve correct joint depth. H. Where necessary to prevent staining, mask adjacent surface prior to priming and caulking. I. Apply bond breaker tape where required to ensure performance of sealant. J. Prime sides of joints when required and as recommended by sealant manufacturer to ensure performance of sealant immediately prior to caulking. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply sealants in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,in continuous beads, to provide watertight joint. Apply sealant using gun with proper size nozzle. Use sufficient pressure to fill voids and joints solid. Superficial pointing with skin bead is not acceptable. i 01189-07900.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 5 3.03 APPLICATION (Cont'd) B. Form surface of sealant with full bead,smooth,free from ridges,wrinkles, sags, air pockets, embedded impurities. Neatly tool surface to a slight concave joint. C. Apply sealant to joints between window or door frames to adjacent building components, around perimeter of every external opening, to control joints in masonry walls where shown. D. Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and leave work neat and clean. Remove excess sealant and droppings using recommended cleaners as work progresses. Remove masking after tooling of joints. E. Caulk joints in surfaces to be painted before surfaces are painted. Where surfaces to be caulked are primed in shop before caulking, check to make sure prime paint and caulking are compatible. If they are incompatible, inform Consultant and change caulking to compatible type approved by Consultant. F. Sealant Locations: 1. Joints between metal frames (both sides)with concrete and masonry. 2. Joints at metal frames and resilient flooring. 3. Joints in metal frames. 4. Junction of masonry and other types of partitions. 5. At intersecting masonry wall. 6. Other locations where caulking is required to provide a neat clean junction. 7. Caulk the entire perimeter of all mechanical and electrical material or piping extending through or occurring in masonry walls. 8. Joints between gypsum board and masonry 9. Joints between ceramic wall tile and masonry or concrete. 10. Joints between polyethylene board surfacing material and masonry walls. f 01189-07900.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry Section 07200 B. Rough Carpentry Section 06100 C. Joint Sealers Section 07900 D. Finishing Hardware Section 08710 E. Glazing Section 08800 F. Painting Section 09900 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 568, Specification for General Requirements for Steel, Carbon and High- Strength Low-Alloy Hot Rolled Sheet and Cold Rolled Sheet (metric). B. ASTM A 653/A 653 M, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. C. The Canadian Door and Window Manufacturer's Certification Program. D. CAN/CGSB-1.181, Ready-Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating. E. CAN/CGSB-51.20, Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Boards and Pipe Covering. G. CGSB 51-GP-21 M, Thermal Insulation, Urethane and Isocyanurate, Unfaced. H. CAN/CSA-G40.21, Structural Quality Steels. I. CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding). J. Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association (CSFDMA), Specifications for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames. K. Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association, Recommended Selection and Usage Guide for Commercial Steel Doors. L. Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association, Recommended Installation Guide for Commercial Steel Doors. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. 2. Submit shop drawings to the Consultant for approval before fabricating steel doors and frames. Co-ordinate with the Finish Hardware supplier. 3. Indicate each type of door, size, material, mortises, hardware blanking, reinforcing, tapping and drilling arrangements, location of exposed jfasteners, openings, metal gauges, thicknesses and finishes. 1 0118"8100.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 _ HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 2 1.04 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) 4. Indicate each type frame material, core thickness, reinforcements, glazing stops, anchorages and exposed fastenings, reinforcing, and finishes. 5. Submit door and frame schedule identifying each unit. Each unit shall bear a legible identifying mark corresponding to that fisted on the door and frame schedule. B. Samples: 1. Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330- Submittal Procedures. 2. Submit one 12" x 12 (300 x 300 mm)frame section, showing butt cut out, glazing stop, corner detail and reinforcement. 3. Submit one 12"x 12 (300 x 300 mm)sample door section, showing internal core material, edge treatment and seams. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer of hollow metal doors, screens and pressed metal frames shall be a member in good standing of the Canadian Steel Door Manufacturer's Association (CSDMA). B. Manufacturer shall be addressed and registered as meeting the requirements of Quality Systems under ISO 9001. 1.06 TESTING AND PERFORMANCE A. Product quality shall meet the standards established by the Canadian Steel Door Manufacturer's Association. B. Core materials for insulated doors shall attain a thermal resistance rating of RSI 2.17 when tested in accordance with ASTM C177 or ASTM C518. C. Door construction covered by this specification shall meet acceptance criteria of ANSI A224.1 and shall be certified as meeting Level A(1,000,000 cycles)and Twist Test Acceptance Criteria deflection not to exceed 6.4 mm/13.6 kg force, total deflection at 136.1 kg force not to exceed 64 mm and permanent deflection not to exceed 1/8" when tested in strict conformance with ANSI A250.4. Test shall be conducted by an independent nationally recognized accredited laboratory. 1.07 WARRANTY A. All steel door and frame products shall be warranted for defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two(2)years from the date of substantial performance. 0118M8100.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 3 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: Cold rolled or hot rolled, commercial quality,stretcher levelled,coated (galvanized), conforming to ASTM A924 light zinc coated ZF75 to ASTM A653. B. Gauges Thickness (Inches) Member Galvanized Gauge Uncoated Frames 0.064 16 0.060 Spreaders 0.052 18 0.048 Anchors 0.052 18 0.048 Boxes 0.022 26 0.018 Reinforcement 0.139 10 0.135 Door Faces 0.064 16 0.060 Stiffeners 0.040 20 0.036 C. Reinforcement Channel:to CAN/CSA-G40.21,Type 300W, coating designation to ASTM A 653M, ZF75. D. Door Fill: Polyisocyanurate rigid foam, closed cell insulation. Thermal resistance value of RSI 2.17, minimum, to ASTM C 1289. E. Adhesives: 1. Steel components: Heat resistant, spray grade resin reinforced neoprene/rubber based, low viscosity, contact cement or ULC approved equivalent. 2. Polyisocyanu rate cores: Heat resistant, epoxy based, low viscosity contact cement. 3. Interlocking edge seams: Resin reinforced polychloroprene (RRPC), fire resistant, high viscosity sealant/adhesive or ULC approved equivalent. F. Door Bum_pers: Grey or black neoprene, single stud. Glynn Johnson Model No. GJ64. G. Glazing Stops: Minimum 20 gauge (0.9 mm) base thickness sheet steel with wipe zinc finish to ASTM A525-80a. Fasteners to be#6 x 1'/4'(32 mm)oval head scrulox (self drilling) type screws. Tamper proof screws on exterior doors and frames. H. Primer (for touch-u 2l: To CGSB 1-GP-181 M, organic zinc rich coating. I. Isolation Coatina: Alkali resistant bituminous paint. 01189-08100.wpd DIVISION 8 ' SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 4 2.02 FABRICATION A. Weldin 1. Conform to CSA Standard W59. 2. Accurately mitre or mechanically joint frame product and securely weld on inside of profile. 3. Cope accurately and securely weld butt joints of mullions, transom bars, centre rails and sills. 4. Grind welded joints to smooth uniform finish. Fill all open joints, seams and depressions with filler or by continuous brazing orwelding,and grind smooth to true shape and profile, sand to smooth, true, uniform finish. B. Hardware Requirements 1. Doors and frames shall be factory blanked, mortised, reinforced,drilled and tapped for fully templated mortised hardware in accordance with the final approved schedule and templates received from the hardware supplier. 2. Doors and frames shall be factory blanked and reinforced only for mortised hardware that is not fully templated. 3. Templated holes 1/2"(13 mm)diameter and larger shall be factory prepared, except mounting and through bolt holes, which shall be by the contractor responsible for installation, on site at time of application. Templated holes less than%2'(13 mm)diameter shall be factory prepared only when required for the function of the device (for knobs, levers, cylinders, thumb or turn pieces) or when these holes overlap function holes. 4. Doors and frames shall be factory reinforced for surface mounted hardware. 5. Drilling and tapping for surface mounted hardware that is not fully templated shall be by the contractor responsible for installation on site at time of application. 6. Hinge and pivot reinforcements shall be 1/8" (3.5 mm) steel minimum with top cutout provided with high frequency type reinforcing. 7. Lock, strike and flush bolt reinforcement shall be 1/16" (1.6 mm) steel minimum. 8. Reinforcements for surface mounted hardware shall be 1/16"(1.6 mm)steel minimum. C. Frames 1. Fabricate frames to profiles shown with integral continuous stops,minimum 5/8" high (16 mm). 2. Interior frames: 16 gauge (1.6 mm) welded type construction. 3. Mitre corners of frames. Cut frame mitres accurately and weld continuously on inside of frame. 4. Where site welding or splicing is required due to size of unit,the location of field joints shall be shown on the shop drawings and strictly adhered to. 01189-08100.wpd i DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 _ HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 5 2.02 FABRICATION (Cont'd) 5. Protect strike and hinge reinforcements and other openings with metal guard boxes welded to frame. 6. Fit frames with channel or angle spreaders,two per frame,to ensure proper frame alignment during shipping and handling. Install stiffener plates or spreaders between frame trim where required, to prevent bending of trim and to maintain alignment when setting and during construction. 7. Prepare each interior door opening for single stud rubber door bumpers, 3 for single door openings and 2 for double door openings, and 4 for Dutch door openings. 8. Frame anchorage: 1. Provide concealed anchorage to floor and wall construction. 2. Locate each wall anchor immediately above or below each hinge reinforcement on hinge jamb and directly opposite on strike jamb. 3. Provide 2 anchors for rebate opening heights up to 60" (1520 mm) and one additional anchor for each additional 30"(760 mm)of height or fraction thereof. 4. Locate anchors for frames in previously placed concrete, masonry or structural steel not more than 6" (150 mm)from top and bottom 1 of each jamb and intermediate at 26" (660 mm) o.c. maximum. 5. Where frames are to terminate at finished floor level, provide plates for anchorage to slabs, securely welded to inside of jamb profile. 9. Manufacturer's nameplates on frames and screens are not permitted. D. Doors 1. Doors: swing type, flush, with provision for glass or louvre openings as indicated. 2. All doors: insulated core construction. 3. Fabricate to present one continuous face free from joints,tool markings and abrasions. Assembly by welding. 4. Doors shall be Fleming H Series, heavy duty, reinforced, with face sheets fabricated from 16 gauge (1.6 mm) galvanized sheet steel, stiffened, insulated and sound deadened with Polyisocyanurate core laminated to face sheets under pressure. 5. Formed edges shall be true and straight with a; minimum radius for the thickness of steel used. 6. Reinforce edges with channel reinforcing. Form seam between faces and door edges by tack welding followed by continuous welding and grinding smooth. Bevel stiles 1/8" (3 mm). 7. Top and bottom of doors shall be provided with inverted, recessed, 16 gauge (1.6 mm) steel end channels, welded to each face sheet at 6" (150 mm) on centre, maximum. 8. Fabricate Dutch door to manufacturer's standard detail, with 2 hinges per leaf. Top of lower leaf to be provided with 16 gauge channel. 9. Manufacturer's nameplates on doors are not permitted. 0118M8100.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 6 2.02 FABRICATION (Cont'd) E. Glazing Stops: 1. Fabricate glazing stops of formed channel, 20 gauge (0.9 mm) steel, minimum 5/8" (16 mm) height, accurately fitted, butted at corners and fastened to frame sections with#6 x 1'/4"(32 mm)oval head stainless steel scrulox(self drilling)type countersunk sheet metal screws at 12"(300 mm) on centre maximum. 2. Glazing trim and stops shall be accurately fitted, butted at corners with removable stops located on push side of door. 3. Design glazing stops to be tamper proof. F. Finishes 1. Doors and frames shall wipe coat zinc, read for painting. p Y P g. PART 3: EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Isolate steel components from direct contact with dissimilar metals, concrete and masonry. B. Set frames plumb, square, aligned and level, without twist at correct elevation. C. Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. , D. Frames in masonry walls shall be fully grouted in place. E. Brace frames rigidly in position while building-in. Install temporary horizontal wood spreaders at third points of door opening to maintain frame width. Provide vertical support at centre of head for openings over 4'-0" (1220 mm) wide. Remove temporary spreaders after frames are built-in. F. Make allowances for deflection to ensure structural loads are not transmitted to frames. G. Install builders hardware in accordance with hardware templates and manufacturer's instructions. H. Adjust operable parts for correct clearance and function. I. Protect surfaces from grout, tar, sealers and other bonding materials. J. Install glazing materials in accordance with Section 08800. i 01188-08100.wpd; f DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS, SCREENS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 7 3.01 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) K. Install door bumpers. L. Remove protective coverings. M. Repair exposed surfaces which have been scratched or otherwise marred during installation or handling. N. Touch up doors and frames with primer where galvanized finish is damaged during fabrication and installation. 01189-08100.wpd ' DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 FINISHING HARDWARE Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. ' 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Supply of all finishing hardware. ' B. The cost of the finishing hardware shall include the supply and delivery F.O.B. Job Site of Finishing Hardware,and the service of a competent mechanic to inspect the installation of all hardware furnished under this Section and supervise all adjustment (by trades responsible for fixing)which are necessary to leave hardware in perfect order. ' 1.03 RELATED WORK ' A. Allowances Section 01210 B. Hollow Metal Doors Frames and Screens Section 08100 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit 6 copies of the approved hardware list in accordance with general conditions to Consultant for approval. Hardware list shall be prepared by a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant. ' B. Show each item location type finishes, identifying mark corresponding to the door schedule. ' 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING BY THE CONTRACTOR ' A. Receive the delivery of the Finishing Hardware and identify all items against the Finishing Hardware Schedule. Advise the finish hardware supplier and Consultant in writing of errors or omissions. B. ' Store Finishing Hardware in locked room or storage shed. Ensure each hardware items is accompanied by the correct template,installation instructions,special tools, ' fastening devices and other loose items. 01189-08710.wpd DIVISION 8 ' SECTION 08710 FINISHING HARDWARE Page 2 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. All hardware shall be supplied as specified in the Hardware Schedule provided by the Consultant. B. Supply of all finishing hardware will be a cash allowance item. ' 2.02 KEYING ' A. All lock cylinders and cores shall be supplied complete by the hardware supplier,to suit Owner's master system. ' PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION BY THE CONTRACTOR ' A. Examination ' 1 Before installing any hardware, carefully check all architectural drawings of the work requiring hardware, verify door swings, door and frame materials ' and operating conditions, and assure that all hardware will fit the work to which it is to be attached. .2 Check all shop drawings and frame and door lists affecting hardware type , and installation, and certify to the correctness thereof, or advise the hardware supplier and Consultant in writing of required revisions. B. Templates Check the hardware schedule,drawings and specifications,and furnish ' promptly to the applicable trades any patterns, templates,template information and manufacturer's literature required for the proper preparation for and application of ' hardware, in ample time to facilitate the progress of the work. C. Installation 1 Installation of hardware shall be in accordance with ANSI A115.1 G, ' manufacturer's templates and instructions. .2 All hardware shall be installed by carpenter, skilled in the application of architectural hardware. Refer to Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry. ' Instruction sheets, details and templates shall be read and understood before installation. .3 Install all materials as listed in the Finishing Hardware Schedule on the ' doors and frames listed. Interchanging of hardware will not be allowed. .4 After installation,templates, installation instructions and details shall be put in a file and turned over to the Owner, when building is Substantially ' Performed. 01189-08710.wpd ' ' DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 FINISHING HARDWARE P ge 3 3.01 PREPARATION BY THE CONTRACTOR (Cont'd) D. Inspection by Hardware Manufacturer After installation of all hardware and before building is accepted, the Contractor ' shall request the hardware manufacturers of lock and latchsets,panic bolts,holders and closers to inspect the installation and certify in writing to the Consultant that the hardware is properly installed and supplied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and finishing hardware schedule. E. Guarantee The hardware supplier and the Contractor shall guarantee and warrant through the Contractor all hardware for a period of 2 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the General Contract,from defects in materials, workmanship and improper installation. F. Maintenance Schedule The hardware supplier shall through the Contractor provide a written maintenance ' program for all finish hardware requiring maintenance and the name and address of the supplier for future repairs and replacement. I ' 01189-08710.wpd I ' DIVISION 8 SECTION 08800 GLAZING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Hollow Metal Doors, Screens and Pressed Metal Frames Section 08100 B. Washroom Accessories Section 10800 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C542 Specification for Lock-Strip Gaskets B. ASTM D790 Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced ' Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. C. ASTM D2240 Test Method for Rubber Property- Durometer Hardness. D. ASTM E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. E. CAN/CGSB-12.1 Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass. F. Flat Glass Manufacturers Association (FGMA) Glazing Manual. G. Laminators Safety Glass Association Standards Manual. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ' A. Provide continuity of building enclosure vapour and air barrier using glass and glazing material as follows: 1. Utilize inner light of multiple light sealed units for continuity of air and vapour seal. ' B. Size glass to withstand wind loads, dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to a plane of glass to a design pressure of 1.2 kPa as measured in accordance with ANSI/ASTM E330. C. Limit glass deflection to 1/200 with full recovery of glazing materials. ' 1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS ' A. Provide maintenance data for all materials, including cleaning instructions, for incorporation into Maintenance Manuals specified in Division 1. ' 0118M8800.wpd DIVISION 8 , SECTION 08800 GLAZING Page 2 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with FGMA Glazing Manual and Laminators Safety Glass Association Standards Manual for glazing installation methods. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Install glazing when ambient temperature is 10°C minimum. Maintain ventilated environment for 24 hours after application. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and for 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ' A. General 1. Materials shall be free from bubbles, waves, discolouration, distortion and defects. 2. Material manufacturers shall label every piece of glass. Labels shall remain , in place until final cleaning. Label shall note"manufacturer, registered name of the products, weight and quality of glass". B. Products manufactured by the following are accepted: , 1. PPG Canada Inc. 2. AFG Industries 3. Libbey-Owens-Ford Co. 4. Tremco Limited. 5. 3M Canada. 6. Dow Corning 7. GE Plastics Canada. 8. GE Silicones Canada. C. Glass: Tempered Safety Glass: To CAN/CGSB-1 2.1. D. Accessories: 1. Glazing Sealant: One part silicone, neutral cure, low modulus sealant, ' "Silglaze N2501" by CGE or approved equal by Dow Corning. Confirm compatibility with insulating glass unit manufacturer's secondary sealant. Colour shall be selected by the consultant from manufacturer's standards. ' 2. Silicone Spacer Blocks: Durometer hardness of 55 t5 Shore A. 01189-08800.wpd ' DIVISION 8 SECTION 08800 GLAZING Page 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) 3. Neoprene Setting Blocks: Durometer hardness of 85 t5, Shore A. 4. Spacer Shims: neoprene 50-60 Shore "A" durometer hardness to ASTM D2240.; 3"(75 mm)long x one half height of glazing stop x thickness to suit application. Self adhesive on one face. 5. Glazing Tape: (1) Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing ' device, 10-15 Shore"A"durometer hardness to ASTM D2240;coiled on release paper. Size to suit. Black colour. (2) Closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam, coiled on release paper over adhesive on two sides, maximum water absorption by volume 2%, designed for compression of 25% to effect an air and vapour seal, size to suit. 6. Glazing Splines: resilient polyvinyl chloride, extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot, colour as selected by the Consultant. 7. Glazing Clips: manufacturer's standard type. ' 8. Lock strip gaskets: to ASTM C542. ' PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerances. B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean,free of obstructions and ready to receive glazing. ' 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent, and wipe dry. B. Seal porous surface channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. ' C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. ' D. Site cutting of glass is prohibited. 01189-08800.wpd DIVISION 8 ' SECTION 08800 GLAZING Page 4 3.03 INSTALLATION: INTERIOR- DRY METHOD A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16" (1.6 mm) above sight line. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points, with edge block maximum 6" (150 mm) from , corners. C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of , light or unit. D. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described in 3.03 C. E. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. F. Knife trim protruding tape. 3.04 COMPLETION ' A. Upon completion,go over all work of this trade,remove all surplus glazing and other foreign materials, taking care not to scratch or damage the glass or frames. ' B. Clean up and remove from building and site all debris, surplus glazing and other foreign materials, tools and equipment and leave entire premises in a neat and tidy ' condition. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK ' A. After installation, mark lights with an "X" by using removable plastic tape, or paste. 0118M8800.wpd , i i r DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry Section 04200 B. Rough Carpentry Section 06100 C. Joint Sealers Section 07900 D. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Section 08100 E. Acoustical Ceilings Section 09500 F. Painting Section 09900 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CSA A82.31-M Gypsum Board Application. B. CSA A82.27-M. Gypsum Board Bonding Drywall to Wood Framing and Metal C. CAN/CGSB-71.25, Adhesive, for ' Studs. D. ASTM A653 M,Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. E. ASTM C 36, Specification for Gypsum Wallboard. F. ASTM C 475, Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board. G. ASTM C 514, Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board. H. ASTM C 630, Specification for Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. I. ASTM C 645, Specification for Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. ' J. ASTM C 840, Specification and Finishing of Gypsum Board. K. ASTM C 954, Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. L. ASTM C 1047, Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer. 1.04 ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS ' A. Ensure that all metal sub framing is securely installed and will not "rattle" when exposed to low frequency sounds. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use all means necessary to protect gypsum board materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of other trades ' affected by this work. ' 01189-09250.wpd DIVISION 9 , SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 2 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING (Cont'd) B. Store materials in a dry area inside the building. Do not remove wrapping until ready for use. Prevent damage to all edges and surfaces. C. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary , to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit WHMIS Material Data Safety Sheets (MSDS)for all products,to Owner for review and approval, prior to delivery of products to the site. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Maintain temperature minimum 10°C, maximum 21°C for 48 hours prior to and during application of gypsum boards and joint treatment, and for at least 48 hours after completion of joint treatment. B. Apply board and joint treatment to dry, frost free surfaces. , PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ' A. Plain: To CSA A82.27-M standard for non-rated applications,48" (1220 mm)wide x maximum practical length, ends square cut, edges tapered with round edge, 1/2" ' (12.7 mm) thick or to thickness indicated on drawings. B. Water Resistant Board:to CSA A82.27 and ASTM C 630, 1/2"(12.7 mm)thick,48" (1220 mm) wide with tapered edges. , 2.02 METAL FURRING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS ' A. Metal Furring Runners, HangersJie Wires, Inserts,Anchors: To CSA A82.30-M, electro-zinc coated steel. , B. Runner Channels: 1 1/2" x 3/4" x 24 gauge (38 x 19 x 0.59 mm) and 1 1/2"x 3/8" x 26 gauge (38 x 9.5 x 0.45 mm), hot dip or electro-galvanized sheet steel. Use of ' various sizes governed by applied loads and applicable spans. 01189-09250.wpd ' ' DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 3 2.02 METAL FURRING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS (Cont'd) ' C. Drywall Furring Channel: Channel shaped furring member for screw attachment of drywall with knurled face. For interior use. Furring masonry or concrete surfaces. Cross furring under steel joist or suspended metal channels in suspended ceiling systems: 2 3/4"x 7/8" x 20 gauge (70 x 22 x 0.9 mm)with knurled face, hot dip or electro-galvanized sheet steel. Bailey D-1001. D. Hangers: minimum 8 gauge(4.1 mm)diameter(or as required to by ULC fire rating design requirements) mild steel rods. 2.03 METAL STUDS ' A. Non-Load-bearing Channel Stud Framing: To ASTM C645; to sizes indicated on drawings; roll formed electro-galvanized steel sheet; for screw attachment of gypsum board. Knock-out service holes at 18" (450 mm) centres. Studs shall be minimum 20 gauge (0.91 mm) thickness, but not less than indicated on drawings and as required to obtain ULC ratings. B. Floor and Ceiling Tracks: To ASTM C645; in widths to suit stud sizes, 1 1/4" (32 ' mm)flange height. C. Metal Channel Stiffener: 16 gauge(1.4 mm)thick cold rolled steel, coated with rust inhibitive coating. 1 2.04 FASTENINGS AND ADHESIVES A. Drywall Screws: To CSA A82.31-M, and ASTM C 1002, self drilling, self tapping, case hardened, length to suit board thickness and provide minimum 1/2" (12 mm) penetration into support. ' B. Nails: To ASTM C 514. C. Stud Adhesive: To CGSB 71-GP-25M. D. Joint Tape: 2" (50 mm) perforated with preformed seam. E. Laminating Compound: To CSA A82.31-M, asbestos-free. ' F. Joint Compound: To CSA A82.31-M, asbestos-free. G. Tie Wire: 18 gauge (0.90 mm); galvanized, soft annealed, steel wire or clip as recommended by the manufacturer of furring channels. 01189-09250.wpd DIVISION 9 ' SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 4 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Casing Beads, Corner Beads and Edge Trim: To ASTM C 1047, 0.5 mm gauge ' base thickness commercial grade sheet steel with G90 zinc finish to ASTM A525-80A; perforated flanges; one piece length per location. ' B. Insulating Strip: Rubberized, moisture resistant, 1/8" (3.0 mm)thick, 1/2" (12 mm) wide closed cell neoprene strip,with self sticking permanent adhesive on one face; lengths as required. i C. Runner Fasteners: power driven type, to withstand 860N shear and 890N bearing force when driven through structural head or base and without exceeding allowable design stress in runner, fastener, or structural support. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION OF METAL STUDS A. Align partition tracks at floor and ceiling and secure at 24"(610 mm)o.c. maximum. B. Install dampproof course under stud shoe tracks of partitions on slabs on grade. ' C. Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000. D. Place studs vertically at 16" (400 mm) o.c. unless noted otherwise and not more than 2" (50 mm) from abutting walls, and at each side of openings and corners. Position studs in tracks at floor and ceiling. Cross brace steel studs as required to provide rigid installation to manufacturer's instructions. Ensure that all joints in metal stud framing are tightly screwed to eliminate "rattling"when exposed to low frequency sounds. ' E. Attach studs to floor and ceiling track using screws. F. Coordinate simultaneous erection of studs with installation of service lines. When , erecting studs ensure web openings are aligned. G. Provide two studs extending from floor to ceiling at each side of openings wider than stud centres specified. Secure studs together, using column clips or other approved means of fastening. H. Install steel studs or furring channel between studs for attaching electrical and other boxes. I. Extend partitions to underside of structural roof or floor deck except where noted ' P p otherwise on drawings. 01189-09250.wpd , i 1 DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 _ GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 5 3.01 ERECTION OF METAL STUDS (Cont'd) J. Maintain clearance under beams and structural slabs or provide slip connection to avoid transmission of structural loads to studs and possible damage of studs. K. Install continuous insulating strips to isolate studs from uninsulated surfaces. 3.02 SUSPENDED AND FURRED BULKHEADS AND SOFFITS A. Erect hanger and runner channels for suspended gypsum board bulkheads and ' soffits in accordance with CSA A82.31-M except where specified otherwise and indicated on drawings. I B. Securely anchor hanger to structural supports 48" (1220 mm)o.c. maximum along runner channels and not more than 6" (150 mm) from ends. Under no circumstances shall hanger wires be secured to or supported from mechanical or 1 electrical materials or equipment or penetrate mechanical ductwork. C. Space runner or furring channels as shown on drawings and not more than 24(610 ' mm) o.c. maximum nor 6" (150 mm)from walls. Run channels in long direction of board. Bend hanger sharply under bottom flange of runner and securely wire in place with a saddle tie. Provide channels below mechanical or electrical equipment and mechanical ductwork to maintain maximum spacing. D. Install furring channels transversely across runner channels in short direction of wallboard at 24" (610 mm) o.c. maximum or 6" (150 mm) from walls and ' interruptions in ceiling continuity. Secure channels to support with furring clips or wire. Where splicing is necessary lap minimum 8" (200 mm)and wire tie each end with double loops of 0.90 mm gauge galvanized tie wire, 1" (25 mm)from each end of overlap. E. Install work level to tolerance of 1:1200. 1 F. Frame with furring channels, perimeter of openings for access panels, light fixtures, diffusers, grilles, etc. 1 G. Install furring channels parallel to, and at exact locations of steel stud partition header track. ' H. Furr for gypsum board faced vertical bulkheads within or at termination of ceilings. 01189-09250.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 6 i 3.03 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION A. Do application and finishing of gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C 840 ' except where specified otherwise. B. Do not apply gypsum board until bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical, and j mechanical work are approved. C. Do not apply gypsum wallboard to exteriorwalls until insulation,vapour retarder and t air seals have been installed and inspected by others, including consultant, owner and municipal building inspectors. t ti ' D. Coordinate with Section 06200 and install gypsum board to wood studs and timber framing members in accordance with the reference standards. E. A PP I Y gyp sum board at right angles to framing members or furring using screw fasteners. Maximum spacing of screws 12" (300 mm) o.c. or in accordance with ULC standards for fire rated assemblies. F. Apply water resistant gypsum wallboard where indicated. Apply water resistant sealant to edges, ends and cut outs which expose gypsum core. ' 3.04 ACCESSORIES , A. Erect accessories straight, plumb or level, rigid and at proper plane. Use full length pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured. Mitre and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges. B. Install casing beads where gypsum board butts against surfaces having no trim concealing junction and where indicated. , 3.05 ACCESS DOORS A. Install access doors to electrical and mechanical fixtures specified in respective Sections. B. Rigidly secure frames to furring or framing systems, to satisfy fire rating; ' requirements. r 3.06 TAPING AND FILLING A. Finish face panel joints and internal angles with joint system consisting of joint 1 compound,joint tape and taping compound installed according to manufacturer's directions and feathered out onto panel faces. 01189-09250.wpd ' DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 7 3.06 TAPING AND FILLING (Cont'd) ' B. Finish corner beads, control joints and trims as required with two coats of joint compound and one coat of taping compound, feathered out onto panel faces. C. Fill screw head depressions with joint and taping compounds to bring flush with adjacent surface of gypsum board so as to be invisible after painting is completed. D. Sand lightly to remove burred edges and other imperfections. Avoid sanding adjacent surface of board. E. Completed installation to be smooth, level or plumb, free from waves and other ' defects and ready for painting. 1 1 1 1 i t 0118"9250.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE Page 1 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry Section 04200 ' B. Rubber Floor Tile Section 09670 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For the actual installation of ceramic wall and floor tile, use only skilled tradesmen who are familiar with the referenced standards and with the requirements for this Work. B. Do the work in accordance with Installation Manual 200, "Ceramic Tile", by Terrazzo, Tile and Marble Association of Canada, except where this specification is more stringent. ' 1.04 SAMPLES A. Before any ceramic wall and floor the are delivered to the job site, submit duplicate samples of the to the Consultant for approval. Samples to be submitted on 12" x 12" (300 x 300 mm) sample board for each colour, texture, size and pattern of tile in accordance with Section 01330. Grout sample joints for representative sample i of final installation. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver all materials; of this Section to the job site in their original unopened ' containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use. B. Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination; store only the specified materials at the job site. C. Use all means necessary to protect floor and wall tile materials, before, during and Iafter installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. D. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1 01189-09310.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE Page 2 i 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain air temperature and structural base temperature at ceramic tile installation area above 12°C for 48 hours before, during and after installation. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be graded and containers grade sealed, delivered to the job site in their original packages or containers with the manufacturer's labels and seals intact. B. Tile and grout colour shall be selected by the Consultant from the manufacturer's standard range of colours. , C. Tile shall conform to CAN/CGSB-75.1. D. Provide coves, corners, reveals, surf caps, inners and outers as required to complete the work. 2.02 CERAMIC TILE A. PT (Porcelain Tile): Olympia Tecnnostone 12" x 12" , B. CT1: Olympia Winstone 3" x 3" unglazed with cove bases and caps. C. CT2: Olympia Maple Leaf Spectrum 41/4' x 41/4' x 1/" glazed ceramic. 2.03 SETTING COMPOUND A. Setting compound for wall tiles shall be "L & M Wall Mix" or reviewed alternate. B. Setting compound for floors and bases, Mapei Kerapoxy or Flextile Flex-Epoxy 100 or C-Cure Epoxy 100. ' 2.04 GROUTING COMPOUND A. Grouting compound for wall tiles shall be "L & M Ceramic Mosaic Grout", or reviewed alternate, in colour as later selected by the Consultant. B. Grouting compound for floor and base tiles shall be "L & M Acid-R-Grout" or reviewed alternate, in colour as later selected by the Consultant. 0118"9310.wpd ' i DIVISION 9 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE Page 3 2.04 GROUTING COMPOUND (Cont'd) C. Epoxy grout for shower floors and bases, Mapei Kerapoxy or Flextile Flex-Epoxy 200, or C-Cure Epoxy 200. 2.05 WIRE MESH A. Wire mesh reinforcing for shower bases shall be galvanized, 2"x 2" (50 x 50 mm), 16 gauge mesh or equivalent. 2.06 MORTAR BED ' A. 1 part Portland Cement, 4 parts sand, 1 part water, including minimum 1/10 part latex adhesive (per manufacturers instructions), Level-Cure by C-Cure. 2.07 FLOOR SEALER AND PROTECTIVE COATING 1 A. To tile and grout manufacturer's recommendations. 1 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS iA. Surfaces on which wall and floor tile is to be applied, shall be thoroughly cleaned down. B. Concrete floor slabs, concrete and masonry walls on which floor and wall tile are to be applied, shall be thoroughly cleaned down and all dust, efflorescence, dirt, etc. removed. Concrete and masonry wall surfaces to which wall tile is to be applied ' shall be levelled off as required with "L& M Wall Mix"to produce true flat surfaces. C. In the event of discrepancies, immediately notify the Consultant and do not proceed with installation in such areas until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 SHOWER BASES A. Install mortar bed reinforced with galvanized wire mesh. Slope mortar bed to floor drains as shown on the drawings. B. Tile curbs in showers on all faces, using bullnose tile for all corners (CT1). 1 01189-09310.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE Page 4 3.02 SHOWER BASES (Cont'd) C. All floor and base tiles in shower areas (CT1)shall be installed using epoxy setting compound and epoxy grout. ` 3.03 TILED WALLS A. Wall and floor tiles shall be set by the thin set method, using setting and grouting compound, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Tile shall be laid out in pattern as directed by the Consultant with 1/6"joints and square with wall. C. Cut and fit tiles neatly around all projections,curbs, recesses,fixtures,etc.,spacing tiles accurately so that pattern is uninterrupted. D. Shower area walls shall be ceramic tile CT2. 3.04 SETTING BED , A. Apply a thin pressured on skim coat of setting compound to substrate in the area to be tiled. Do not spread more mortar than can be covered before skinning occurs. , Follow skim coat immediately with a doubling coat to form a 3/8" to 1/4" (9.5 to 6 mm)thick layer of mortar. Do not touch until just before placing tile. B. Just before placing tile, notch the Thin-Set mortar bed with a suitable notched , trowel, combing an area that can be covered within 5 minutes in hot dry surroundings, or no more than 10 minutes at under cooler, moister conditions. C. Place individual tiles againstfreshly combed setting compound with moderatelyfirm pressure. Follow soon with a thorough beat-in. Beat-in should be sufficient to cause ribs of notched mortar bed to flow together into a continuous layer. Make any necessary adjustments in alignment promptly following beat-in. D. Clean out joints for receipt of grouting compound and clean up smudges of mortar with a sponge moistened with clean water. E. Grouting! be performed at any time after initial set has occurred. 3.05 GROUTING A. As soon as tile beds have sufficiently set,the tile shall be washed clean and grouted with grouting compound in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 01189-09310.wpd I i DIVISION 9 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE Page 5 3.05 GROUTING (Cont'd) 1 B. Joints in tile floor and base shall be filled solid and flush with grout. C. Joints in wall the shall be filled solid and flush with grout. D. Prepare joints and mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Force maximum amount of grout into joints, avoiding air traps or voids. E. Remove all excess grout by washing diagonally across the joints. Check for voids, air pockets and gaps and fill same. Remove all discoloured grout and replace with new. F. Cure all joints. 3.06 CLEANING A. Upon completion of wall tile installation and grouting, thoroughly clean and polish all exposed surfaces of ceramic wall tile. 1 B. Immediately following removal of grout from surface of floor tiles and base,remove dust and wipe clean. Seal and finish the surface as per instructions in "Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada, Maintenance Manual 2nd Edition", for unglazed ceramic tiles, using manufacturer's recommended products and procedures. 3.07 EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of the installation and as a condition of acceptance, deliver to the Owner one carton of each colour and pattern of ceramic tiles installed under this section for the Owner's maintenance program. Identify each carton for location and installation date. ' 01189-09310.wpd i DIVISION 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Gypsum Wallboard Section 09250 B. Mechanical Division 15 LC. Electrical Division 16 ' 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CSA B111, Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples. B. CAN/CGSB 92.1, Sound Absorptive Prefabricated Acoustic Units. C. CAN/ULC-S102, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. ASTM A 366, Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon Cold-Rolled Sheet, ' Commercial Quality. E. ASTM A 641, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. F. ASTM A 653, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. G. ASTM C 423 Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the ' Reverberation Room Method. H. ASTM C 635, Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings. 1. ASTM C 636, Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels. J. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. K. ASTM E 1414, Standard Test Method for Airborne Sound Attenuation Between Rooms Sharing a Common Ceiling Plenum. L. ASTM E 1111, Standard Test Method for Measuring the Interzone Attenuation of Ceiling Systems. M. ASTM E 1264, Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products. N. ASTM E' 1477, Standard Test Method for Luminous Reflectance Factor of Acoustical Materials by Use of Integrating-Sphere Reflectometers. O. ASTM D '3273, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Maximum deflection: 1/360" of span to ASTM C635 deflection test. 01189-09500.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 2 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. The installation of all acoustic ceiling assemblies shall be carried out by an acoustical contractor approved by the manufacturer of the acoustical materials and thoroughly experienced in this work. , 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspection organization. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A products: Flame Spread: 25 or less; Smoke developed: 50 or less. B. Coordination of the Work: Coordinate acoustical ceiling work with installers of related work, including but not limited to, building insulation, gypsum board, light 1 fixtures, mechanical and electrical systems. 1.07 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit product data and samples in accordance with Division 1. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system required. ' C. Submit duplicate,6"(150 mm)square samples of acoustic panel and tile materials, 8" (200 mm) long samples of exposed wall moulding and suspension system including main runner and cross tees. 1.08 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, sunlight, surface contamination and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 01189-09500.wpd I f 1 iDIVISION 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 3 i - 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install interior ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof; wet work in place is completed and dry; work above ceilings is complete; and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity are continuously maintained at values near those intended for final occupancy. B. Building areas to receive ceilings shall be free of construction dust and debris. 1.10 MAINTENANCE A. Deliver one extra sealed carton of acoustical units for each type of unit required. iB. Extra materials shall be from same production run as installed materials. C. Clearly identify each type of acoustic unit, including colour and texture. D. Store where directed by the Owner. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturers written warranty that ceiling products will not sag, warp, shrink or rust as a result of materials defects or factory workmanship for a period of ten (10) years from the date of Substantial Performance. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELS A. Acoustic Panels:To CAN/CGSB 92.1. Panels shall be manufactured by Armstrong World Industries: Panel Type 1: 1 1. Surface Texture: Medium , 2. Composition: Mineral Fiber ' 3. Colour: White 4. Size: 48" x 24" x 5/8" 5. Edge Profile: Square Lay-In 6. Noise Reduction Coefficient(NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on product carton, 0.55 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL ilabel on product carton 01189-09500.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 4 2.01 PANELS (Cont'd) 8. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A (UL) 9. Light Reflectance (LR): ASTM E 1477; White Panel Light Reflectance: 0.80 , 10. Dimensional Stability: Standard. 11. Acceptable Product: Cortega #747 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Components:All main beams and cross tees shall be commercial quality hot-dipped galvanized steel as per ASTM A 653. Main beams and cross tees are double-web steel construction with type exposed flange design. Exposed surfaces chemically cleansed, capping pre-finished galvanized steel in baked polyester paint. Main beams and cross tees shall have rotary stitching. B. Structural Classification: Intermediate Duty System, ASTM C 635. ' C. Colour: White and match the actual colour of the selected ceiling tile. D. Products: ARMSTRONG Prelude XL. E. Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal or extruded aluminum of types and profiles ' indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations, including light fixtures, that fit type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. Provide moldings with exposed flange of the same width as ' exposed runner. F. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, pre- stretched, with a yield stress load of at least time three design load, but not less than 12 gauge. G. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635,Table t 1, Direct Hung. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. 1 Splices, clips, mouldings, trim, retainers and tie wires to complement suspension ' system components, as recommended by the manufacturer. 01189-09500.wpd r DIVISION 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 5 PART 3: EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not install acoustic panels and tiles until work above ceiling has been inspected by the Consultant. B. Do not proceed with installation until all wet work such as concrete and painting has been completed and thoroughly dried out. 3.02 PREPARATION ' A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less than half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans. Coordinate panel layout with mechanical and electrical fixtures. Lay out grid as indicated on the drawings. B. Establish ceilin g Y elevation b use of a laser level. Install the wall mould accurately in position to provide correct finished ceiling height. C. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other sections. 3.03 WORKMANSHIP ' A. Install suspension system and panels in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and in compliance with ASTM C 636 and with the authorities having ' jurisdiction. B. Suspend main beam from overhead construction with hanger wires spaced 48" (1200 mm) on centre along the length of the main runner. Install hanger wires ' plumb and straight. Hangers must not be more than 5 degrees from vertical. Do not suspend ceiling systems from plumbing lines, conduit or ductwork. C. Install wall moldings at intersection of suspended ceiling and vertical surfaces. Miter ' corners where wall moldings intersect or install corner caps. D. For reveal edge panels: Cut and reveal or rabbet edges of ceiling panels at border ' areas and vertical surfaces. E. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspended system,with edges resting ' on flanges of main runner and cross tees. Cut and fit panels neatly against abutting surfaces. Support edges by wall moldings. 01189-09500.wpd r DIVISION 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 6 r 3.03 WORKMANSHIP (Cont'd) F. Frame openings for light fixtures or air diffusers and at changes in ceiling heights. r Obtain the weights of the various electric light fixtures and install extra hangers as required to support these fixtures. G. All joints shall be straight in alignment and the exposed surfaces shall be flush and level. Edge moulding shall be installed wherever the acoustic ceiling abuts walls, columns and other vertical surfaces. H. Coordinate ceiling installation with mechanical and electrical work as indicated on the Reflected Ceiling Plans. ' I. Finished ceiling shall be square with adjoining walls and level within 1:1000. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING r A. Replace damaged and broken panels. B. Touch up scratches, abrasions, voids and other defects in painted surfaces. C. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and ' suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. ' 1 r 1 1 1 1 0118M9500.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. ' 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry Section 04200 B. Gypsum Wallboard Section 09250 C. Ceramic Wall and Floor Tile Section 09310 D. Rubber Floor Tile Section 09670 ' 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM F 1066, Specification for Vinyl Composition Floor tile. 2. ASTM F 1344, Specification for Rubber Tile. ' B. Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) 1. CAN/CGSB-25.20, Surface Sealer for Floors. 2. CAN/CGSB-25.21, Detergent-Resistant Floor Polish. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples in accordance with Division 1. ' B. Submit duplicate samples of manufacturers full range of colours for specified products for selection of colours by the Consultant. C. Before any resilient flooring materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Consultant, a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of the Work,stating manufacturer's name and catalogue number ' for each item, and product samples in colours specified. D. ! Accompanying the materials list, submit two copies of the manufacturer's current ' recommended method of installation for each item. E. Provide maintenance data for resilient flooring for Operation and Maintenance ' Manual specified under Division 1. ' 01189-09651.wpd 1 DIVISION 9 i SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 2 i 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use all means necessary to protect resilient flooring materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary ' to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner. i 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain air temperature and structural base temperature at floor installation area , above 20 C for 48 hours before, during and after installation. 1 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide extra materials of resilient flooring, base and adhesives in accordance with Division 1. B. Provide 100 square feet (10 m2) of each colour, pattern and type flooring material ' required for this project for maintenance use. C. Extra materials to be from same production run as installed materials. i D. Clearly identify each container of floor tile and each container of adhesive. E. Deliver extra materials to the site and store where directed by the Owner. ' PART 2: PRODUCTS 1 2.01 MATERIALS A. Vinyl Composition Tile: to CSA A126.1 or ASTM F 1066, 12"x 12"x 1/8"thick(305 ' P x 305 x 3.0 mm thick), non asbestos, Class 2 through pattern tile with static load of not less than 517 kPa and U.L.C. flame spread rating of 75 or less. i 1. Acceptable material: Mannington Commercial: Essentials , Armstrong: Standard Excelon Imperial Texture Amtico: Commercial Color-Thru Duravinyl. i 01189-09651.wpd ' l ' DIVISION 9 SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) B. Resilient Base: 4" (100 mm)high thermoplastic rubber, not less than 1/8" (3.0 mm) gauge with preformed internal and external corners. Base at resilient tile and rubber floor tile shall have standard toe. Acceptable Products: ' Johnsonite DuraCove DC Rubber Wall Base Amtico Marathon Burke Mercer BurkeBase. C. Primers, Adhesives and Caulking: non-flammable, solvent free, waterproof, recommended byflooring manufacturer for specific material on applicable substrate, above, at or below grade. E. Sub-floor filler and leveler shall be white premixed latex compatible with flooring products and adhesive. F. Metal edge strips: aluminum extruded, smooth, mill finish with lip to extend under floor finish, shoulder flush with top of adjacent floor finish. G. Transition strips, mouldings and adaptors shall be rubber or vinyl,manufactured by Johnsonite or Burke Mercer with lip to extend under floor tile with tapered edge, ' colour matched to flooring. I. Sealer: to CAN/CGSB25.20, Type 2-water based, type recommended by flooring manufacturer . J. Wax: to CAN/CGSB-25.21, type recommended by flooring manufacturer . K. All colours and patterns shall be as selected by the Consultant from the complete range of manufacturer's colours and patterns: Up to 2 colours may be selected for each product. PART 3: EXECUTION CONDITIONS 3.01 SURFACE COND S ' A. Prior to all work of this Section,carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. ' B. All existing floor slabs must be thoroughly cleaned of all excessive adhesive and other materials which may affect bond,and be acceptable to floor tile manufacturer. ' 0118M9651.wpd I DIVISION 9 , SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 4 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS (Cont'd) C. Confirm that resilient flooring may be installed in accordance with the original design and the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Ensure concrete floors are dry, by using test methods recommended by tile manufacturer. E. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Consultant. F. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 SUB-FLOOR TREATMENT ' A. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks,joints, holes and other defects with sub-floor filler. B. Remove all substance and materials affecting adhesive bond.Vacuum clean floors. C. Clean floor and apply filler; trowel and float to leave smooth, flat hard surface. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured and dry. D. Prime or seal substrates to flooring and adhesive manufacturer's instructions. ' 3.03 TILE APPLICATION A. Provide a high ventilation rate,with maximum outside air,during installation,and for 48 hours after installation. Whenever possible, ventilate directly to outside. Do not , allow contaminated air to recirculate through the building ventilation system. B. Install all resilient flooring in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations. C. Do not lay floor coverings and base until all trades, except painter, have completed , their work and just prior to completion of the building. D. Apply adhesive uniformlywith recommended trowels,at coverage as recommended by the manufacturer. Do not spread more adhesive than can be covered before initial set takes place. E. Lay flooring with joints parallel ;to building lines unless otherwise indicated, to ' produce symmetrical tile pattern. Border tiles shall be minimum Y2 the width. 01189-09651.wpd ' ' DIVISION 9 SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 5 3.03 TILE APPLICATION (Cont'd) F. Install flooring to square grid pattern with all joints aligned unless otherwise indicated. ' G. As installation progresses, and after installation, roll flooring in 2 directions with a 45 kg roller to ensure full adhesion. ' H. Cut and fit tile neatly around fixed objects. I. Install feature strips or feature tiles where indicated. Fit joints tightly. ' Continue flooring throughout areas to receive movable type partitions or fitments J. C g g without interrupting floor pattern. K. Install flooring full depth of closets, toe spaces, and recesses. ' L. Terminate flooring at centreline of door in openings where adjacent floor finish or colour is dissimilar. M. Install transition strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. Locate transition strip at centreline of door where a door occurs. 3.05 BASE APPLICATION A. Lay out base to keep number of joints to a minimum. Locate joints at maximum available spacing or at internal or pre moulded corners. B. Clean substrate and prime with one coat of adhesive. C. Apply adhesive to back of base. ' D. Set base against wall and floor surfaces tightly by using a 3 kg hand roller. E. Install straight and level to variation of 1:1000. ' F. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. Use pre moulded end pieces at flush door frames. G. Cope internal corners. Use pre moulded corner units for right angle external corners. Use formed straight base materials for external corners of other angles, minimum 12" (300 mm) each leg. H. This section shall supply rubber base at perimeter of all rubber floor tile specified in Section 09670. 01189-09651.wpd DIVISION 9 ' SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 6 3.06 INITIAL CLEANING AND WAXING A. Remove excess adhesive from resilient floor coverings, base and adjacent finished surfaces as the work progresses. B. Clean, seal and wax floor and base surfaces to manufacturer's instructions. In , carpeted areas, clean base before installation of carpet. 3.07 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect new floors until time of final inspection. B. Prohibit traffic on floors for 48 hours after installation. C. Immediately P rior to final inspection, remove protection, clean, dry or damp mop ' floors and apply one additional coat of wax. 011 BM9651.wpd ' DIVISION 9 SECTION 09670 RUBBER FLOOR TILE Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Ceramic Tile Section 09310 B. Resilient Flooring and Rubber Base Section 09651 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Before any rubber flooring materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Consultant a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed ' under this portion of the Work, stating manufacturer's name and catalogue number for each item, and product samples in colours specified. B. Accompanying the materials list, submit two copies of the manufacturer's current recommended method of installation for each item. C. Provide maintenance data for rubber flooring for Operation and Maintenance Manual specified under Division 1 including two (2) year manufacturer's warranty. D. Samples: submit duplicate 4" x 4" x 3/8" thick samples of full range of manufacturer's specified products and colours. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use all means necessary to protect rubber flooring materials before, during and ' after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary ' to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Flooring contractor shall be approved by the material manufacturer and shall have completed a minimum of three (3) projects of similar scope. 1 ' 01189-09670.wpd DIVISION 9 ' SECTION 09670 RUBBER FLOOR TILE Page 2 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rubber floor tile shall be Spartus Flooring System as manufactured by Tuflex Rubber Products Inc. B. Rubber floor tile shall be 3/8" thick, 27" x 27" (9.5 mm thick, 685 mm x 685 mm). Pattern and colour to be selected by the Consultant from the full range of manufacturer's standards. Up to two (2) colours will be selected. All rubber floor tile shall be compounded to sufficient density to preclude the possibility of creeping, stretching,or shrinking under traffic and shall have optimum resiliency. All colouring material shall be of the highest quality and all pigments shall be insoluble in water and non-bleeding. Rubber flooring shall have a hardness not to exceed 70 by the Type A Shore durometer test. C. Primers and adhesives shall be waterproof, best quality formulated for the application of the rubber floor coverings over subfloor as indicated on the drawings ' and Room Finish Schedules. Primers and adhesives to be type and brand recommended and supplied by the manufacturer of the products for use with his materials and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions. ' D. Subfloor filler and leveller shall be white premixed latex or as recommended by the manufacturer, compatible with tile adhesive. ' E. Reducer strips shall be manufacturers standard reducer strips,Type TRS-11, 1 %2' (38 mm) wide tapered from 3/8" to 0" (9.5 mm to 0 mm). Colour: Black. , F. Self Polishing Finisher/Sealer: As recommended by tile supplier. PART 3: EXECUTION 1 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS , A. Prior to all work of this Section,carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may ' properly commence. B. Confirm that rubber flooring may be installed in accordance with the original design and the manufacturer's recommendations. C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Consultant. , D. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. , i 01189-09670.wpd ' DIVISION 9 SECTION 09670 RUBBER FLOOR TILE Page 3 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS (Cont'd) E. New concrete floors must be thoroughly cured (minimum 28 days) prior to tile installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install all rubber floor tile in strict accordance with the original design and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Do not lay floor coverings until all trades, except painter, have completed their work and just prior to completion of the building. ' C. The temperature of room floor surface and material shall be at least 21.1 deg C 24 hours before, during and 24 hours after installation. ' D. Fill all cavities, cracks, joints and all other surface imperfections in concrete. substrate with latex fill or other approved subfloor filler in order to produce a smooth, flat, hard surface for receipt of rubber flooring. Scrape off all ridges, ' droppings, scale and other projections. Clean floor with an industrial vacuum cleaner. Remove all substance and materials affecting adhesive bond. E. Prime concrete floors and apply adhesive uniformly with notched spreaders, at correct coverage as recommended by the manufacturer. Do not spread more adhesive than can be covered before initial set takes place. Place tiles so that adhesive is squeezed into tile joints and provides a watertight joint. F. Roll floor coverings, after laying,with a polished clean roller weighing at least 24 kg to ensure uniform adhesion and to remove air pockets. G. Where tiles terminate at doorways; or where tiles of different type or colour butt together the joint shall centre on the door. H. Provide and install reducer strips.where rubber floor tiles terminate against a concrete floor where no applied architectural floor finish is required. Reducer strip ' shall be installed below centre of door where a door occurs. 1. Tile shall be laid with all joints square and tightly butted together. Start installation from centre of rooms to ensure equal max. size edge tiles. Pattern and direction of tile shall be as directed by the Consultant. J. Tile to be laid full depth of closets,toe spaces,and recesses. Cut and fit tiles tightly against openings, breaks, frames, fixtures, columns and other vertical surfaces. Carry tile under all movable fitments. Apply adhesive to provide watertight joint around all cut areas. I01189-09670.wpd DIVISION 9 , SECTION 09670 RUBBER FLOOR TILE Page 4 3.02 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) K. Rubber base in locations specified shall be installed by others. 3.03 CLEANING ' A. Remove surplus adhesive from rubber floor tiles as the work progresses. , B. Five days after installation of coverings, clean and finish floor tiles in accordance with flooring manufacturer's recommendations. Protect with non-staining building paper. C. Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protection, clean, dry or damp mop , floors and apply one additional coat of manufacturer's self-polishing finish. 3.04 EXTRA STOCK , A. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to the Owner one carton of each colour and pattern of floor tiles, installed in this Work, , for the Owner's future use in patching. Label each carton for proper identification. Extra stock to be same production run as materials installed under this section. 3.05 MAINTENANCE INFORMATION A. Provide copies of the care and maintenance information for incorporation into the , Project Maintenance Manuals. i 0118M9670.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL I1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED This Section of the contract includes all painting and finishing called for or implied by the drawings and specifications, together with all necessary incidentals whether referred to or t not, as will be required to complete the work to the full intent and meaning of the drawings and specifications. The work includes but is not limited to the following: A. Preparation, back-priming and painting and finishing of all exposed surfaces of the building including building services and accessories, not otherwise protected or covered as shown on'the `Finish Schedule', to the full intent of the drawings and specifications. B. Preparation, back-priming and painting and finishing of all exterior elements as indicated on the drawings, and not otherwise protected or covered. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. Painting Contractor shall have a minimum of 10 years proven satisfactory experience. This contractor shall maintain a qualified crew of painters for the ' duration of the work who shall be qualified to fully satisfy the requirements of this specification. B. All products shall be as listed in the Ontario Painting Contractors Association Specifications Manual, latest edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples 1. Paint colours shall be selected by the Consultant. Before work is commenced,the Consultant will furnish a colour schedule indicating colours and locations. 2. Prepare, with type of paint and application specified, samples of various finishes for Consultant's approval either on Site or by submitting samples, as directed, at least thirty days before materials are required. Identify each sample as to job,finish,colour name, number,sheen name and gloss value, date and name of Sub-contractor. Submit sufficient samples as required by ' the Consultant until colours and textures are approved. 01189-09900.wPd DIVISION 9 , SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 2 1.04 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) B. List of Materials 1. A list of materials proposed for use on the work, prepared by the paint manufacturer, shall be submitted in writing to the Consultant for review at least 30 days before the materials are required. The list shall bear the manufacturer's official certification that the materials listed thereon are equal to those specified herein. If products to be used are from various manufacturers submit a list from each manufacturer. All products shall be identified by their respective CPCA designation number. C. Submit MSDS for each product as applicable, prior to delivery of any materials to the site. , 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Site in sealed,original containers with labels intact. Labels shall indicate manufacturers name, type of paint, brand name, colour designation, applicable CGSB designation, and instructions for mixing or reducing. Notify the Consultant in writing that materials are on site and request examination by the Consultant before labels are broken on the original container. Store in a heated and . ventilated space directed by Consultant at a minimum,ambient temperature of 7° ' C. Keep stored materials covered at all times and take all necessary precautions against fire. B. Provide CO2 fire extinguisher of minimum 20 lbs. capacity in paint storage area and , take all necessary precautions to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A Environmental Temperature , 1. Do not paint or finish in unclean or improperly ventilated areas. Do not paint ' when surface and air temperatures are lower then 10 degrees C or varnish in temperatures lower than 18 degrees C. 2. Relative humidity shall not be higher than 85%. ' 3. Maintain temperature and humidity, and provide continuous ventilation for 24 hours before and after paint application. 4. Do not paint exterior surfaces immediately following rain, frost or dew. Do ' not paint interior surfaces where condensation is present or likely to occur. 01189-09900.wpd , DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 3 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS (Cont'd) I B. Protection 1. Provide metal pans or adequate tarpaulin to protect surfaces in areas assigned for the storage and mixing of paints. 2. Use sufficient drop cloths and protective coverings for the full protection of floors, furnishings and work not being painted. Protect mechanical, ' electrical and special equipment, hardware, all other components of the building which do not require painting,from paint spotting and other soiling during the painting process. 3. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware and fittings prior to painting. These items shall be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced upon completion of the work in each area. 4. Leave above areas clean and free from evidence of occupancy upon completion of painting. 5. Protect paint materials from fire and freezing. 1 6. Keep waste rags in closed metal drums containing water and remove from building at end of each working shift. Dispose of all waste materials including paint containers in accordance with Municipal requirements. 7. Where toxic or explosive materials are used, use appropriate precautions 1 as directed by the manufacturer. Post'NO SMOKING' signs as necessary. ' C. Li htin 1. Painting and decorating work shall not proceed unless a minimum of 15 candle power/square foot lighting is provided on the surface to be painted. ' 1.07 MOCK-UP A. Before proceeding with the work, if requested by the Consultant, finish one complete space or item of each colour scheme showing selected colours, texture, ' materials and workmanship. After approval,the sample room or surface shall serve as a standard for similar work throughout the building. 1.08 INSPECTION AND GU ARANTEE A. The painting contractor shall furnish an Ontario Painting Contractors Association 1 Two (2)Year Guarantee upon completion of the work. Warrant that the work has been performed in accordance with the standards and requirements of this specification and of the Ontario Painting Contractors Association Specification Manual, latest edition. 01189-09900.wpd DIVISION 9 ' SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 4 1.08 INSPECTION AND GUARANTEE (Cont'd) B. The work of this contractor shall be inspected by an independent inspector acceptable to the Consultant. The cost of such inspection shall be paid by the painting contractor. Cooperate fully at all times with the independent painting inspection agency in the performance of their duties. PART 2: PRODUCTS , 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use material specified herein. Where not specified, materials listed under 'Paint Product Recommendations' as listed in the O.P.C.A. manual may be used, subject to the approval of the Consultant. B. All materials shall be from one manufacturer, unless approved by the Consultant. C. Products manufactured by the following manufacturers may only be used: Sherwin Williams Pittsburg Paints Benjamin Moore ICI (Glidden) Para Paints PPG Canada Pratt and Lambert ICI (C.I.L.) Paints D. All paint products will be from a single source of manufacture unless specifically ' approved by the Consultant. 2.02 MIXING A. Paints shall be ready mixed. B. Products shall have excellent flowing and brushing properties and shall dry or cure free of sags or similar defects to yield the desired finish specified. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Condition of Surfaces 1. Inspect all surfaces requiring painting and notify the Consultant in writing of any defects or problems, prior to commencement of the work,or after prime coat reveals defects in.the substrate. 2. Check all surfaces with electric moisture metre and do not proceed if reading is higher than 12% for gypsum board, concrete or masonry, and , 15% for woodwork without written permission from the Consultant. i 01189-09900.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 5 3.01 INSPECTION (Cont'd) 3. Proceed with work only when surfaces and conditions are satisfactory for production of a first class job. 4. Remove dust,grease, rust and extraneous matter from all surfaces(except that rust occurring on items specified to be primed under other Sections shall be removed and work reprimed under those Sections). 5. Do no paint masonry or concrete surfaces less than 28 days old,and unless visually dry on both sides. 6. Test concrete floors for moisture content by using a 'cover patch test'. a 3.02 PREPARA TION A. Concrete and Masonry 1. Test surfaces for alkalinity. 2. Where extreme alkalinity occurs, wash surface with 4% solution tetra- potassium pyrophosphate (5 oz. per gallon of water)where latex base paint is to be used and with zinc sulphate solution (3 lb. per gal. water) where other paint bases are to be used. 3. Remove contamination from concrete floors, acid etch, rinse and assure acid-alkali balance. Let dry. ' B. Metal 1. Clean unpainted and shop painted metal, remove loose rust and prime bare metal with zinc chromate primer. Feather out edges to make touch up patches inconspicuous. 2. Clean and prepare existing pre-painted metal to be left exposed, using methods and materials recommended by the OPCA and the paint manufacturers. Prime all surfaces. C. Galvanized Surfaces 1. Remove surface contamination, wash metal with xylene solvent and apply one coat of an approved etching type primer. D. Woodwork 1. Inspect millwork to assure surfaces are smooth free from machine marks and that nailheads have been countersunk. Seal all knots and sapwood in surfaces to receive paint, with a sealer compatible with finish specified. 2. Sand smooth all woodwork which is to be finished and clean surfaces free of dust before applying first coat. In the case of painted woodwork fill nail holes, splits and scratches with non-shrinking filler after first coat is dry. ' When these occur on a surface to receive a transparent finish, use putty tinted to match local grain condition. Between coats and lightly with No. 00 sand paper and remove dust. 1 ' 01189-09900.wpd DIVISION 9 ' SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 6 3.02 PREPARATION (Cont'd) , E. Gypsum Board 1. Inspect drywall to assure surface as free from marks and blemishes. 2. Clean surfaces free of dust before applying first coat. 3. Inspect surface after prime coat and touch up and re-prime as necessary. F. Miscellaneous Surfaces 1. All other surfaces not noted above shall be prepared in accordance with the CPCA Guide Specifications and the paint manufacturers recommendations. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Finishes and number of coats specified in Finish Schedule are intended to cover surfaces completely. If they do not, apply further coats until complete coverage is achieved as required. B. Any areas exhibiting incomplete or unsatisfactory coverage shall have the entire plane painted. Patching will not be acceptable. C. Spraying will not be allowed without written permission. D. Arrange to have traffic barred from completed areas wherever possible. ' E. Apply materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions and specifications and be familiar with those directions and specifications. F. Apply primer-sealer coats by brush or roller method. Permit paint to dry before applying succeeding coats, tough up suction spots and sand between coats with No. 00 sand paper. G. Prime woodwork designated for painting as soon as possible after woodwork is delivered to Site. Prime all surfaces of such woodwork, whether exposed or not, before installation. Back prime woodwork which is to receive transparent finish with one coat of transparent finish reduced 25%. H. Where two coats of the same paint are to be applied, tint the first coat to ' differentiate from the final coat. Sand lightly between coats to achieve an anchor for the required finish. ' I. Apply final coats on smooth surfaces by roller or brush. Hand brush wood surfaces. J. Paint shall be uniform in sheen, colour and texture,free from brush or roller marks, , sags, runs or other defects. 01189-09900.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING _ Page 7 3.03 APPLICATION (Cont'd) K. Work by This Section as Related to Mechanical and Electrical Work: 1. Finish paint primed mechanical equipment listed hereafter. a) All exposed ductwork. 2. Paint insulated and bare pipes exposed to view in rooms scheduled to have painted walls and ceiling or other finished surfaces. 3. Prime and paint exposed, unfinished electrical raceways, fittings, outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes and similar items in rooms scheduled to have painted walls or ceiling or other finished surfaces. 4. Replace identification markings on mechanical and electrical work when painted over or spattered. 5. Paint work to match adjacent walls and ceilings unless directed otherwise. 6. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts that are visible through grilles and louvres with one coat of flat black metal paint to limit of sight line. 7. Where walls and ceilings are not scheduled to be painted, the work 1 described above shall be painted a colour selected by the Consultant except where galvanized or plated. 3.04 FINISH SCHEDULE ' A. General 1. In instances where materials specified are not suitable for a particular job application or are contrary to manufacturer's recommendations for use on a particular surface, such condition shall immediately be brought to the attention of the Consultant for clarification and instructions. 2. Finishes shall match approved samples but Consultant reserves the right to make reasonable changes to finish specifications to obtain desired results without additional cost or obligation of Owner. 3. Gloss terms shall have following values (ASTM D523-67"Test for Specular Gloss"): Gloss Term Gloss Value Flat 5 to 20 Eggshell 20 to 40 Semi-gloss 40 to 60 Gloss, medium 60 to 80 Gloss, high 80 to 90 ' 4. A colour chart giving colour schemes for various areas will be prepared after tendering by Consultant. 0118M9900.wpd DIVISION 9 t SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 8 3.04 FINISH SCHEDULE (Cont'd) 5. Except as indicated, do not paint baked enamel, chrome plated, stainless steel, aluminum or other surfaces finished with a final factory finish. All primed surfaces shall be finish painted under this Section. B. Schedule of Surfaces and Number of Coats Numbers in brackets (-- ) represent C.P.C.A. Designation Number. 1. Exterior Schedule a) Galvanized and Zinc Coated Metal: 1st Coat Cementitious Primer 1.198-92 (26) 2"d Coat Exterior Alkyd Enamel 1.59-M89 (9) 3`d Coat Repeat Second Coat (9) 4th Coat Repeat Second Coat (9) 2. Interior Schedule a) Galvanized and Zinc coated Metal: 1 st Coat Cementitious Primer 1.198-92 (26) 2nd Coat Alkyd Semi Gloss Enamel 1.57-M90 (47) 3`d Coat Repeat second coat (47) b) Primed Metal Surfaces: , Touch up primer-Alkyd metal primer 1-GP-48M (79) 1st Coat Alkyd Semi Gloss enamel 1.57-M90 (47) 2nd Coat Repeat first coat (47) C) Masonry: 1st Coat Latex Primer Sealer 1.88-M90 (4) 2"d Coat Alkyd Semi Gloss Enamel 1.57-M90 (47) , 3'd Coat Repeat second coat (47) d), Gypsum Board Ceilings: t 11 Coat Latex Primer-sealer 1.119-M89 (50) 2nd Coat Alkyd flat 1.118-M89 (49) 3rd Coat Repeat second coat (49) e)� Gypsum Board Walls (Eggshell): 1 st Coat Primer-sealer 1.119-M89 (50) 2nd Coat Eggshell Alkyd 1.202-92 (51) 3'd Coat Repeat second coat (51) f)'; Wood-Paint Finish: , 11 Coat Enamel Undercoat 1.38-M91 (46) 2"d Coat Alkyd Semi Gloss Enamel 1.57-M90 (47) ' 31 Coat Repeat second coat (47) 01189-09900.wpd 1 DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 9 3.04 FINISH SCHEDULE (Cont'd) g) Concrete Floors: 1st Coat Latex floor paint 1.154-M89 (60) 2"d Coat Repeat first coat C. Surfaces: The following surfaces shall be painted/varnished: ' 1. All exposed new structural steel framing. 2. All existing exposed structural steel framing where indicated including all columns exposed in new viewing area. 3. Concrete block walls. 4. Drywall partitions, ceilings, and bulkheads. 5. Plywood bulkheads. 6. Hollow metal doors, frames and screens. 7. Bleacher seating (where disturbed). 8. Concrete floor in Pro Shop. ' 9. Underside of exposed steel lintels. 10. Exposed mechanical ductwork and bare and insulated pipes. 11. Exposed mechanical and electrical lines located on wall or ceiling surfaces ' to be painted. 12. All other exposed surfaces (interior and exterior) as indicated on the drawings. 13. Paint all closets and alcoves to match adjoining surfaces of rooms. 3.05 PAINTING OF EXISTING SURFACES A. Repaint existing surfaces scheduled to be repainted or where damaged by alteration work. B. All existing surfaces to be repainted shall receive as many coats of new paint as required to hide existing finishes. ' C. Materials used for painting existing surfaces shall be of similar quality to those specified for new work, but in each case shall be compatible with finishes to which ' they are applied. D. Clean alt existing surfaces to remove dirt, dust, oil, grease, loose paint, rust and ' other foreign matter which would prevent proper bonding of new finish. E. Peeled, chipped, scratched or otherwise damaged surfaces shall be filled, sanded and repaired as required to provide consistent surface with texture to match that of adjacent areas. 01189-09900.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 10 3.06 PAINT MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION REPORTS A. When requested by the Consultant, the Contractor shall arrange to have the paint ' manufacturer's representative of the product being used on the project submit written inspection reports to the Consultant. B. The representative shall visit the site as many times as required to assist the painting contractor in the proper application of the products to ensure a satisfactory ' job. C. In addition to the requirements of 3.06 B the representative shall visit the site and submit a written inspection report to the Consultant at the following times: 1. Prior to painting to see that proper surface preparation is carried out. 2. During each individual coat application including primer stage to see that there is no detrimental deviation from the manufacturer's specifications and the requirement specified herein. 3. At the final completion of painting to ensure a satisfactory job has been ' obtained. D. Paint manufacturer's inspections, if requested, are in addition to, and in no way ' relieve the contractor of his obligation to provide Independent Inspection as described in Part 1 of this specification. 3.07 CLEANING A. Promptly as the work proceeds, and upon completion, remove all paint where spilled, splashed or splattered. During the progress of the work, keep the premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, materials and debris. At the conclusion of the work, leave the premises neat and clean to the satisfaction t of the Consultant. 3.08 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES , A. At completion of the project submit three copies of manufacturer's cleaning , procedures in regards to each paint product type and gloss finish specified herein for inclusion into maintenance manuals as specified under,Division 1. 01189-09900.wpd I DIVISION 10 SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK ' A. Rough Carpentry Section 06100 B. Masonry Section 04200 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A167, Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. B. ASTM A525M,Specification for General Requirements for Steel sheet,Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process . C. ASTM A526M, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality. D. ASTM B456, Specification for Electrode posited Coating of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium. E. CAN/CGSB-1.81,Air Drying and Baking Alkyd Primer for Vehicles and Equipment. ' F. CAN/CGSB-1.88, Gloss Alkyd Enamel, Air Drying and Baking. G. CAN/CGSB-12.5, Mirrors, Silvered. H. CGSB 31-GP-107M, Non-inhibited Phosphoric Acid Base Metal Conditioner and ' Rust Remover. I. CAN/CSA-G164, Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit shop drawings and/or manufacturers'data sheets and in sets in accordance with Section 01330. ' B. Indicate size and description of components, base material, surface finish inside and out, hardware and locks, attachment devices, description of rough-in-frame, building-in details of anchors for grab bars. C. Submit templates or printed instructions to other trades responsible for preparing for built in or wall mounted items. Include instructions for mounting recessed items. 01189-10800.wpd DIVISION 10 , SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Page 2 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Stainless steel products as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of ' Canada are used for the purpose of establishing quality. Approved equal stainless steel products of the following manufacturers will be accepted: • Frost ' • Twin-Cee Limited • Watrous Sales Inc. B. Provide all necessary fasteners, mounting plates and accessories recommended and provided by the manufacturer, for a complete installation. C. Sheet steel: commercial quality to ASTM A526M with ZF001 designation zinc coating. D. Stainless steel sheet metal: to ASTM A167, Type 304, with No.4 finish. E. Fasteners: concealed screws and bolts hot dip galvanized, exposed fasteners to match face of unit. Expansion shields fibre, lead or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and its intended use. 2.02 EQUIPMENT ' A. Soap Dispenser (SD): Bobrick B-211 wall mounted liquid soap dispenser, satin ' stainless steel finish. B. Multi Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser(TRH): Bobrick B-2740,surface mounted,heavy duty cast aluminum. ' C. Surface Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser (PTD): Bobrick B-262 stainless steel. D. Frameless, Stainless Steel Mirrors: Bobrick B-1556-1830 22 gauge, type 430 ' stainless steel with bright polished finish on 1/4" tempered masonite backing. E. Coat Hook: Bobrick B-2116 one piece brass casting with satin nickel plate finish and ' concealed wall plate. 01189-10800.wpd r ' DIVISION 10 SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Page 3 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. Stainless steel surfaces shall have bright polished finish unless otherwise noted. B. Washroom accessories and fasteners shall be fabricated to permit strong, concealed fastening to the respective surfaces. C. Weld and grind joints of fabricated components flush and smooth. Use mechanical ' fasteners only where approved. D. Wherever possible form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock, free of joints. E. Brake form sheet metal work with 1/16" (1.5 mm) radius bends. F. Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. G. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent 1 electrolysis. H. Hot dip galvanize concealed ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices to CSA G164. F. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. G. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to job site at appropriate time for building-in. Provide templates, details and instructions for building in anchors and inserts. ' H. Provide steel anchor plates and components for installation on studding and building framing. 3.02 FINISHES ' A. Chrome and nickel plating: to ASTM B456, satin finish. B. Manufacturer's or brand names on face of units not acceptable. 3.03 INSTALLATION ' A. Install washroom accessories securely with the concealed fasteners supplied by the respective accessory manufacturer in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturers. ' 01189-10800.wpd DIVISION 10 SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Page 4 3.03 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) B. Locate washroom accessories at mounting heights recommended by the manufacturer, unless indicated otherwise. 3.04 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS AND WARRANTEES A. At completion of project submit three copies of manufacturer's product data sheets r showing size, capacity, and operating instructions and maintenance data for each product specified herein. ' B. Submit manufacturer's standard warrantees for each item specified, including ten (10) year warrantee for mirrors. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Install washroom accessories at locations and in quantities indicated on the drawings. r r 01189-10800.wpd '